About Me

Name: Gabrielle Cusumano
Biography
Loading...

Create Your Own Blog Find Other Townhall Blogs

Comments

9/11's Unanswered Questions:[...]"Dietrich Snell and the largest unsolved mass murder in American history

 [...]"Dietrich Snell has to answer the largest unsolved mass murder in American history, New York homicides, Lou(Dobbs). And he's in New York state. Why not come forward and tell the truth?" Peter Lance
 
    LOU DOBBS TONIGHT

Aired February 17, 2006 - 18:00   ET

THIS IS A RUSH TRANSCRIPT.

DOBBS: Congressman Curt Weldon succeeded in holding congressional hearings on Able Danger this week. But the Able Danger controversy certainly will continue. Emmy Award winning investigative journalist Peter Lance joins me now on the Able Danger situation, controversy, case.

Peter, are you encouraged by the hearings that you watched?

PETER LANCE, INVESTIGATIVE JOURNALIST: I'm encouraged by Congressman Weldon's tenacity, but frankly, I...

DOBBS: Absolutely

LANCE: I think he was he was betrayed by his own committee, frankly. The fact so much of the hearing was held in closed session, why should Philip Zelikow, the chairman of the 9/11 Commission have testified in closed session? Why did they diminish Lt. Colonel Anthony Schaffer, a decorated member of the Able Danger, calling him Mister Schafer on the witness list.

DOBBS: That is, after all, the Armed Services Committee reaching out there. And the fact is that the testimony that was opened up, about the Colonel Schaffer, as you say, a distinguished veteran.

LANCE: Right.

DOBBS: What the military has done to try to destroy this man's career trying to come forward with what the Able Danger project was able to learn, including information about the USS Cole, that could have saved the USS Cole and those 17 lives; that could, had it been acted on, that interest and concern as Yemen in the days leading up to that attack is remarkable. This much is on the record

LANCE: It is. And that's important. I think another thing that isn't on the record, though, is the testimony of Dietrich Snell, this is where the committee let Congressman Weldon down. They never formally requested that Dietrich Snell show up at the hearing. He was able today to issue a statement saying, well I talked to the committee people. I'd be happy to testify if they ask me, but they really didn't ask me to come, formally.

DOBBS: Actually, well, Dietrich -- or Dieter Snell, his nickname, gave us a statement. Do we have that statement available to put up very quickly? Because we asked Dieter Snell for a statement, and this is -- I'm told we have it.

There it is. And this is his statement. Saying he had talked with and given answers to the staff of the Armed Services Committee about Able Danger. Declined our invitation to be here to discuss Able Danger and his role in the investigation. You have quite a different view of what he has done here?

LANCE Yes. Dietrich Snell is a linchpin to help us explain why the Able Danger information was suppressed both by the FBI and also the 9/11 commission, and yet Dietrich Snell has never been subject to any kind of adversarial questioning. He testified, he was a staff counsel before the 9/11 commission. He presented staff statement 16, a few softball questions from the commissioners
.

But Dietrich Snell, in my opinion, is connected with at least four affirmative cover-ups on the road to 9/11 in the Clinton Justice Department and those cover-ups carried over and linked with the Able Danger operation. So if he was here tonight, if you'd let me ask a couple of question, I'd be happy to put these questions forward as to what Mr. Snell should answer. He's a public servant, he has no executive privilege, working for Eliot Spitzer, attorney general of the state of New York. He should come forward in an open forum and answer these questions.

DOBBS: He does not want to do that obviously, or he would. The question is, why do you think he's been involved in? As you put it, a cover-up? He's been a prosecutor, investigator in the war on terrorism?

LANCE: Right. A distinguished prosecutor, in fact, in my first book, "A 1,000 Years for Revenge", I was very praiseworthy of him. But, look, Dietrich Snell, in 1995, the southern district of New York was a party to a suppression's information from the Philippines that the plot, the 9/11 plot had begun as early as 1994. That was suppressed.

In 1996, he participates in a secret indictment of Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, no one ever heard of Khalid Shaikh until 1998, at a time, by then he's already got the plot well underway in Hamburg. Dietrich Snell -- when I testified before the Commission it was a closed-door hearing, no stenographer present. He takes my information and basically flushes it. When the Able Danger people, Scott Philpot, presented his information about a direct tie between Al Qaeda and the Brooklyn cell and Yousef and blind Sheikh Rahman, Dietrich Snell flushes that from the 9/11 report. Why? DOBBS: And go on to draw the connection between a plot that -- and you make a convincing case that could have affected even TWA flight 800.

LANCE: 800, absolutely.

DOBBS: And the fact that we do not know the resolution to these instances. It suggests either extraordinarily, terrible, terrible investigatory efforts, and results on the part of a number of our agencies including the FBI, the CIA, the Defense intelligence, as well, State Department intelligence and security.

But at the end of the day, we've got to get to these -- if we're going to understand 9/11, we've got get to the answers. Do you believe that Congressman Weldon and this Congress will pursue this through the Department of Defense?

LANCE: I totally believe Congressman Weldon wants to and if Senator Specter -- I think we have to put this back in the Senate now. Arlen Specter is a courageous lawmaker and I think his committee is now the one that needs to take this up and Dietrich Snell has to answer the largest unsolved mass murder in American history, New York homicides, Lou. And he's in New York state. Why not come forward and tell the truth?

DOBBS: Putting the focus clearly on the principle investigative elements, that is, the New York office of the FBI, and the Southern District of New York U.S. attorneys' office.

Peter Lance, thanks for being here.

LANCE: Thank you.

http://transcripts.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/0602/17/ldt.01.html
______________________________________________________________________________________











Interview: Triple Cross: A Conversation With Peter Lance

By Claire White

Five time Emmy award-winning investigative reporter Peter Lance has spent years researching and writing his bestselling trilogy about how and why the government failed to connect the dots and prevent the terrorist attacks on 9/11 that destroyed the twin World Trade Center towers in New York City and severely damaged the Pentagon in Washington D.C. In his books, 1000 Years for Revenge: International Terrorism and the FBI--the Untold Story (Regan Books) and Cover Up: What the Government Is Still Hiding About the War on Terror (Regan Books) Lance has boldly followed the trail of facts wherever it led, without regard to politics or political agendas, much to the chagrin of government officials who have something to hide and to politicians who are only interested in 9/11 as a way to engender either fear or votes. Because of his vast knowledge on the subject of terrorism and the FBI, Lance himself testified in secret before the 9/11 Commission. His experience with the 9/11 Commission, his numerous interviews and the thousands of documents he unearthed led him to discover a shocking number of critical facts which were intentionally suppressed in the 9/11 Report, or barely mentioned in footnotes.

Was the cover up of the FBI's and Department of Justice's bungling to avoid embarrassment or does it have a more sinister explanation? Lance explores these and other issue in his latest book, which reveals the existence of one of the most successful double agents to operate on U.S. soil. Ali Mohamed penetrated intelligence agencies, gave classified documents to al Qaeda, smuggled numerous terrorists into the U.S. and planned the African Embassy bombings. He also trained the terror cell that blew up the World Trade Center in 1993. But somehow the Department of Justice and the FBI never caught on that their trusted informant and operative worked for bin Laden -- although the clues were there for anyone who was looking.

We interviewed Peter Lance for his first two 9/11 books: the interview for 1000 Years for Revenge can be found here and the interview for Cover Up can be found here. Peter's latest book, Triple Cross: How bin Laden's Master Spy Penetrated the CIA, the Green Berets, and the FBI and Why Patrick Fitzgerald Failed to Stop Him (Regan Books), contains the most stunning revelation yet -- that al Qaeda had a top-notch operative named Ali Mohamed who infiltrated U.S. intelligence agencies, and instead of disclosing this information to the public the U.S. government chose to intentionally bury it in a major cover up. The book also contains a fascinating, illustrated timeline about Ali Mohamed and his relation to the events leading up to 9/11. You can see part of the timeline here and you can download the full timeline from Peter Lance's website.

In this exclusive new interview, Peter talks about Ali Mohamed, the damage he caused to U.S. interests, why the FBI failed to catch him and whether or not the information he has uncovered will trigger a new investigation into the events leading up to 9/11.

This is the third book in your nonfiction series about the events leading up to 9/11 and the massive intelligence failures during that time period. What led you to focus on Ali Mohamed? How did you discover that he was the crux of the plot?

Triple Cross by Peter Lance
Click here
for ordering information.
As you know I first began examining the two bin Laden "offices of origin," the FBI's New York office (NYO) and the office of the U.S. Attorney for the Southern District of New York (SDNY) in researching my first book in the trilogy 1000 Years for Revenge. At that point I documented gross negligence in the years leading up to 9/11. By the time Cover Up was published a year later in September of 2004, I had documented an affirmative suppression of evidence. But I still didn't have all the answers as to how the best and brightest in the FBI's "bin Laden squad" (I-49) in the NYO could have made so many mistakes.

The 9/11 Commission Report, published in July 2004 and later nominated for a National Book Award, concluded that the original World Trade Center bombing cell was made up of a "loosely based group of Sunni Islamists"; further, that the 9/11 plot had originated not with Ramzi Yousef in Manila in 1994, as I had demonstrated, but with Yousef's uncle Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, who—according to Snell's account—merely pitched the planes-as-missiles operation to Osama bin Laden in 1996.

The evidence I'd obtained from the Philippines National Police demonstrated that the Yousef-KSM Manila cell was funded directly by bin Laden via his brother-in-law, but the Commission, with the backing of Snell and other ex-Feds, concluded that KSM wasn't even a member of al Qaeda in 1996. By mid-2004 I was getting closer to the truth. The 1996 FBI 302 memos I'd tried to share with the commission showed that the Bureau, and prosecutors from the Justice Department, had affirmatively covered up evidence of an active al Qaeda cell in New York City.

The same intelligence revealed the existence of a bin Laden-sponsored plot to hijack U.S. airliners, designed to pressure the U.S. to free the blind Sheikh and Ramzi Yousef, who was locked up in the Metropolitan Correctional Center (MCC) in Lower Manhattan.

Similar threat reporting would show up in Presidential Daily Briefings in 1998 and 2001 -- a fact that later made headlines -- but my findings revealed that the FBI had buried identical intelligence years before.

Why would America's most elite law enforcement and investigative agencies suppress such critical intel? Their motive could be traced to a most surprising quarter: organized crime. As a phone book-sized file of documentary evidence from prosecutors in the Eastern District of New York reveals FBI investigators and federal prosecutors were desperate to avoid a scandal over an alleged corrupt relationship between R. Lindley DeVecchio, a senior supervisory special agent in the Bureau's New York Office, (NYO) and a notorious hit man named Gregory Scarpa Sr., whose two-year war of succession in the Colombo crime family had left twelve people dead, including two innocent bystanders.

Through a bizarre turn of events, the Yousef evidence came from the killer's son, Greg Scarpa Jr., a junior wiseguy who happened to inhabit a jail cell adjacent to Yousef's at the MCC. But rather than risk losing a series of sixty Mafia cases in the Eastern District built on tainted evidence from Scarpa Sr., the Feds decided to bury the intel.

One of the lead prosecutors who disconnected those dots, I learned, was Patrick Fitzgerald, then the head of Organized Crime and Terrorism in New York's Southern District. Considered the Justice Department's leading authority on bin Laden, Fitzgerald would go on to become U.S. Attorney in Chicago, and special prosecutor in he ongoing investigation of media leaks regarding former CIA operative Valerie Plame, which ultimately cleared White House aide Karl Rove, while indicting Lewis "Scooter" Libby, top aide to Vice President Cheney.

Much of this tangled tale was laid out in great detail in my second investigative book Cover Up, published in September of 2004. It documented an ends/means decision by senior FBI and Justice Department officials to suppress the DeVecchio scandal, preserve those mob cases, and brand the Yousef-Scarpa Jr. intelligence a "hoax" and a "scam." Until the cover up, that intelligence -- chronicled in dozens of FBI 302s and notes from Yousef -- was considered so important to the Feds that they gave Scarpa Jr. a camera to photograph it and even set up a phony Mafia front company, the "Roma Corporation," allowing them to monitor Yousef's outside calls.

By the fall of 1996, the Bureau's internal affairs probe on DeVecchio was closed and Yousef was convicted along with Murad and a third conspirator. Dietrich Snell and Mike Garcia, the current U.S. Attorney for the SDNY, had won a decisive victory\and the Feds soon began to believe that they were winning the war against al Qaeda. But the burial of that evidence, which prevented other U.S. intelligence agencies from appreciating al Qaeda's true breadth and depth, would have shocking repercussions.

Two plus years separated Cover Up from Triple Cross. During that time as I looked back on the Justice Department's counterterrorism track record, I concluded that many of the dots left unconnected by the FBI and Department of Justice on the road to 9/11 appeared to have been the result of an intentional obscuring of the evidence.

Continuing to work sources and examine the reams of documentary evidence generated in the SDNY al Qaeda cases, I came to the conclusion that the FBI's failure to prevent the African embassy bombings in 1998, the deadly assault on U.S.S. Cole in 2000, and the 9/11 attacks themselves, went beyond gross negligence. It seemed as if a number of FBI officials and federal prosecutors at the heart of the bin Laden hunt realized that they had been outgunned for years. So they had acted affirmatively to partition the intelligence.

I believe that their motive was to sanitize the record and thus prevent the public from understanding the full depth of the FBI/Department of Justice missteps in the years leading up to September 11. So "walls" were intentionally built, and key intelligence was withheld from other agencies, including the CIA and DIA. In any other government enterprise, the consequences might have been more benign but in the realm of national security that compartmentalization of intelligence proved fatal.

By the third anniversary of 9/11, the Scarpa-Yousef evidence had been published in Cover Up. Much of it is on my website under Scarpa Jr. FBI 302's -- here.

Sixteen months later, DeVecchio would finally be arraigned on murder charges stemming, in part, from that investigation. But many unanswered questions remained. I wanted to know the names of the men and women in the shadows at Justice who had suppressed the evidence and hidden the truth behind al Qaeda all those years. I also wanted to learn why the Bush 43 Administration would act to obstruct an investigation into the destruction of the Able Danger intel, a scandal that took place during the Clinton years? It took me months of further digging before the depth of the government's deception started to become clear: Ali Mohamed was the key.

If Ali Mohamed is the key to how al Qaeda was able to pull off 9/11 why have most Americans never heard of him? Why is his name not as well known as that of, say, Mohammed Atta?

Part of the answer to that question lies in Ali's skills as a double agent and spy for al Qaeda. The other part of the answer has to do with a fierce desire by Feds like Fitzgerald to bury the Mohamed story and keep him a secret, because he ate the lunch of the FBI and Justice Department for so many years.

As I wrote in Triple Cross:

"In the years leading to the 9/11 attacks, no single agent of al Qaeda was more successful in compromising the U.S. intelligence community than a former Egyptian army captain turned CIA operative, Special Forces advisor, and FBI informant named Ali Mohamed. Spying first for the Central Intelligence Agency and later the FBI, Mohamed even succeeded in penetrating the John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center at Fort Bragg-while simultaneously training the cell that blew up the World Trade Center in 1993. He went on to train Osama bin Laden's personal bodyguard, and photographed the U.S. embassy in Kenya taking the surveillance pictures bin Laden himself used to target the suicide truck bomb that killed 224 and injured thousands there in 1998.

"Mohamed accomplished all that fully nine years after the FBI first photographed the cell he trained using automatic weapons at a firing range on Long Island. He lived the quiet life of a Silicon Valley computer executive while slipping off to Afghanistan and the Sudan to train some of al Qaeda's most lethal terrorists in bomb-making and assassination tradecraft. He was so trusted by bin Laden that Ali was given the job of moving the Saudi "Emir" from Afghanistan to Khartoum in 1991 and then back to Jalalabad in 1996-much of that time maintaining his status as an FBI informant who worked his Bureau control agent like a mole.

"In the years leading to the 9/11 attacks, no single agent of al Qaeda was more successful in compromising the U.S. intelligence community than a former Egyptian army captain turned CIA operative, Special Forces advisor, and FBI informant named Ali Mohamed.

"Spying first for the Central Intelligence Agency and later the FBI, Mohamed even succeeded in penetrating the John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center at Fort Bragg -- while simultaneously training the cell that blew up the World Trade Center in 1993. He went on to train Osama bin Laden's personal bodyguard, and photographed the U.S. embassy in Kenya taking the surveillance pictures bin Laden himself used to target the suicide truck bomb that killed 224 and injured thousands there in 1998.

"Mohamed accomplished all that fully nine years after the FBI first photographed the cell he trained using automatic weapons at a firing range on Long Island. He lived the quiet life of a Silicon Valley computer executive while slipping off to Afghanistan and the Sudan to train some of al Qaeda's most lethal terrorists in bomb-making and assassination tradecraft. He was so trusted by bin Laden that Ali was given the job of moving the Saudi "Emir" from Afghanistan to Khartoum in 1991 and then back to Jalalabad in 1996-much of that time maintaining his status as an FBI informant who worked his Bureau control agent like a mole.

"Mohamed twice played host to al Qaeda's second-in-command, Dr. Ayman al-Zawahiri, who traveled to the U.S. in the 1990s to raise money for the Jihad. He used his Army vacation to hunt down elite Soviet Spetsnaz commandos in Afghanistan, and later toyed with gullible special agents in New York and San Francisco while he learned the inner workings of the FBI's al Qaeda playbook.

"In the annals of espionage, few men have moved in an out of the deep black world between the hunters and the hunted with as much audacity as Ali Mohamed—known to his al Qaeda brothers as Ali Amiriki, or "Ali the American." A deep-penetration al Qaeda sleeper, he succeeded as a triple agent, gaining access to the most sensitive intelligence in the U.S. counter-terrorism arsenal.

"Next to Ramzi Yousef, the bomb maker who plotted both attacks on The Twin Towers, Mohamed remains the greatest enigma in the war on terror. Brazenly slipping past watch lists, he moved in and out of the U.S. with impunity for years, marrying an American woman, becoming a naturalized citizen, seeking top secret security clearance from a Silicon Valley defense contractor and working for the FBI while servicing the top echelons of al Qaeda.

"The story of Ali Mohamed holds the key to the full truth about how bin Laden planned, financed, and executed the 9/11 attacks. He's also a living witness to how the best and the brightest in the U.S. intelligence community were repeatedly outflanked for two decades, from the death of Egyptian president Anwar Sadat in 1981 through the attacks of September 11, 2001.

"My conclusion in Cover Up was that the FBI had buried key al Qaeda intelligence to avoid a scandal over tainted Mafia evidence. But as unbelievable as that story seemed, the investigation took on even stranger twists and turns when Ali Mohamed came into focus.

"For example, almost from the moment the Bureau "opened" him as an informant back in 1992, Ali's main control agent on the West Coast became embroiled in a grisly triple murder case that distracted him from fully appreciating Mohamed's lethal dedication to stealing America's secrets for the jihad. Patrick Fitzgerald himself called Ali "the most dangerous man I ever met," and soon, as I began to fill in the blanks on him, I encountered evidence more astonishing than any fiction I had ever written.

Where is Ali Mohamed now? Why in the world would our government allow such a dangerous man to cut a plea deal and escape the death penalty?

Ali is in some form of custodial witness protection. After arresting him more than a month after the East African embassy bombings which killed 224 and injured thousands in Kenya and Tanzania, Fitzgerald held Ali on a John Doe warrant for nine months in the same M.C.C. (federal jail in Lower Manhattan) where Ramzi Yousef and Greg Scarpa Jr. had been housed. They negotiated with him for more than 2 years before cutting a deal with him that allowed Mohamed to escape the death penalty.

Arguably he should have been the primary defendant in U.S. vs. bin Laden, the Embassy bombing trial which Fitzgerald prosecuted beginning in February, 2001. Having cut a deal with him the Feds should then have used him to testify since, under an exception to the Rule Against Hearsay for co-conspirator testimony he could have told the jury how he'd personally shown his surveillance pictures of the Kenya embassy to bin Laden in 1994 and bin Laden had pointed to exactly where he wanted the suicide truck bomb to go.

But Fitzgerald kept him off the stand he has never testified. In fact, I learned that six years after pleading guilty to crimes that would have ended many other suspects lives via lethal injection, he has never been sentenced for his crimes.

Why? My feeling -- and it was endorsed by various defense lawyers interviewed, was that the Feds will NEVER allow Ali to see the light of day in a courtroom because if he gets on the stand, these defense attorneys will peel back the layers and reveal the shocking details of how he snookered the Feds for so many years.

Your book and your research raises a lot of questions about the conclusions made by the 9/11 Commission Report. Do you think the investigation into 9/11 should be re-opened? How likely do you think it is that these issues will ever be reexamined by another congressional committee?

1000 Years for Revenge by Peter Lance
Click here
for ordering information.
The final report of the 9/11 Commission, the last official body to investigate the 9/11 attacks, has proven vastly incomplete. Although (as I proved in 1000 Years) the idea of a plot using planes-as-missiles had its genesis with Yousef in Manila during the fall of 1994, the Commission elected to focus its investigation from 1998 forward, leaving out major elements of the story.

Their report reduced to a footnote, details of the three major war games being conducted on 9/11, including an exercise by the Northeast Air Defense Sector of NORAD that initially confused officials charged with protecting New York.

Worse, it ignored a remarkable account cited earlier by the Commission's own chairman, Thomas Kean, that F-16s from his home state of New Jersey were moments away from Lower Manhattan but never called by NORAD to interdict the Twin Towers attack.

I took me a book of 670 pages with 50 pages of end notes and 30 pages of Appendices to tell Ali Mohamed's story but in the entire 9/11 report, this is all they had to say about him in the body of the book:
The Embassy Bombings As early as December 1993, a team of al Qaeda operatives had begun casing targets in Nairobi for future attacks. It was led by Ali Mohamed, a former Egyptian army officer who had moved to the United States in the mid-1980s, enlisted in the U.S.Army, and became an instructor at Fort Bragg. He had provided guidance and training to extremists at the Farouq mosque in Brooklyn, including some who were subsequently convicted in the February 1993 attack on the World Trade Center. The casing team also included a computer expert whose write-ups were reviewed by al Qaeda leaders. (Paragraph 356 on page 67).
There were two other footnotes that reference Ali:
85. On the surveillance reports and the Hezbollah training camps, see FBI report of investigation, interview of confidential source, Sept. 16, 1999; see also Intelligence report,al Qaeda Targeting Study of U.S. Embassy Nairobi, prepared 23 December 1993, Apr. 5, 1999; Intelligence report, Establishment of a Tripartite Agreement Among Usama Bin Ladin, Iran, and the NIF, Jan. 31, 1997; Intelligence report, Cooperation Among Usama Bin Ladin's Islamic Army, Iran, and the NIF, Jan. 31 1997; FBI report of investigation, interview of Fadl, Nov. 10, 1996. Bin Ladin told his operatives he wanted them to study Hezbollah's 1983 truck bombing of U.S. marines in Lebanon that killed 241 and led to the American pullout from Lebanon. See, e.g., statement of Ali Mohamed in support of change of plea, United States v. Ali Mohamed, No. S(7) 98 Cr. 1023 (S.D. N.Y.), Oct. 20, 2000 (transcript p. 30); trial testimony of Fadl, United States v. bin Laden , Feb. 6, 2001 (transcript pp. 292–293); FBI report of investigation, interview of Fadl, Mar. 10, 1997; FBI report of investigation. Paragraph #2421 p. 470.

[sic] government's interest in them. In February 1995, the government filed a confidential court document listing Usama Bin Ladin and scores of other people as possible co-conspirators in the New York City landmarks plot. Ali Mohamed, who was on the list, obtained a copy and faxed it to a close Bin Ladin aide for distribution. Statement of Ali Mohamed in support of change of plea, United States v.Ali Mohamed, No. S(7) 98 Cr. 1023 (S.D. N.Y.), Oct. 20, 2000 (transcript p. 29); Statements of Prosecutor and Judge, United States v. Bin Laden, No. S(7) 98 Cr. 1023 (S.D. N.Y.), Mar. 26, 2001 (transcript pp. 3338–3339); Patrick Fitzgerald interview (Jan. 28, 2004). Paragraph #2439. P. 472.
You can see all the footnotes that reference Ali Mohamed here using Vivisimo.

Clearly the record is incredibly limited.

Another of my startling revelations in Triple Cross -- first reported by John Berger on www.intelwire.com is that bin Laden's brother in law Mohammed Jamal Khalifa, the bagman behind the Yousef/KSM Manila cell was captured in December 1994 in Morgan Hills, California the hometown of Ali Mohamed's control agent John Zent. He was believed by at least one terrorism expert to be heading to a meeting with Ali Mohamed.

Khalifa had on him when seized a Newtown PDA which was a treasure trove of evidence linking him to both of Yousef's cells (in N.Y. and Manila). He had a death sentence hanging over his head in Jordan for a series of al Qaeda related theater bombings. Philip C. Wilcox, a senior advisor at the State Department described Khalifa as having "engaged in serious terrorist offenses" and noted that his release would "engage U.S. national security." His letter is Appendix III in Triple Cross on page 548.

And yet, as reported in the book, at the behest of Secretary of State Warren Christopher, Jamie Gorelick -- then Deputy Attorney General -- pushed for Khalifa's extradition to Jordan. Eventually he was freed from U.S. custody and, after a witness in the bombing case had recanted, his sentenced was suspended and he was in the wind. < Not a word of that catastrophic intelligence loss was found in the 9/11 Commission Report because Jamie Gorelick was one of the ten commissioners.

Can we say "Foxes guarding the chicken coop?"

My hope is that there will be sufficient outrage generated by the findings in Triple Cross to prompt a new investigation of 9/11. But this investigation should be staffed by American citizens, victim's family members, scholars and journalists, instead of what happened the first time around: half of the 75 staff members were alumni of the same agencies they were charged with investigation: the CIA, the FBI, the NSA, etc. There wasn't a word of accountability in the report. No one was blamed.

Triple Cross names names and focuses the laser beam of accountability on a series of former and current Department of Justice and FBI officials.

Patrick Fitzgerald is best known to Americans as the prosecutor in the stalled Valerie Plame leak investigation, in which Karl Rove escaped indictment. Is it unusual for one person to be involved in so many high-profile, yet totally different types of investigations? His story has this Forrest Gump-like quality to it: if there was a big, politically charged case, he seems to show up in the middle of it. Who did/does Fitzgerald answer to? And why do you think he wouldn't talk to you in connection with this book?

Fitzgerald ultimately answers to the Attorney General and the President. It's interesting that you describe him as a kind of "Forrest Gump" because Ali Mohamed was his equivalent on the al Qaeda side -- showing up or having a hand in some of the most important bin Laden/al-Zawahiri plots from the WTC bombing in 1993 through the Embassy bombing in 1998.

This is some of what I report on Fitzgerald, aka "Fitzie," in Triple Cross: In early 1996, almost three years after the WTC bombing, the Clinton administration began to focus its response to the "jihad army" whose members had been convicted the previous October.

In the middle of the Day of Terror trial, the president had signed Presidential Decision Directive 39, a secret order designed to "deter, defeat and respond vigorously to all terrorist attacks." The PDD tasked the CIA to take "an aggressive program of foreign intelligence collection, analysis, counterintelligence and covert action" -- authorizing the "return of suspects by force, without the cooperation of host government(s)" if necessary. The FBI was charged as lead U.S. agency to reduce the nation's security vulnerabilities. Though the unclassified version of the PDD is heavily redacted, it's clear that Osama bin Laden soon became a principal target.

Before January was over, the CIA had created "Alec Station," the first "virtual" office that focused on a specific individual (as opposed to a country). Formally known as "the bin Laden issue station," it was initially staffed by sixteen analysts and located in an office park a few miles from the headquarters at Langley.

It was run by Michael Scheuer, by then a fourteen-year veteran of the Agency. Scheuer named the station "Alec" after his son. The FBI representative from the NYO at the station was Dan Coleman, who soon developed such an expertise on al Qaeda he was nicknamed "the professor." In order to work the station, Coleman had to submit to a polygraph and get a series of new clearances that would allow him to gain access to the CIA's Hercules database system.

At the same time, the two bin Laden "offices of origin" in New York, the SDNY and the FBI's NYO, dedicated an existing unit, "Squad I-49," to building a case against the Saudi billionaire. Coleman became a key component, along with Special Agent Jack Cloonan. Patrick Fitzgerald, the AUSA who was the "second seat" to Andrew McCarthy in the Day of Terror trial, had since become chief of the Organized Crime-Terrorism Unit in the SDNY. He was effectively tasked to direct the squad as lead prosecutor.

It would be a career-making position for Fitzgerald, the Harvard-educated son of Irish immigrants. In years to come he would emerge as the DOJ's leading bin Laden authority, described in a February 2006 Vanity Fair profile as a man with "scary smart intelligence," an "uncanny memory," and "a mainframe computer brain."

As lead prosecutor in United States v. bin Laden, the African Embassy bombing case in 2001, Fitzgerald would be rewarded for his conviction of the Saudi billionaire in absentia with an appointment as U.S. attorney for the Northern District of Illinois -- becoming the top Fed in Chicago, a city infamous for political corruption. With a staff of 161 AUSAs, Fitzgerald, whose close friends called him "Fitzie," would oversee Operation Safe Road, a public corruption case that would result in the conviction of seventy-three defendants, including thirty public employees and officials.

If that wasn't enough to keep him busy, by December 2003 Fitzgerald would be tapped by George W. Bush's Justice Department as special prosecutor in the Valerie Plame CIA leak investigation. It would be his job, in essence, to determine whether presidential aide Karl Rove, one of the most powerful men in Washington, had leaked the name of former CIA covert operative Valerie Plame in an effort to punish her husband, for writing an op-ed page piece critical of the Bush White House for using false intelligence to justify the invasion of Iraq.

In any serious investigation of how the FBI and DOJ failed to detect Ali Mohamed as an al Qaeda spy before the Embassy bombings he helped to execute, an examination of Fitzgerald's awareness of bin Laden's trajectory is crucial.

Both Coleman and Fitzgerald declined to be interviewed for the book, but Fitzgerald granted an extensive interview in 2005 for the National Geographic Channel's four-hour documentary Inside 9/11. I obtained a copy of the interview transcript, in which Fitzgerald discussed his first awakening to al Qaeda and its terror chief:

"I didn't know the word al Qaeda when we were prosecuting people in '93, '94, and '95," Fitzgerald said. "And then this elusive figure came to the attention of the American government called Osama bin Laden. And I remember early in 1996 we were all trying to figure out, was Osama bin Laden as bad as people were saying in the national security community? Because he seemed to be coming up everywhere. He was like Elvis. Every time you read about a terrorist group in a different country carrying out violent action, you heard the name Osama bin Laden and you wondered whether it was just sort of a fictional person. Was he a wealthy benefactor of people who were fighting oppression in different countries, [or] did bin Laden know precisely what these people were doing?"

Desperate to answer those questions, Fitzgerald's bin Laden squad began operating on "two parallel tracks," according to Cloonan. "One [track] was intelligence driven to support the activity that Alec Station was doing ... which would include disruptions, and in some instances, renditions and working with a number of services overseas. The other [track] was on the criminal side."

That structure indicates that little more than ten months after the issuance of Jamie Gorelick's "wall memo," Fitzgerald and company were apparently disregarding her mandate that criminal investigation should be segregated from intelligence threat prevention. Squad I-49 in the FBI's NYO was actively working both jobs.

That reality becomes important as we assess Fitzgerald's performance. Why? Because years later, when investigators began trying to suss out what went wrong, Fitzgerald would pointedly blame "the wall" for the apparent inability of the SDNY and the FBI to prevent the 9/11 attacks.

Despite Fitzgerald's 2005 assertion that he "didn't know the word al Qaeda" in 1995, Special Agent John Zent had conducted that interview with Ali Mohamed in 1993, two years before that, in which the spy confessed that "Bin Laden ran an organization called al Qaeda and was building an army which may be used to overthrow the Saudi Government."

How do we know that? It was documented in a sworn 1998 affidavit written by Special Agent Dan Coleman, one of Fitzgerald's key operatives.

Even Jack Cloonan admitted to me that "Ali Mohamed was a well-known entity by 1996 because of his involvement with some of the people in the first Trade Center case. He was an unindicted co-conspirator."

"The Osama bin Laden case opened up in 1996," he says, "And, out of that case, there were a number of sub files that were created." One of them was on Ali Mohamed. "This was a classified case, and then the focus of the case changed because [Attorney General] Janet Reno and the U.S. attorney at the time, Mary Jo White, said that the Bureau and the Southern District -- on the advice of Justice -- were going to build a prosecutable case against bin Laden." Cloonan says that he first became aware of Ali Mohamed himself when he began working on the squad in January.

It appears that many people have tried to silence you on this project. When National Geographic made a film from the facts in the book, much of the more incendiary material was excised. Who is trying to keep these facts secret, and why?

Cover Up by Peter Lance
Click here
for ordering information.
I'm going to link to my Huffington Post article on the National Geographic whitewash because it will give your readers a full appreciation of how this august institution that puts out that splendid yellow bordered magazine each month, literally told only half of the Ali Mohamed story -- leaving out all of my documentation of FBI and Department of Justice negligence.

One of the most telling examples is how they used only half of Fitzgerald's now famous quote to FBI agent Jack Cloonan after his face to face meeting with Ali Mohamed in October, 1997. This is the full quote as contained in a transcript of Cloonan's videotaped interview for the Nat Geographic documentary entitled Triple Cross on June 1st, 2006:
"Ali Mohamed is the most dangerous man I have ever met. We cannot let this man out on the street."
This is the quote they used in the documentary that aired on August 28th:
"Ali Mohamed is the most dangerous man I have ever met."
They cut out the second half of the quote relieving Fitzgerald and Cloonan from any negligence since they FAILED to get Ali off the street for another 10 months until the bombs went off in the very Embassy plot that Ali had plotted since 1993.

Any of your readers who saw that documentary and were shocked at Ali Mohamed's story needs to read Triple Cross. Anyone of your readers who found The Looming Tower compelling needs to read Triple Cross -- because as great a writer as Lawrence Wright of the New Yorker is, he accepts the word of FBI agents like Cloonan and Dan Coleman as gospel without ever challenging them.

Wright has more than a dozen references to Mohammed Jamal Khalifa in The Looming Tower. He even interviewed him. But there isn't a word in the book about Jamie Gorelick's catastrophic move to push MJK out of the country.

I can say proudly that if you want the fullest account to date of the failures of the FBI and Department of Justice to prevent the 9/11 attacks, you should order Triple Cross. If nothing else, go to my website www.peterlance.com and download that 32 page timeline. If you read it and it doesn't compel you to read the entire book, then I promise to start writing children's literature after this. (smiling)


http://www.internetwritingjournal.com/dec06/lance5.htm


Cover Up
By Jamie Glazov
FrontPageMagazine.com | January 27, 2005


Frontpage Interview’s guest today is Peter Lance, a five-time Emmy-winning investigative reporter and author of the bestselling 1000 Years for Revenge: International Terrorism and the FBI -- The Untold Story. He is the author of the new book Cover Up: What the Government Is Still Hiding About the War on Terror.

Preview Image

FP: Mr. Lance, welcome to Frontpage Interview

Lance: Great to be talking with you.

FP:
What motivated you to write this book?

Lance: Cover Up began as an effort to answer the two big unanswered questions left after I had finished 1000 Years of Revenge. To get an overview of my findings in that book, your readers can sample the 32 page illustrated Timeline from 1000 YEARS at
my website under “Terrorism.”

Like the book, the Timeline goes back 12 years to 1989 and traces al Qaeda's treacherous development of the 9/11 plot, focusing primarily on the how the New York office of the FBI (NYO) the Osama bin Laden "office of origin," failed repeatedly to interdict the plot.

The two big questions, which I sought to answer at the end of that book were:

1) Why did the U.S. Justice Department ignore probative evidence from the Philippines National Police (PNP) in 1995 that Ramzi Yousef, the original World Trade Center bomber, had conspired with his uncle Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (KSM) as early as 1994 to set in motion the plot that culminated on 9/11?

In the spring of 1995, Col. Rodolfo B. Mendoza, a leading PNP investigator who had interrogated Yousef's lifelong friend and co-conspirator, Abdul Hakim Murad, gave the U.S. Embassy in Manila evidence that Yousef and KSM already had chosen had six targets: the WTC, The Pentagon, CIA HQ at Langley, VA, The Sears Tower in Chicago, the Transamerica Tower in San Francisco and an unnamed nuclear facility.

Col. Mendoza also had evidence that up to 10 Islamic radicals were then training in U.S. flight schools. This was 1995.

I found FBI NO/FORN memos from that year proving that the Bureau had this intelligence, but they dropped the ball. I wanted to find out why.

It should be noted that the detailed intelligence from Col. Mendoza was for a plot involving the hijacking of airliners that was completely distinct from the Bojinka plot in which Yousef, KSM, Murad and a 4th conspirator, Wali Kahn Amin Shah, planned to plant Casio watch powered-nitroglycerine bomb triggers aboard up to a dozens U.S. jumbo jets exiting Asia with U.S. tourists.

That plot went way beyond the initial plane to hijack a small plane and fly it, laden with explosives, into CIA Headquarters, an early scenario which Murad had discussed with Col. Mendoza in the early days of his 67 day interrogation. Yousef had even undertaken a "west test" bombing of a Casio Nitro device which he planted under a seat in the 26th row of Philippine Airlines Flight #434 on the morning of December 11, 1994.

Planted on the first leg of a two-leg flights, Yousef got on board, pieced together the apparently innocuous components of the bomb and exited the flight after hiding it in the life jacket pouch below seat 26K. He mistakenly believed that the center wing fuel tank of the 747-100 began at the 26th row.

In fact that tank runs below the 17th to 25th rows. So Yousef was a few feet two short.

Nonetheless, after he exiting, while PAL #434 was heading toward Japan, his device exploded with such force that it blew a hole in the passenger floor and killed Haruki Ikegami, a 24 year old Japanese national in seat 26 K.

The heroic pilot was able to get the plane on the ground. But now Yousef knew that if he and his cohorts merely moved the devices FORWARD a few rows, the downward blast would ignite the fuel tanks, turning the jumbo jets into flying bombs. They intended to do this on up to 12 flights when they had a fire in their Manila bomb factory on the night of January 6th, 1995 and the Bojinka plot was foiled.

However, at the same time that they plotted Bojinka (and a third plot to kill the Pope who was to arrive in Manila in early January 1995) Yousef and KSM had well in motion the hijack-airliners-fly-them-into-buildings scenario that culminated on 9/11.

Col. Mendoza, who was the Richard Clarke of The Philippines, when it came to his knowledge of Islamic radicalism, was very clear with the U.S. government and warned our officials in in the spring of 1995 of that PRECISE plot which unfolded six years later.

The Justice Department seemingly failed to pursued this extraordinary warning and I wanted to know why.

2) The second question left unanswered, when I had finished my first book, was why did the FBI and Justice Dept. treat the hunt for KSM so differently than the public hunt for his nephew -- which had successfully brought Yousef to ground?

Yousef was arrested in early February, 1995 in a bin Laden controlled guesthouse in Islamabad, Pakistan after a tip to the U.S. State Department from an informant that Yousef had recruited. This young South African (Istaique Parker) wanted the $2 million reward being offered under a program called Rewards for Justice that was the brainchild of the late Diplomatic Security Service (DSS) agent Bradley Smith.

During the two years since Yousef had fled New York on the night of the first WTC attack (February 26th, 1993) he had been the object of a worldwide public manhunt. Newsweek ran stories with banner headlines like The World’s Most Wanted and the State Dept. even printed posters touting the $2 million reward on matchbook covers that they circulated by the thousands through the middle east.

Parker finally gave up Yousef, but the day he was arrested by DSS and DEA agents on February 7, 1995, I recounted in my first book, how an FBI agent got to the 20 room guesthouse late and blew a chance to grab Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, who was staying in a ground floor room.

In fact, KSM was so audacious that he gave an interview to Time magazine on the Yousef takedown using his own name "Khalid Shaikh." But by the time FBI agent Brad Garrett got there KSM was gone.

This didn't stop Garrett from participating in a 60 Minutes II story in the fall of 2001 in which he took false credit for the Yousef takedown.

Meanwhile, back in 1995, rather than doing a Wild West style worldwide search using the same rewards posters that had brought Yousef down, the Justice Dept. changed tack. For unknown reasons they indicted KSM along with Yousef in 1996 but kept the indictment sealed and his name from the press.

The first mention of KSM came on the inside "jump" page of a New York Times story in Janaury, 1998, on the day after Yousef was sentenced in the Southern District of New York for both the WTC and Bojinka plots. The story covering the sentencing had a cryptic reference to one "Khalad Shaikh" believed to be a relative of Yousef's.

By this time -- by all accounts -- KSM was well into executing the 9/11 plot.

The question was, why didn't the Justice Dept. and the FBI make his name public immediately in 1995 when they received evidence from Col. Mendoza that KSM had conspired with his nephew Ramzi to hijack airliners and fly them into buildings? Why seal the indictment and why not make KSM the subject of the same kind of public international dragnet that captured Yousef?

The Feds made a big deal out of grabbing the overweight, bug eyed KSM in March of 2003 in Pakistan, but by my reckoning they had blown at least two chances to grab him earlier before all those people died on 9/11 -- once in 1995 the day Yousef was caught and later in 1996 when the Feds learned KSM was in Doha, Qatar, and cooled their heels waiting while a Qatari official spirited him out of the country to the Czech Republic.

In any case, I got the answer to both of my questions as I was research book two:
Cover Up.

FP:
In Cover Up, you show that the government has covered up its own counter-terror failures. Tell us a bit about these.

Lance: The second half of Cover Up is a painstaking analysis of the 9/11 Commission and it's effective whitewash. I go into great detail with evidence of how

-the Commission was hopelessly skewed on both the right and the left;

-how the staff was riddled with conflicts of interest -- almost half of the staff members were alumni of the very intelligence agencies they were asked to judge;

-how both Democrats and Republicans, cherry picked evidence and limited the scope of the investigation to 1998 forward in order -- I believe -- to ignore the culpability of the FBI, CIA and other agencies for failing to stop Osama bin Laden's 12 year juggernaut;

-how, in effect, the fix was in on this Commission from day one -- there was an intentional decision to limit the damage across three presidential administrations and eliminate ANY accountability or blame for what I call the biggest intelligence failure since The Trojan Horse.

The second half of the book chronicles this whitewash and focuses particularly on Dietrich Dieter Snell, the former Asst. U.S. Attorney (AUSA) who co-prosecuted Yousef in the 1996 Bojinka case.

Snell, who could have answered both of the questions left over at the end of my first book, should have been a WITNESS before the 9/11 Commission, but instead they hired him as Senior Counsel and one of the Team Leaders.

It was Snell who took my "testimony" after I "testified" before the Commission on March 15th, 2004. When I showed up in the closed door conference room at 26 Federal Plaza (the same building that houses the FBI's NYO) Snell was accompanied by Marco Cordero, an FBI agent on loan to the Commission.

No stenographer was present, nor was there a recording device. Snell, merely pulled out a small notebook and started jotting down notes. I was warned ahead of time, by a source inside the Commission that more than 90% of the witness intake was anecdotal like this -- that the image of people like Condi Rice delivering sworn testimony in open session -- was more of an aberration.

Anyway, later in this interview you'll understand what it sham it was for somebody like Dieter Snell to take my "testimony." In my mind he was one of the fixers, hired early on to sanitize the Commission's final report.

FP:
Briefly illuminate for us the story of terror mastermind Ramzi Yousef and TWA 800.

Lance: The first half of Cover Up is the most explosive. I present probative evidence that the crash of TWA #800 on July 17th, 1996 which killed 230 people, was an al Qaeda act of terror -- a bombing that was effectively the second biggest mass murder in U.S. history.

I prove this using the FBI's own documents: #302 memos, and, for the first time I shatter the FBI/NTSB K-9 theory -- the only explanation for the presence of high explosive residue in the wreckage absent a bomb.

I had eluded to this in 1000 Years of Revenge -- along with a chapter, by the way, which linked Ramzi Yousef and KSM via Terry Nichols to the Oklahoma City bombing.

This was long before Jayna Davis' intriguing book The Third Terrorist which was the object of one of your earlier interviews. She agrees with me on the Yousef-Nichols connection, but we disagree as to Yousef's paymaster. She suggests it was Iraq. I say OBL and furnish proof in the form of evidence showing that Yousef's Manila cell was financed directly by bin Laden via his Saudi brother in law Mohammed Jamal Khalifa.

However, in 2003, in neither case -- OKC or TWA #800 did I have the level of evidence I uncovered in the Spring of 2004. Much of it is in the pages of Cover Up or on
my website under FBI #302's.

FP:
Can you give us some of the specifics?

Lance:
In the weeks prior to the downing of TWA 800 the FBI was alerted by Colombo crime family member Gregory Scarpa Jr. that Ramzi Yousef -- who was in a cell next to Scarpa Jr. at New York’s Metropolitan Correctional Center (MCC) -- was arranging to have his al Qaeda cohorts plant a bomb aboard a U.S. airliner. The reason? To provoke a mistrial in the Bojinka case, the first of two federal trials facing Yousef.

Yousef even shared with Scarpa the intricate details of his schematic of the same Casio-nitro bomb trigger device, he had placed aboard PAL #434 in December 1994.

Keep in mind that had the Bojinka plot been fufilled, up to a dozen U.S. jumbo jets would have had their center wing fuel tanks blown apart by Casio watch-nitroglycerine bomb triggers placed in the life jacket pouches of seats located over the tanks.

Yousef's only mistake with PAL #434 was in bomb placement, not bomb design.

Now, in the spring of 1996, weeks prior to Yousef’s trial for the Bojinka plot, the bomb maker began sending elaborate notes and bomb schematics to inmate Scarpa—who -- unknown to Yousef -- had begun working as an informant for the FBI, and passed them on to his Bureau contacts.

His original motivation was to get some downward release time on his sentence if convicted in the RICO trial he was facing.

Over the next 11 months from March, 1996 to February, 1997, Scarpa Jr. delivered dozens of copies or photographs of Yousef's notes which the FBI then summarized in their own internal #302 memos.

One note, in which Yousef told Scarpa Jr. that the high explosive RDX could be substituted for nitroglycerine was titled “How to Smuggle Explosives Into An Airplane.” Both the sketch and the note are reproduced in Cover Up and at
peterlance.com under FBI #302s.

As proven by these heretofore secret #302 memos also reproduced in the book, Scarpa’s intelligence warned the Feds of Yousef’s impending bomb-on-board plot to effect a mistrial.

Worse yet, the Bureau may have facilitated the TWA 800 disaster, by setting up a third party “patch through” system that allowed Yousef to make outside calls. We know that one of the al Qaeda cohorts he reached was KSM, the one remaining Bojinka conspirator at large who knew how to build the Casio-nitro device.

Then, just as the most damning evidence was being entered by federals prosecutors at Yousef’s trial, TWA 800 an identical 747-100 to the PAL 434 aircraft flight, exploded off Long Island.

The next day Yousef demanded a mistrial -- just as he had told Scarpa Jr. he would.

In the days that followed, as the FBI recovered 96 percent of the plane's wreckage, Bureau agents found the high explosives RDX, PETN, and nitroglycerine in the area of the 17-25 rows near the center fuel tank.

Keep in mind that nitroglycerine was the essential explosive of Yousef's original Casio-nitro device and RDX was an explosive Yousef had told Scarpa Jr. could be substituted for nitro.

By all accounts, the fuel tank’s explosion was the cause of the crash. The only question was: What triggered it?

The FBI was prepared to declare the crash an act of sabotage. Yet on August 22, 1996, Justice Dept. officials emerged from a high-level Washington meeting and did a complete reversal which led the FBI to side instead with the NTSB.

FP: Why did the Justice Dept. make this turn-around?


Lance:
The National Transportation Safety Board, almost from day one in the investigation had pushed mechanical failure as the cause. They steadfastly held to this theory even -- though not a shred of forensic evidence was found to support their premise -- that a low voltage spark had somehow ignited jet fuel fumes in the center wing tank.

In the billions of airlines flown by the 747 there had NEVER been a spontaneous fuel tank ignition.

But in the end, the FBI caved in and sided with the NTSB's unsupported mechanical theory.

Why? As I point out in great detail, using Greg Scarpa Jr. as the Feds’ key prosecution witness in the indictment of Ramzi Yousef for the crash of TWA #800 would have meant declaring the mobster credible.

This would have had the effect of derailing a series of Mafia cases that hung on the false testimony of Greg Jr.'s father, Gregory Scarpa Sr; a notorious Colombo family killer.

Up to 60 Colombo prosecutions in the Eastern District of New York, would have, in the words of one federal judge "unravelled." The feds had invested years and millions of dollars in these cases. Careers of various DOJ and FBI officials hung in the balance.

So, knowing that with both convictions, they would put Yousef away for multiple life sentences -- he ultimately got 240 years -- the Feds made an ends/means decision.

They decided to bury the treasure trove of al Qaeda intelligence which Scarpa Jr. had risked his life to get.

Despite not a single homicide conviction, he was sentenced to 40 years for RICO violations. Compare this to Sammy The Bull Gravano who got just 5 years after killing 19 people.

The Feds ended up calling Greg Jr.'s intel from Yousef -- material with details that NO WISEGUY ever could have known -- a "hoax" and "a scam."

They allowed a Supervisory Special Agent in the New York office who had been involved in a corrupt relationship with Greg's father to retire with a full pension after he had taken the Fifth and answered "I don't recall" 44 times following a grant of immunity.

This was a scandal that would have made the corrupt relationship in Boston between fugitive New England crime boss Whitey Bulger and his FBI handler look like a Disney movie in comparison.

So the FBI came up with the ridiculous theory that the explosives in the TWA #800 wreckage -- which mirrored the forensic evidence from Yousef's PAL #434 bomb -- got there as a result of a K-9 test conducted five weeks earlier while the fatal aircraft was sitting at the end of Concourse C at Lambert St. Louis International Airport.

The intent of the officer was to qualify a bomb sniffing dog by placing explosive test aids around the empty aircraft and allowing the dog to retrieve them.

In order for their theory to wash, the K-9 officer would have had to have been grossly negligence and spilled large quantities of the test aids which he spread out in a zigzag pattern around the 747 in order to test the dog. Further, these explosives would have had to survive weeks under water as the plane's wreckage lay in Long Island Sound and survived a power cleaning of the wreckage once it was retrieved by the U.S. Navy.

The amazing thing is that once the FBI floated this K-9 theory everybody bought it -- the New York Times, Newsday, which later won a Pulitzer prize for its coverage of the TWA #800 crash -- they all accepted this.

Nobody -- not even the FBI which had 1,000 agents on Long Island sent anybody to St. Louis to interview the K-9 officer whose name was Herman Burnett. Nobody from any of the New York media sent a reporter to talk to him.

The FBI simply declared that this alleged "negligence" by the officer was the explanation for the presence of nitro, PETN and RDX in the area of the center fuel tank -- an area precisely where it would have been if Ramzi Yousef's Casio-Nitro bomb had detonated.

Nobody seemed to question the fact that the officer Burnett never even used nitroglycerine in his K-9 test. This incredible story simply held all of these years until -- I went to St. Louis and interviewed Herman Burnett, a seasoned veteran of the St. Louis Airport police.

Not only did he insist that he had spilled NO explosive residue the day he had conducted the test, but the evidence which I uncovered PROVES that he did the test on a different 747-100 than the one that became TWA #800.

In effect, I've shattered the FBI/NTSB's only explanation for the presence of high explosives in the TWA #800 wreckage absent a bomb.

But back in the fall of 1996, the fix was in and a series of high level DOJ officials of the Clinton Justice Department went on as if it were business as usual, sweeping under the rug, I believe, the biggest act of al Qaeda terror prior to 9/11.

FP: What's the significance of all this at this point?

Lance:
The incredible Yousef-Scarpa intelligence from 1996 proves the following:

-that al Qaeda had an active cell in New York City as early as 1996 -- something that contradicts Condi Rice's testimony before the 9/11 Commission that they possessed no "actionable intelligence" of an al Qaeda presence on U.S. soil between the 1993 WTC bombing and 9/11;

-that the FBI could have grabbed Khalid Shaikh Mohammed in 1996 as he plotted the 9/11 attacks. For a contribution of just $2,500.00 more to his commissary account at the MCC, Yousef had offered to put Scarpa's "people" who he believed to be mobsters, in touch with his "people," one of whom was KSM then residing in Qatar. But the Feds failed to take Yousef up on his offer and another opportunity was blown;

-that as early as 1996 Osama bin Laden intended to hijack planes in order to free blind Sheikh Omar Abdel Rahman -- one of the spiritual driving forces for the 9/11 plot. This intelligence contained in a Scarpa-Yousef FBI #302 predated identical warnings which showed up in Presidential Daily Briefings to President Clinton in 1998 and the famous August 6, 2001 Crawford, Texas, PDB to President Bush.

-hat KSM and al Qaeda may have had a role in the June, 1996 Khobar Towers bombing in Saudi Arabia which was blamed on Iranian members of Hezbollah.

-that Yousef and his al Qaeda cell had an Iranian connection -- not necessarily with the government in Teheran, but certainly with elements, including his own family members living in the Iranian section of Baluchistan -- an Islamic radical no man's land where Yousef and KSM have their roots.

By the way in a speech last fall at Claremont, College in California, 9/11 Commission, John Lehman, the former Secretary of the Navy, let it slip that intelligence indicated that Baluchistan is where OBL was now hiding.

What all of this proves is that in an effort to preserve a series of mob prosecutions and, perhaps cover up for their own unwitting complicity in the down of TWA #800 (by connecting Yousef and KSM) the FBI and Justice Department hid a treasure trove of intel about al Qaeda's ACTIVE role in New York City in 1996 and their complicity in the second biggest act of terror in U.S. history.

Further these actions explain why -- in failing to stop KSM in 1995 and 1996 the DOJ sealed his name and kept the hunt for him secret until early January of 1998 when the 9/11 plot was well in motion.

The DOJ/FBI cover up in the late summer of 1996 also explains why lead intelligence officials apparently blew an opportunity to pursue the evidence of Col. Mendoza from the Philippines in 1995.

By 1996 it was in the interest of senior DOJ and FBI officials to minimize the importance of Ramzi Yousef as the architect of the 9/11 plot. First, they had him incarcerated and possessed enough evidence to put him away for 240 years. But more importantly, they didn't want the full story to come out about how the FBI could have stopped Yousef in the fall of 1992 prior to his first date with the Trade Center.

This was heavily documented in 1000 Years for Revenge.

If your readers just go to
peterlance.com and read that 32 page color Timeline they will be blown away at how many opportunities the FBI had to stop Ramzi Yousef -- before the '93 bombing, before the '95 Bojinka plot where he killed a 24 year old Japanese man in his "wet test," in 1996 before he conspired with his uncle to put a bomb aboard TWA #800 killing 230 and many years before 9/11 when almost 3,000 died in New York as a result of Yousef's fiendish plan.

On the night of 9/11 -- it was 13 hours ahead in the Philippines. As Col. Mendoza sat working on a report he got an text message on his Nokia cell phone. It said, "urgent turn on CNN." When he did, only to see the South Tower fall, the first words out of his mouth when he called backed his friend were "They have done it. They have DONE it..." That's how certain he was that Yousef's plot exposed to him by Murad in 1995 -- which he had warned the Feds about in the spring of 1995 -- had been executed.

FP:
How does all of this tie in to the 9/11 Commission?

FP: Do you remember Dietrich Dieter Snell, the AUSA who was the co-prosecutor on the Bojinka case. Well, an FBI #302 memo from 3/7/96 on my website shows that he was a direct party to all of the Scarpa-Yousef intelligence on TWA #800. Yet in early April, 2004 when forensic investigators Angela Clemente and Dr. Stephen Dresch, presented these #302's to the 9/11 Commission, not a word of any of this showed up in their final report published in late July, 2004. The report nominated for The National Book Award.

Understand the significance of this. Here is evidence from the FBI's own files of al Qaeda involvement in the second biggest act of terror in U.S. history and the 9/11 Commission -- lead by investigators like Dieter Snell, flushes it all.

Furthermore, Snell took all of the evidence from Col. Mendoza in the Philippines, which I presented following my testimony to the Commission in March, 2004 -- evidence which sets the genesis of the plot with Yousef and KSM in the fall of 1994 and he reduced it all to a end note at the end the book pushing the genesis of the plot FORWARD to 1996 and claiming that KSM had acted alone and that only recently had he joined al Qaeda.

My authority was Col. Rodolfo Mendoza, the man who interrogated Abdul Hakim Murad for 67 days. I sent the 9/11 Commission a transcript of my interview with the colonel in March, 2002, the video tape of the interview and multiple declassified PNP memos showing that all of the Yousef-KSM Manila plots 9n 1995-95 -- Bojinka, the plot to kill the Pope and the plot executed on 9/11 -- were funded directly by OBL via his brother in law.

But Dietrich Snell's source for the genesis of the plote in 1996 -- two years later -- in which an alleged lone KSM came up with the plan -- was Khalid Shaikh Mohammed himself.

To me this is like quoting David Berkowitz on the origin of his first Son of Sam murder.

In other parts of the 9/11 Report in which KSM is quoted, they note that his handlers paraphrased Churchill in reference to KSM and stated that much of his testimony is accompanied by "a bodyguard of lies."

But Dietrich Snell had the last word.

By the way -- if you want the ultimate irony -- 9/11 Citizens Watch and several other truth organizations, fed up with the final 9/11 Commission Report have petitioned New York Attorney General Eliott Spitzer -- perceived by many as one of the few uncompromising prosecutors in America -- with a request to re-open the 9/11 investigation.

On the January 10th edition of New York Magazine, Spitzer stands, arms folded, at the head of a human arrow created by the standing members of his staff.

The headline asks the question: Is Eliot Spitzer Untouchable?

If you look on the cover to Spitzer's extreme right you'll see that the man standing defiantly, with his arms folded, is one of his key staff members: Dietrich Dieter Snell.


FP: Mr. Lance, thank you for joining us today.

Lance: I admire the work you are doing at frontpagemag.com. As Justice Learned Hand, late of the Second Circuit Court of Appeals (aka "The Tenth Justice) used to say, "from a multitude of tongues, comes the truth."

http://www.frontpagemag.com/Articles/Printable.asp?ID=16795______________________________________________________________________________




See No Evil, Hear No Evil
From the September 5 / September 12, 2005 issue:

What the 9/11 Commission narrative left out: Iraqis.

by Stephen F. Hayes
09/05/2005, Volume 010, Issue 47

AHMED HIKMAT SHAKIR IS A shadowy figure who provided logistical assistance to one, maybe two, of the 9/11 hijackers. Years before, he had received a phone call from the Jersey City, New Jersey, safehouse of the plotters who would soon, in February 1993, park a truck bomb in the basement of the World Trade Center. The safehouse was the apartment of Musab Yasin, brother of Abdul Rahman Yasin, who scorched his own leg while mixing the chemicals for the 1993 bomb.

When Shakir was arrested shortly after the 9/11 attacks, his "pocket litter," in the parlance of the investigators, included contact information for Musab Yasin and another 1993 plotter, a Kuwaiti native named Ibrahim Suleiman.

These facts alone, linking the 1993 and 2001 attacks on the World Trade Center, would seem to cry out for additional scrutiny, no?

The Yasin brothers and Shakir have more in common. They are all Iraqis. And two of them--Abdul Rahman Yasin and Shakir--went free, despite their participation in attacks on the World Trade Center, at least partly because of efforts made on their behalf by the regime of Saddam Hussein. Both men returned to Iraq--Yasin fled there in 1993 with the active assistance of the Iraqi government. For ten years in Iraq, Abdul Rahman Yasin was provided safe haven and financing by the regime, support that ended only with the coalition intervention in March 2003.

Readers of The Weekly Standard may be familiar with the stories of Abdul Rahman Yasin, Musab Yasin, and Ahmed Hikmat Shakir. Readers of the

9/11 Commission's final report are not. Those three individuals are nowhere mentioned in the 428 pages that comprise the body of the 9/11 Commission report. Their names do not appear among the 172 listed in Appendix B of the report, a table of individuals who are mentioned in the text. Two brief footnotes mention Shakir.

Why? Why would the 9/11 Commission fail to mention Abdul Rahman Yasin, who admitted his role in the first World Trade Center attack, which killed 6 people, injured more than 1,000, and blew a hole seven stories deep in the North Tower? It's an odd omission, especially since the commission named no fewer than five of his accomplices.

Why would the 9/11 Commission neglect Ahmed Hikmat Shakir, a man who was photographed assisting a 9/11 hijacker and attended perhaps the most important 9/11 planning meeting?

And why would the 9/11 Commission fail to mention the overlap between the two successful plots to attack the World Trade Center?

The answer is simple: The Iraqi link didn't fit the commission's narrative.

AS THE TWO SIDES in the current flap over Able Danger, a Pentagon intelligence unit tracking al Qaeda before 9/11, exchange claims and counterclaims in the news media, the work of the 9/11 Commission is receiving long overdue scrutiny. It may be the case, as three individuals associated with the Pentagon unit claim, that Able Danger had identified Mohammed Atta in January or February 2000 and that the 9/11 Commission simply ignored this information because it clashed with the commission's predetermined storyline. We should soon know more. Whatever the outcome of that debate, the 9/11 Commission's deliberate exclusion of the Iraqis from its analysis is indefensible.

The investigation into the 9/11 attacks began with an article of faith among those who had conducted U.S. counterterrorism efforts throughout the 1990s: Saddam Hussein's Iraq was not--could not have been--involved in any way. On September 12, 2001, the day after the attacks, George W. Bush asked Richard Clarke to investigate the attacks and possible Iraqi involvement in them. Clarke, as he relates in his bestselling book, was offended even to be asked. He knew better.

Philip Zelikow, executive director of the 9/11 Commission, started from the same assumption. So did Douglas MacEachin, a former deputy director of the CIA for intelligence who led the commission's study of al Qaeda and was responsible for the commission's conclusion that there was "no collaborative operational relationship" between Iraq and al Qaeda. (Over the course of the commission's life, MacEachin refused several interviews with The Weekly Standard because, we were told, he disagreed with our understanding of the relationship between Iraq and al Qaeda.)

From the evidence now available, it seems clear that Saddam Hussein did not direct the 9/11 attacks. Few people have ever claimed he did. But some four years after the attacks of September 11, 2001, and one year after the 9/11 Commission released its final report, there is much we do not know. The determination of these officials to write out of the history any Iraqi involvement in terrorism against America has contributed mightily to public misperceptions about the former Iraqi regime and the war on terror.

HERE IS WHAT WE KNOW TODAY about Ahmed Hikmat Shakir. In August 1999, Shakir, a 37-year-old Iraqi, accepted a position as a "facilitator" at the airport in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. A "facilitator" works for an airline and assists VIP travelers with paperwork required for entry and other logistical issues. Shakir got the job because someone in the Iraqi embassy in Malaysia wanted him to have it. He started that fall.

Although Shakir officially worked for Malaysian Airlines, his contact in the Iraqi embassy controlled his schedule. On January 5, 2000, Shakir apparently received an assignment from his embassy contact. He was to escort a recent arrival through immigration at the airport. Khalid al Mihdhar, a well-connected al Qaeda member who would later help hijack American Airlines Flight 77, had come to Malaysia for an important al Qaeda meeting that would last at least three days. (Shakir may have also assisted Nawaf al Hazmi, another hijacker, thought to have arrived on January 4, 2000.)

Malaysian intelligence photographed Shakir greeting al Mihdhar at the airport and walking him to a waiting car. But rather than see the new arrival off, he hopped in the car with al Mihdhar and accompanied him to the meeting. Malaysian intelligence has provided its photographs to the CIA. While U.S. officials can place Shakir at the meeting with the hijackers and several high-ranking al Qaeda operatives, they do not know whether Shakir participated actively. (Also present at the meeting were Hambali, al Qaeda's top man in South Asia, and Khallad, later identified as the mastermind of the attack on the USS Cole.)

The meeting concluded on January 8, 2000. Shakir reported to work at the airport on January 9 and January 10, and then never again. Khalid al Mihdhar and Nawaz al Hazmi also disappeared briefly, then flew from Bangkok, Thailand, to Los Angeles on January 15, 2000.

Shakir, the Iraqi-born facilitator, would be arrested six days after the September 11 attacks by authorities in Doha, Qatar. According to an October 7, 2002, article by Newsweek's Michael Isikoff and Daniel Klaidman, "A search of Shakir's apartment in Doha, the country's capital, yielded a treasure trove, including telephone records linking him to suspects in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing and Project Bojinka, a 1994 Manila plot to blow up civilian airliners over the Pacific Ocean." (Isikoff, it should be noted, has been a prominent skeptic of an Iraq-al Qaeda connection.)

Shakir had contact information for a lot of bad people. As noted, one was a Kuwaiti, Ibrahim Suleiman, whose fingerprints were found on the bombmaking manuals U.S. authorities allege were used in preparation for the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. Suleiman was convicted of perjury and deported to Jordan. Another was Musab Yasin, the brother of 1993 Trade Center bomber Abdul Rahman Yasin. Yet another was Zahid Sheikh Mohammed, brother of Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, the mastermind of the September 11 attacks, now in U.S. custody. Shakir also had an old number for Taba Investments, an al Qaeda front group. It was the number long used by Mahmdouh Mahmud Salim, the highest-ranking Iraqi member of al Qaeda. According to testimony from al Qaeda informants, Salim maintained a good relationship with Saddam's intelligence service.

Despite all of this, the Qatari authorities released Shakir shortly after they arrested him.

On October 21, 2001, Shakir flew to Amman, Jordan, where he hoped to board a plane to Baghdad. But authorities in Jordan arrested him for questioning. Shakir was held in a Jordanian prison for three months without being charged, prompting Amnesty International to write the Jordanian government seeking an explanation. The CIA questioned Shakir and concluded that he had received training in counter-interrogation techniques. Shortly after Shakir was detained, Saddam's government began to pressure Jordanian intelligence--with a mixture of diplomatic overtures and threats--to release Shakir. They got their wish on January 28, 2002. He is believed to have returned promptly to Baghdad.

I have discussed Shakir with nine U.S. government officials--policymakers and intelligence officials alike. The timeline above represents the consensus view.

Two weeks before the 9/11 Commission's final report was released to the public, the Senate Select Intelligence Committee released its own evaluation of the intelligence on Iraq. The Senate report added to the Shakir story.

The first connection to the [9/11] attack involved Ahmed Hikmat Shakir, an Iraqi national, who facilitated the travel of one of the September 11 hijackers to Malaysia in January 2000. [Redacted.] A foreign government service reported that Shakir worked for four months as an airport facilitator in Kuala Lumpur at the end of 1999 and beginning of 2000. Shakir claimed he got this job through Ra'ad al-Mudaris, an Iraqi Embassy employee. [Redacted.] Another source claimed that al-Mudaris was a former IIS [Iraqi Intelligence Service] officer. The CIA judged in "Iraqi Support for Terrorism," however, that al-Mudaris' [redacted] that the circumstances surrounding the hiring of Shakir for this position did not suggest it was done on behalf of the IIS.

A note about that last sentence: The Senate committee report is a devastating indictment of the CIA's woefully inadequate collection of intelligence on Iraq, and its equally flawed analysis. It is of course possible that the CIA's judgment about al Mudaris is correct, but the bulk of the report inspires no confidence that it is.

Consider the three new facts in this brief summary. One, Shakir himself told interrogators that an Iraqi embassy employee got him the job that allowed him to help the hijacker(s). Two, that Iraqi embassy employee was Ra'ad al Mudaris. Three, another source identified al Mudaris as former Iraqi Intelligence.

All of this information was known to the U.S. intelligence community months before the 9/11 Commission completed its investigation. And yet none of it appeared in the final report.

Two footnotes are the sum total of what the 9/11 Commission had to say about Ahmed Hikmat Shakir. Here is the more substantive, footnote 49 to Chapter 6, on page 502 of the 567-page report: "Mihdhar was met at the Kuala Lumpur airport by Ahmed Hikmat Shakir, an Iraqi national. Reports that he was a lieutenant colonel in the Iraqi Fedayeen turned out to be incorrect. They were based on a confusion of Shakir's identity with that of an Iraqi Fedayeen colonel with a similar name, who was later (in September 2001) in Iraq at the same time Shakir was in police custody in Qatar." The report is sourced to a briefing from the CIA's counterterrorism center and a story in the Washington Post. And that's it.

Readers of the 9/11 Commission report who bothered to study the footnotes might wonder who Shakir was, what he was doing with a 9/11 hijacker in Malaysia, and why he was ever "in police custody in Qatar." They might also wonder why the report, while not addressing those questions, went out of its way to provide information about who he was not. Such readers are still wondering.

There is no doubt the 9/11 Commission had this information at its disposal. On the very day it released its final report, commissioner John Lehman told me that Shakir's many connections to al Qaeda and Saddam's regime suggested something more than random chance.

So how is it that the Senate Select Intelligence Committee report contains a substantive account of Shakir's mysterious contribution to the 9/11 plot, while the 9/11 Commission report--again, released two weeks later--simply ignores it?

We now know even more about Shakir's Iraqi embassy contact, Ra'ad al Mudaris. The post-Saddam Iraqi government launched its own, secret investigation of al Mudaris and his activities. Al Mudaris was a "local employee" of the Iraqi embassy in Kuala Lumpur. That is, he was an Iraqi already living in Malaysia when he began working officially for the embassy. Although Shakir named him as his Iraqi embassy contact and another source noted his affiliation with the Iraqi Intelligence Service, the U.S. government never arrested al Mudaris. He continued his nominal employment at the Iraqi embassy in Kuala Lumpur even after the Iraq war, outliving the regime that had employed him. He left that position early last fall, shortly after he was named publicly in the Senate Select Intelligence Committee report. A senior Iraqi government official tells The Weekly Standard that al Mudaris still lives in Malaysia, a free man.

BY THE END OF LAST WEEK, the demands for more information on Able Danger had reached fever pitch. The Pentagon claimed to have launched an aggressive investigation into the project. 9/11 Commission co-chairman Thomas Kean was demanding more information on Able Danger from the National Security Council. And Senator Arlen Specter, a Pennsylvania Republican who is chairman of the Senate Judiciary Committee, fired off a hard-hitting letter to FBI director Robert Mueller demanding answers to a series of questions about the Pentagon unit and its interactions with the FBI.

Answers about Able Danger would be nice, but it is surely long past time for answers on Ahmed Hikmat Shakir, Abdul Rahman Yasin, and Musab Yasin. The 9/11 Commission itself and other relevant bodies should reexamine Shakir's role in the 9/11 plot and his connections to the 1993 World Trade Center plotters. The Bush administration should move quickly to declassify all of the intelligence the U.S. government possesses on Shakir and the Yasin brothers. The Senate and House intelligence committee should demand answers on the three Iraqis from the CIA, the DIA, and the FBI.

Here are some of the questions they might ask:

* Ahmed Hikmat Shakir was arrested in Doha, Qatar, just six days after the 9/11 attacks. How was he apprehended so quickly? Was the CIA monitoring his activities? What did the 9/11 Commission know about this arrest? And why wasn't it included in the 9/11 Commission's final report?

* Who identified Shakir's Iraqi embassy contact, Ra'ad al Mudaris, as former Iraqi Intelligence? Is the source credible? If not, why not?

* Have other detainees been asked about Ahmed Hikmat Shakir? If so, what have they said?

* What do the former employees of the Iraqi embassy in Malaysia tell us about Ahmed Hikmat Shakir and Ra'ad al Mudaris?

* Has anyone from the U.S. government interviewed Ra'ad al Mudaris? If so, how does he explain his activities?

* Have the names Ahmed Hikmat Shakir and Ra'ad al Mudaris surfaced in any of the documents captured in postwar Iraq from the Iraqi Intelligence headquarters in Baghdad?

* How long was the phone call between Ahmed Hikmat Shakir and the safehouse shortly before the 1993 World Trade Center attack?

* Does the U.S. government have other indications that Ahmed Hikmat Shakir and the 1993 World Trade Center bombers were in contact, either before or after that attack?

* Vice President Dick Cheney has spoken publicly about documents that indicate Abdul Rahman Yasin was provided safe haven and financing upon his return to Iraq in 1993. The FBI is blocking declassification of those documents, despite the fact that Yasin is on the FBI Most Wanted Terrorist list. Why?

* Before Operation Iraqi Freedom, Abdul Rahman Yasin, Musab Yasin, and Ahmed Hikmat Shakir were all believed to be in Iraq. Where are they today?

Stephen F. Hayes is a senior writer at The Weekly Standard.
http://www.weeklystandard.com/Content/Public/Articles/000/000/005/996ssjsb.asp?pg=2
_____________________________________________________________________________________

http://cooperativeresearch.org/timeline_pf.jsp?timeline=complete_911_timeline&before_9/11=warnings


Complete 911 Timeline

The Warning Signs

Project: Complete 911 Timeline
Open-Content project managed by Paul Thompson

Page 1 of 4 (304 entries)
previous | 1, 2, 3, 4 | next

April 18-October 23, 1983: Beirut Bombings Begin Era of Suicide Attacks

The October 1983 bombing of US Marine barracks in Beirut, Lebanon.The October 1983 bombing of US Marine barracks in Beirut, Lebanon. [Source: US Marine Corps.]In June 1982, Israel invaded Lebanon, and US Marines were sent to Lebanon as a peacekeeping force in September 1982. On April 18, 1983, the US embassy in Beirut, Lebanon, is bombed by a suicide truck attack, killing 63 people. On October 23, 1983, a Marine barracks in Beirut is bombed by another suicide truck attack, killing 241 Marines. In February 1984, the US military will depart Lebanon. The radical militant group Islamic Jihad will take credit for both attacks. This group is led by Ayman al-Zawahiri, who will later become the number two leader in al-Qaeda. However, many believe Hezbollah is involved in the attacks. Prior to this year, attacks of this type were rare. But the perceived success of these attacks in getting the US to leave Lebanon will usher in a new era of suicide attacks around the world. The next two years in particular will see a wave of such attacks in the Middle East, many of them committed by the radical militant group Hezbollah. [US Congress, 7/24/2003; US Congress, 7/24/2003 pdf file] The Beirut bombings will also inspire bin Laden to believe that the US can be defeated by suicide attacks. For instance, he will say in a 1998 interview, “We have seen in the last decade the decline of the American government and the weakness of the American soldier who is ready to wage Cold Wars and unprepared to fight long wars. This was proven in Beirut when the Marines fled after two explosions.” [ABC News, 5/28/1998] In 1994, bin Laden will hold a meeting with a top Hezbollah leader (see 1994), and arrange for some of his operatives to be trained in the truck bombing techniques that had been used in Beirut. [9/11 Commission, 7/24/2004, pp. 48]

August 11, 1988: Bin Laden Forms Al-Qaeda

The notes from al-Qaeda’s formation meeting. The short lines on the right side are the list of attendees.The notes from al-Qaeda’s formation meeting. The short lines on the right side are the list of attendees. [Source: CNN]Bin Laden conducts a meeting to discuss “the establishment of a new military group,” according to notes that are found later. Over time, this group becomes known as al-Qaeda, roughly meaning “the base” or “the foundation.” [Associated Press, 2/19/2003] A Sudanese fighter named Jamal al-Fadl was among the participants, and testifies about the event in the late 1990’s (see June 1996). He claims that the meeting is attended by ten men, about half of them Egyptians. Ayman Al-Zawahiri, the head of the Egyptian militant group Islamic Jihad, is there. Al-Qaeda will be tied to al-Zahawiri and Islamic Jihad from the very beginning and the two groups will formally merge in early 2001. [New Yorker, 9/9/2002] It will take US intelligence years even to realize a group named al-Qaeda exists; the first known incidence of US intelligence being told the name will come in 1993 (see Autumn 1993).

July 1990: Blind Sheikh on Terrorist Watch List Enters US

Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman.Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman. [Source: FBI]Despite being on a US terrorist watch list for three years, radical Muslim leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman enters the US on a “much-disputed” tourist visa issued by an undercover CIA agent. [Village Voice, 3/30/1993; Atlantic Monthly, 5/1996; Lance, 2003, pp. 42] Abdul-Rahman was heavily involved with the CIA and Pakistani ISI efforts to defeat the Soviets in Afghanistan, and became famous traveling all over the world for five years recruiting new mujahedeen. The CIA sponsored the first of his trips to the US in 1986 (see 1986) . However, he never hid his prime goals to overthrow the governments of the US and Egypt. [Atlantic Monthly, 5/1996] He is “infamous throughout the Arab world for his alleged role in the assassination of Egyptian president Anwar Sadat.” Abdul-Rahman immediately begins setting up a militant Islamic network in the US. [Village Voice, 3/30/1993] He is believed to have befriended bin Laden while in Afghanistan, and bin Laden secretly pays Abdul-Rahman’s US living expenses. [Atlantic Monthly, 5/1996; ABC News, 8/16/2002] Abdul-Rahman’s ties to the assassination of Rabbi Meir Kahane in 1990 are later ignored. As one FBI agent will say in 1993, he is “hands-off. It was no accident that the sheikh obtained a visa and that he is still in the country. He’s here under the banner of national security, the State Department, the NSA, and the CIA.” According to a very high-ranking Egyptian official, Abdul-Rahman continues to assist the CIA in recruiting new mujahedeen after moving to the US: “We begged America not to coddle the sheikh.” Egyptian intelligence warns the US that Abdul-Rahman is planning new attacks, and on November 12, 1992, militants connected to him will machine-gun a busload of Western tourists in Egypt. Still, he will continue to live freely in New York City. [Village Voice, 3/30/1993] He will finally be arrested in 1993 and convicted of assisting in the 1993 WTC bombing. [Atlantic Monthly, 5/1996]

November 5, 1990: First Bin Laden-Related Terror Attack in US; Evidence of Larger Conspiracy Is Found and Ignored

Invesigators remove boxes of evidence from El Sayyid Nosair’s residence hours after the assassination.Invesigators remove boxes of evidence from El Sayyid Nosair’s residence hours after the assassination. [Source: National Geographic]Egyptian-American El Sayyid Nosair assassinates controversial right-wing Zionist leader Rabbi Meir Kahane. Kahane’s organization, the Jewish Defense League, was linked to dozens of bombings and is ranked by the FBI as the most lethal domestic militant group in the US at the time. Nosair is captured after a police shoot-out. An FBI informant says he saw Nosair meeting with Muslim leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman a few days before the attack, and evidence indicating a wider plot with additional targets is found. [Village Voice, 3/30/1993] Later that night, police arrive at Nosair’s house and find a pair of Middle Eastern men named Mahmud Abouhalima and Mohammed Salameh there. They are taken in for questioning. Additionally, police collect a total of 47 boxes of evidence from Nosair’s house, including: [Lance, 2003, pp. 34-35]
bullet Thousands of rounds of ammunition.
bullet Maps and drawings of New York City landmarks, including the World Trade Center.
bullet Documents in Arabic containing bomb making formulas, details of an Islamic militant cell, and mentions of the term “al-Qaeda.”
bullet Recorded sermons by Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman in which he encourages his followers to “destroy the edifices of capitalism” and destroy “the enemies of Allah” by “destroying their ... high world buildings.”
bullet Tape-recorded phone conversations of Nosair reporting to Abdul-Rahman about paramilitary training, and even discussing bomb-making manuals.
bullet Videotaped talks that Ali Mohamed delivered at the John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center at Fort Bragg, North Carolina.
bullet Top secret manuals also from Fort Bragg. There are even classified documents belonging to the US Joint Chiefs of Staff and the Commander in Chief of the Army’s Central Command. These manuals and documents had clearly come from Mohamed, who completed military service at Fort Bragg the year before and frequently stayed in Nosair’s house.
bullet A detailed and top secret plan for Operation Bright Star, a special operations training exercise simulating an attack on Baluchistan, a part of Pakistan between Afghanistan and the Arabian Sea. [Raleigh News and Observer, 10/21/2001; Raleigh News and Observer, 11/13/2001; Wall Street Journal, 11/26/2001; ABC News, 8/16/2002; Lance, 2003, pp. 34-35]
bullet Also within hours, two investigators will connect Nosair with surveillance photographs of Mohamed giving weapons training to Nosair, Abouhalima, Salameh, and others at a shooting range the year before (see July 1989). [Lance, 2003, pp. 34-35] But, ignoring all of this evidence, still later that evening, Joseph Borelli, the New York police department’s chief detective, will publicly declare the assassination the work of a “lone deranged gunman.” He will further state, “I’m strongly convinced that he acted alone. ... He didn’t seem to be part of a conspiracy or any terrorist organization.” The 9/11 Congressional Inquiry will later conclude, “The [New York Police Department] and the District Attorney’s office ... reportedly wanted the appearance of speedy justice and a quick resolution to a volatile situation. By arresting Nosair, they felt they had accomplished both.” [Village Voice, 3/30/1993; Lance, 2003, pp. 34-36] Abouhalima and Salameh are released, only to be later convicted for participating in the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center. As one FBI agent will later put it, “The fact is that in 1990, myself and my detectives, we had in our office in handcuffs, the people who blew up the World Trade Center in ’93. We were told to release them.” The 47 boxes of evidence collected at Nosair’s house that evening are stored away, inaccessible to prosecutors and investigators. The documents found will not be translated until after the World Trade Center bombing. Nosair will later be acquitted of Kahane’s murder (though he will be convicted of lesser charges), as investigators will continue to ignore all evidence that could suggest Nosair did not act alone (see December 7, 1991). [ABC News, 8/16/2002; Lance, 2003, pp. 34-37]

1991-2000: Airport Later Used by Ten Hijackers Has Poor Security Record and Lacks Surveillance Cameras

Virginia BuckinghamVirginia Buckingham [Source: Publicity photo]Data compiled by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) shows that over this period Boston’s Logan Airport has one of the worst records for security among major US airports. Flight 11 and Flight 175 depart from Logan on 9/11. While it is only America’s eighteenth busiest airport, it has the fifth highest number of security violations. FAA agents testing its passenger screening are able to get 234 guns and inert hand grenades and bombs past its checkpoint guards or through its X-ray machines. Though it is possible that the high number of violations is because the FAA tests more frequently at Logan than elsewhere, an official later quoted by the Boston Globe says lax security is the only explanation, as all checkpoints at every major airport are meant to be tested monthly. In contrast, Newark Airport, from where Flight 93 departs on 9/11, has an above average security record. Washington’s Dulles Airport, from where Flight 77 takes off, is below average, though not as bad as Logan. Officials familiar with security at Logan will, after 9/11, point to various flaws. For example, the State Police office has no video surveillance of the airport’s security checkpoints, boarding gates, ramp areas, or perimeter entrances. [Boston Globe, 9/26/2001] Security cameras had been put into use at most US airports in the mid-1980s. When Virginia Buckingham takes over as executive director of Massachusetts Port Authority in 1999, she is surprised at the lack of cameras at Logan, and orders them that year. Yet by 9/11, they still will not have been installed. [Boston Herald, 9/29/2001; Boston Globe, 9/30/2001] In spite of Logan’s poor security record, after 9/11 the Boston Globe will report, “[A]viation specialists have said it is unlikely that more rigorous attention to existing rules would have thwarted the 10 hijackers who boarded two jets at Logan on Sept. 11.” [Boston Globe, 10/17/2001]

1992-1996: Bin Laden Attacks US Interests Using Sudanese Base

Bin Laden (center) being feted by Sudanese leaders.Bin Laden (center) being feted by Sudanese leaders. [Source: CBC] (click image to enlarge)With a personal fortune of around $250 million (estimates range from $50 to $800 million [Miami Herald, 9/24/2001] ), Osama bin Laden begins plotting attacks against the US from his new base in Sudan. The first attack kills two tourists in Yemen at the end of 1992. [New Yorker, 1/24/2000] The CIA learns of his involvement in that attack in 1993, and learns that same year that he is channeling money to Egyptian extremists. US intelligence also learns that by January 1994 he is financing at least three militant training camps in North Sudan. [New York Times, 8/14/1996; PBS Frontline, 2001; US Congress, 7/24/2003]

September 1, 1992: US Misses Opportunity to Stop First WTC Bombing and Discover Al-Qaeda

Ramzi Yousef’s passport photo.Ramzi Yousef’s passport photo. [Source: National Geographic]Al-Qaeda Operatives Ahmad Ajaj and Ramzi Yousef enter the US together. Ajaj is arrested at Kennedy Airport in New York City. Yousef is not arrested, and later, he masterminds the 1993 bombing of the WTC. “The US government was pretty sure Ajaj was a terrorist from the moment he stepped foot on US soil,” because his “suitcases were stuffed with fake passports, fake IDs and a cheat sheet on how to lie to US immigration inspectors,” plus “two handwritten notebooks filled with bomb recipes, six bomb-making manuals, four how-to videotapes concerning weaponry, and an advanced guide to surveillance training.” However, Ajaj is charged only with passport fraud, and serves a six-month sentence. From prison, Ajaj frequently calls Yousef and others in the 1993 WTC bombing plot, but no one translates the calls until long after the bombing. [Los Angeles Times, 10/14/2001] Ajaj is released from prison three days after the WTC bombing, but is later rearrested and sentenced to more than 100 years in prison. [Los Angeles Times, 10/14/2001] One of the manuals seized from Ajaj is horribly mistranslated for the trial. For instance, the title page is said to say “The Basic Rule,” published in Jordan in 1982, when in fact the title says “al-Qaeda” (which means “the base” in English), published in Afghanistan in 1989. Investigators later complain that a proper translation could have shown an early connection between al-Qaeda and the WTC bombing. [New York Times, 1/14/2001] An Israeli Newsweekly later reports that the Palestinian Ajaj may have been a mole for the Israeli Mossad. The Village Voice has suggested that Ajaj may have had “advance knowledge of the World Trade Center bombing, which he shared with Mossad, and that Mossad, for whatever reason, kept the secret to itself.” Ajaj was not just knowledgeable, but was involved in the planning of the bombing from his prison cell. [Village Voice, 8/3/1993]

December 1992: First Realization Bin Laden Is Behind an Attack on US Target

A bomb explodes in a hotel in Aden, Yemen, killing two tourists. US soldiers had just left the hotel for Somalia. [Miami Herald, 9/24/2001] US intelligence is still unaware of bin Laden’s funding of the Rabbi Meir Kahane assassination in 1990. However, it will conclude in April 1993 that “[Bin Laden] almost certainly played a role” in this attack. [US Congress, 7/24/2003]

Entity Tags: Osama bin Laden, US intelligence

Category Tags: Warning Signs

1993: Bin Laden Buys Airplane From US Military to Kill US Soldiers

Bin Laden buys a jet from the US military in Arizona. The US military approves the transaction. The aircraft is later used to transport missiles from Pakistan that kill American Special Forces in Somalia. A man named Essam al Ridi will testify in a US trial before 9/11 that he buys a Saber-40 aircraft for $210,000, then flies it from Texas to Khartoum, Sudan. Bin Laden wants the plane to transport Stinger missiles, and apparently it is used in to transport some kind of missile from Pakistan that kill US Special Forces in Somalia in 1993. Essam al Ridi had just taken flying lessons himself (at the Ed Boardman Aviation School in Fort Worth) in an apparently early attempt by bin Laden to get more pilots. [Sunday Herald (Glasgow), 9/16/2001; Washington Post, 5/19/2002]

Entity Tags: Osama bin Laden, Essam al Ridi

Category Tags: Warning Signs

1993: Expert Panel Predicts Terrorists Will Use Planes as Weapons on Symbolic US Targets

An expert panel commissioned by the Pentagon postulates that an airplane could be used as a missile to bomb national landmarks. However, the panel does not publish this idea in its “Terror 2000” Report. [Washington Post, 10/2/2001] One of the authors of the report later says, “We were told by the Department of Defense not to put it in ... and I said, ‘It’s unclassified, everything is available.’ In addition, they said, ‘We don’t want it released, because you can’t handle a crisis before it becomes a crisis. And no one is going to believe you.’” [ABC News, 2/20/2002] However, in 1994, one of the panel’s experts will write in Futurist magazine, “Targets such as the World Trade Center not only provide the requisite casualties but, because of their symbolic nature, provide more bang for the buck. In order to maximize their odds for success, terrorist groups will likely consider mounting multiple, simultaneous operations with the aim of overtaxing a government’s ability to respond, as well as demonstrating their professionalism and reach.” [Washington Post, 10/2/2001]

Entity Tags: World Trade Center

Category Tags: Warning Signs

January 20, 1993: Bill Clinton Inaugurated


President Bill Clinton.
President Bill Clinton. [Source: Library of Congress]Bill Clinton replaces George H. W. Bush as US president. He remains president until January 2001.

February 26, 1993: WTC Is Bombed but Does Not Collapse, as Bombers Had Hoped

Bomb damage in underground levels of the WTC in 1993.Bomb damage in underground levels of the WTC in 1993. [Source: Najlah Feanny/ Corbis]An attempt to topple the WTC fails, but six people are killed and over 1000 are injured in the misfired blast. An FBI explosives expert later states that, “If they had found the exact architectural Achilles’ heel or if the bomb had been a little bit bigger, not much more, 500 pounds more, I think it would have brought her down.” Ramzi Yousef, who has close ties to bin Laden, organizes the attempt. [Village Voice, 3/30/1993; US Congress, 2/24/1998] The New York Times later reports on Emad Salem, an undercover agent who will be the key government witness in the trial against Yousef. Salem testifies that the FBI knew about the attack beforehand and told him they would thwart it by substituting a harmless powder for the explosives. However, an FBI supervisor called off this plan, and the bombing was not stopped. [New York Times, 10/28/1993] Other suspects were ineptly investigated before the bombing as early as 1990. Several of the bombers were trained by the CIA to fight in the Afghan war, and the CIA later concludes, in internal documents, that it was “partly culpable” for this bombing. [Independent, 11/1/1998] US officials later state that the overall mastermind of the 9/11 attacks, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, is a close relative, probably an uncle, of Yousef. [Independent, 6/6/2002; Los Angeles Times, 9/1/2002] One of the attackers even leaves a message which will later be found by investigators, stating, “Next time, it will be very precise.” [Associated Press, 9/30/2001]

After February 26, 1993: Threat Assessments Predict Possibility of Terrorists Crashing Plane into WTC

Brian Michael Jenkins.Brian Michael Jenkins. [Source: Rand Corporation]Following the 1993 World Trade Center bombing (see February 26, 1993), the New York Port Authority asks investigative and security consulting firm Kroll Associates to help design new security measures for the WTC. Kroll’s Deputy Chairman Brian Michael Jenkins leads the analysis of future terrorist threats and how they might be addressed. Assessments conclude that a second terrorist attack against the WTC is probable. Although it is considered unlikely, the possibility of terrorists deliberately flying a plane into the WTC towers is included in the range of possible threats. [Jenkins and Edwards-Winslow, 9/2003, pp. 11]

After February 26, 1993: Security Chief Predicts Terrorists Flying Plane into WTC

Rick Rescorla.Rick Rescorla. [Source: Public domain]Rick Rescorla, a Vietnam veteran who also previously worked for British intelligence, is vice president for security at Morgan Stanley Dean Witter and has an office in the south WTC tower. Following the 1993 bombing, he believes terrorists will attack the WTC again, this time by flying a cargo plane, maybe loaded with biological or chemical weapons, into it. Fred McBee, a close friend of his, will later say, “He assumed that it would be the terrorists’ mission to bring the Trade Center down.” Rescorla therefore wants his company to leave the WTC and relocate to New Jersey, but their lease doesn’t expire until 2006. Previously, he had predicted an attack much like the 1993 bombing: Around 1990, along with friend and ex-special forces soldier Dan Hill, he had done a security survey of the WTC and concluded that the biggest threat to it was an underground truck bomb. He had met with New York Port Authority security officials about this, but, according to Hill, was told it was none of his business. Rescorla will be in his office on the 44th floor of the south tower at the time of the first attack on 9/11, and immediately order and supervise a successful evacuation of almost all of Morgan Stanley’s 2,700 workers from the building. Unfortunately, he will himself die when the tower collapses. [Washington Post, 10/28/2001; New Yorker, 2/11/2002; National Review, 9/20/2002; BBC, 2/10/2003]

Spring 1993: Blind Sheikh Plot to Crash Airplane into US Embassy in Egypt

In March 1995, Emad Salem, an FBI informant and an ex-Egyptian army officer, publicly testifies in a 1995 trial of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing plotters. He mentions a plot taking place at this time by Islamic radicals tied to the “Blind Sheikh,” Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman (see July 1990). A Sudanese Air Force pilot would hijack an airplane, attack Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak, then crash the plane into the US Embassy in Cairo, Egypt. Siddig Siddig Ali, who will be one of the defendants in the trial, asks Salem for help to find “gaps in the air defense in Egypt” so the pilot could “bomb the presidential house and then turn around, crash the plane into the American embassy after he ejects himself out of the plane.” Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman gives his approval to the plot, but apparently it never goes beyond the discussion stage. Although details of this plot are in public records of the World Trade Center bombing trial, both the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry and 9/11 Commission fail to mention it. [Lance, 2004, pp. 196; Intelwire, 4/8/2004] Abdul-Rahman is closely tied to bin Laden and in fact in 1998 there will be an al-Qaeda hijacking plot designed to free him from prison (see 1998). Individuals connected to Abdul-Rahman and al-Qaeda will also plot to crash an airplane into the White House in 1996 (see January 1996).

June 24, 1993: New York Landmark Bombing Plot Is Foiled

Eight people are arrested, foiling a plot to bomb several New York City landmarks. The targets were the United Nations building, 26 Federal Plaza, and the Lincoln and Holland tunnels. The plotters are connected to Ramzi Yousef and Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman. If the bombing, planned for later in the year, had been successful, thousands would have died. [US Congress, 7/24/2003]

October 3-4, 1993: Al-Qaeda and Pakistani Leader Support Somalia Attack on US Soldiers

A UN vehicle burning in Mogadishu, Somalia, on October 3, 1993.A UN vehicle burning in Mogadishu, Somalia, on October 3, 1993. [Source: CNN]Eighteen US soldiers are attacked and killed in Mogadishu, Somalia, in a spontaneous gun battle following an unsuccessful attempt by US Army Rangers to snatch a local warlord. (This event later becomes the subject of the movie Black Hawk Down.) A 1998 US indictment will charge bin Laden and his followers with training the attackers. [PBS Frontline, 10/3/2002] A key link between bin Laden and the Somali killers of US soldiers appears to be Pakistani militant leader Maulana Masood Azhar. [Los Angeles Times, 2/25/2002] Azhar is associated with Pakistan’s ISI. He will be imprisoned briefly in Pakistan after 9/11 and then released (see December 14, 2002). Double agent Ali Mohamed apparently helps train the Somalis involved in the attack (see 1993). Also, an informant will later testify in an early 2001 US trial that he flew al-Qaeda leader Mohammed Atef and four others from bin Laden’s base in Sudan to Nairobi, Kenya, to train Somalis. [New York Times, 6/3/2002] In a March 1997 interview, bin Laden will say of the Somalia attack, “With Allah’s grace, Muslims over there cooperated with some Arab mujahedeen who were in Afghanistan ... against the American occupation troops and killed large numbers of them.” [CNN, 4/20/2001]

1994: FBI Watches Suicide Bomber Train in Arizona, Fails to Take Action

By 1990, Arizona became one of the main centers in the US for radical Muslims, and it remains so through 9/11. For instance, a terrorism expert will later call the principal mosque in Tuscon, Arizona, the focal point of “basically, the first cell of al Qaeda in the United States; that is where it all started.” A number of future al-Qaeda leaders live in Arizona in the early 1990s, including Mubarak al Duri, al-Qaeda’s chief agent attempting to purchase weapons of mass destruction, and Wadih El-Hage, bin Laden’s personal secretary who will later be convicted for a role in the 1998 US embassy bombings (see August 7, 1998). The founder of the mosque, Wael Hamza Jelaidan, is later considered one of the founders of al-Qaeda and its logistics chief. Around 1991, future 9/11 hijacker Hani Hanjour moved to Arizona for the first time (see October 3, 1991-February 1992) and he will spend much of the rest of the decade in the state. The FBI apparently remains largely oblivious of Hanjour, though one FBI informant claims that by 1998 they “knew everything about the guy.” [New York Times, 6/19/2002; Washington Post, 9/10/2002; 9/11 Commission, 7/24/2004, pp. 521] In 1994, the Phoenix FBI office uncovers startling evidence connecting Arizona to radical Muslim militants. According to FBI agent James Hauswirth, they are told that a group of “heavy duty associates” of al-Qaeda leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman have arrived in the area, fleeing New York in the wake of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. They are in the area to train a recruit as a suicide bomber. The recruit apparently is an FBI informant. FBI agent Ken Williams, who will later author the July 2001 “Phoenix memo,” orders surveilance of the training. The informant is driven to a remote stretch of desert and instructed in how to use explosives. A device is thrown at a car, but it fails to explode. The FBI secretly videotapes the entire incident. One of the two men is later positively linked to Abdul-Rahman. But apparently the investigation into the people involved fails to make progress. Hauswirth later blames this on a lack of support from higher-ups in the Phoenix office, recalling, “The drug war was the big thing back then, and terrorism was way on the back burner.” Additionally, also in 1994, a key FBI informant will begin monitoring local radical militants (see October 1996). However, terrorism will remain a low priority for the Phoenix, Arizona, FBI office (see April 2000-June 2001). [Los Angeles Times, 5/26/2002; New York Times, 6/19/2002; Lance, 2003, pp. 209-210]

April 1994: Disgruntled Worker Tries to Fly Passenger Jet Into Memphis Building

A flight engineer at Federal Express who is facing a potentially career-ending disciplinary hearing boards a DC-10 as a passenger, storms the cockpit with a hammer, and hits each of the three members of the cockpit crew in the head. He severely injures all of them, but they nonetheless are able to wrestled him down and regain control of the plane. Company employees claim he was trying to hit a company building in Memphis, Tennessee. [New York Times, 10/3/2001]

Entity Tags: Federal Express

Category Tags: Warning Signs

September 11, 1994: Suicidal Man Attempts to Crash Small Airplane into White House

Frank Corder piloted this Cessna, which crashed into the White House lawn and skidded up to the side of the building.Frank Corder piloted this Cessna, which crashed into the White House lawn and skidded up to the side of the building. [Source: Getty Images]A suicidal and apparently apolitical pilot named Frank Corder steals a single-engine plane from an airport north of Baltimore, Maryland, and attempts to crash it into the White House. He crashes into a wall two stories below the presidential bedroom (President Clinton is not there at the time). Corder is killed on impact. . [Time, 9/26/1994; New York Times, 10/3/2001] A Time magazine story shortly after the incident notes, “The unlikely incident confirmed all too publicly what security officials have long feared in private: the White House is vulnerable to sneak attack from the air. ‘For years I have thought a terrorist suicide pilot could readily divert his flight from an approach to Washington to blow up the White House,’ said Richard Helms, CIA director from 1966 to 1972.” The article further notes that an attack of this type had been a concern since 1974, when a disgruntled US Army private staged an unauthorized helicopter landing on the South Lawn. Special communications lines were established between the Secret Service and Washington’s National Airport control tower to the Secret Service operations center, but the line is ineffective in this case because no flight controller pays attention to the flight in time. [Time, 9/26/1994]

December 12, 1994: Operation Bojinka Trial Run Fails, but Kills One


One of Ramzi Yousef’s timers seized by Philippines police in January 1995.
One of Ramzi Yousef’s timers seized by Philippines police in January 1995. [Source: Peter Lance]Ramzi Yousef attempts a trial run of Operation Bojinka, planting a small bomb on a Philippine Airlines flight to Tokyo, and disembarking on a stopover before the bomb is detonated. The bomb explodes, killing one man and injuring several others. It would have successfully caused the plane to crash if not for the heroic efforts of the pilot. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/2002; US Congress, 9/18/2002]

December 16, 1994-May 1995: Osama’s Brother-in-Law Held in US, Then Let Go Despite Ties to Islamic Militancy

Mohammed Jamal Khalifa.Mohammed Jamal Khalifa. [Source: CBS News]Mohammed Jamal Khalifa, a brother-in-law to bin Laden, is arrested in the US. Khalifa, who financed the Abu Sayyaf militant group in the Philippines, has recently been sentenced to death in Jordan for funding a group that staged a series of bombings in that country. The FBI finds and quickly translates literature in Khalifa’s luggage advocating training in assassination, explosives, and weapons, bombing churches, and murdering Catholic priests. Over the next weeks, they discover his ties to funding bin Laden’s activities, as well as to Ramzi Yousef and other Operation Bojinka plotters (see December 16, 1994-February 1995). [New York Times, 5/2/2002; Lance, 2003, pp. 233-35] On Khalifa’s US visa application, he listed his occupation as an “employee of the Saudi Binladin Group.” [Der Spiegel (Hamburg), 6/6/2005] Bin Laden could be connected to many Islamic militant activities through Khalifa’s connections. Yet, in January 1995, Secretary of State Warren Christopher writes to Attorney General Janet Reno asking for Khalifa’s deportation to Jordan for the sake of international cooperation against terrorism. By April, Khalifa’s conviction in Jordan is overturned, and the evidence of his ties to Islamic militancy is growing. For instance, US media accounts in April allege he “bankrolls a network of Arab terrorists” including Ramzi Yousef, plus “violent Muslim extremists” in the Philippines, the Mideast, Russia, Romania, Albania, and the Netherlands. It is noted that he denies “any nefarious link with his brother-in- law, Osama bin Laden, who financed Arab volunteers to fight the Soviet army in Afghanistan.” [San Francisco Chronicle, 4/18/1995; Associated Press, 4/26/1995] Yet the US government’s attempt to deport him to Jordan continues. Khalifa is sent to Jordan in May 1995. In a later retrial there, he is set free. Says one expert working at the CIA’s Counter Terrorism Center at the time, “I remember people at the CIA who were ripsh_t at the time. Not even speaking in retrospect, but contemporaneous with what the intelligence community knew about bin Laden, Khalifa’s deportation was unreal.” [San Francisco Chronicle, 4/18/1995; Associated Press, 4/26/1995; New York Times, 5/2/2002; Lance, 2003, pp. 233-35] The Saudi government claims that they jailed Khalifa after 9/11, but in fact he appears to be free and running a seafood restaurant in that country. [New York Times, 5/2/2002; Chicago Tribune, 2/22/2004]

December 16, 1994-February 1995: Phone Numbers Link Osama’s Bother-in-Law to Bojinka Plotters

When bin Laden’s brother-in-law Mohamed Jamal Khalifa is arrested in San Francisco, his phonebook and electronic organizer are found. They contain phone numbers to Bojinka plotter Wali Khan Amin Shah, associates of Bojinka plotter Ramzi Yousef, and Osama bin Laden’s phone number. When the Manila apartment used by these two plotters is raided, Yousef’s computer contains Khalifa’s phone number. Shah is arrested several days later, and his phone book and phone bills contain five phone numbers for Khalifa, plus Khalifa’s business card. Phone bills also show frequent telephone traffic between Khalifa and Shah’s apartment in Manila in November 1994. When Yousef is arrested in February 1995 (see February 7, 1995), he has Khalifa’s phone number and address, and more information on him in an encrypted computer file. Not surprisingly given all these links, Yousef is questioned about his ties to Khalifa within hours of being taken into US custody. He admits that he knew the name bin Laden, and knew him to be a relative of Khalifa’s. [San Francisco Chronicle, 4/18/1995; Associated Press, 4/26/1995; US Congress, 4/29/2002] Khalifa has already been tied to two others convicted of the 1993 WTC bombing. Yet despite these ties to Islamic militancy, and others, he will be deported from the US (see December 16, 1994-May 1995).

December 24, 1994: Al-Qaeda Connected Militants Attempt to Crash Passenger Jet into Eiffel Tower

An Air France Airbus A300 carrying 227 passengers and crew is hijacked in Algiers, Algeria by four Algerians wearing security guard uniforms. They are members of a militant group linked to al-Qaeda. They land in Marseille, France, and demand a very large amount of jet fuel. During a prolonged standoff, the hijackers kill two passengers and release 63 others. They are heavily armed with 20 sticks of dynamite, assault rifles, hand grenades, and pistols. French authorities later determine their aim is to crash the plane into the Eiffel Tower in Paris, but French Special Forces storm the plane before it can depart from Marseille. [Time, 1/2/1995; New York Times, 10/3/2001] Time magazine details the Eiffel Tower suicide plan in a cover story. A week later, Philippine investigators breaking up the Bojinka plot in Manila find a copy of the Time story in bomber Ramzi Yousef’s possessions. Author Peter Lance notes that Yousef had close ties to Algerian Islamic militants and may have been connected to or inspired by the plot. [Time, 1/2/1995; Lance, 2003, pp. 258] Even though this is the third attempt in 1994 to crash an airplane into a building, the New York Times will note after 9/11 that “aviation security officials never extrapolated any sort of pattern from those incidents.” [New York Times, 10/3/2001]

Entity Tags: al-Qaeda, Eiffel Tower, Ramzi Yousef

Category Tags: Warning Signs

January 6, 1995: Pope Assassination and Bojinka Plot to Bomb Dozen Airplanes Is Foiled

The fire that foiled the Bojinka plot broke out in this building, the Josefa Apartments, in Manila, Philippines.The fire that foiled the Bojinka plot broke out in this building, the Josefa Apartments, in Manila, Philippines. [Source: CBC]Responding to an apartment fire, Philippine investigators uncover an al-Qaeda plot to assassinate the Pope that is scheduled to take place when he visits the Philippines one week later. While investigating that scheme, they also uncover Operation Bojinka, planned by the same people: 1993 WTC bomber Ramzi Yousef and 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed. [Independent, 6/6/2002; Los Angeles Times, 6/24/2002; Los Angeles Times, 9/1/2002] The first phase of the plan is to explode 11 or 12 passenger planes over the Pacific Ocean. [Agence France-Presse, 12/8/2001] Had this plot been successful, up to 4,000 people would have been killed in planes flying to Los Angeles, San Francisco, Honolulu, and New York. [Insight, 5/27/2002] All the bombs would be planted at about the same time, but some would be timed to go off weeks or even months later. Presumably worldwide air travel could be interrupted for months. [Lance, 2003, pp. 260-61] This phase of Operation Bojinka was scheduled to go forward just two weeks later on January 21. [Insight, 5/27/2002]

January 20, 1995: First Hints of Bojinka Second Wave Revealed


Abdul Hakim Murad.
Abdul Hakim Murad. [Source: Justice Department]Philippine and US investigators learn that Ramzi Yousef, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, and their fellow plotters were actually planning three different attacks when they were foiled in early January. In addition to the planned assassination of the Pope, and the first phase of Operation Bojinka previously discovered, they also planned to crash about a dozen passenger planes into prominent US buildings. It is often mistakenly believed that there is one Bojinka plan to blow up some planes and crash others into buildings, but in fact these different forms of attack are to take place in two separate phases. [Lance, 2003, pp. 259] Philippine investigator Colonel Rodolfo Mendoza learns about this second phase through the examination of recently captured Bojinka plotter Abdul Hakim Murad. On January 20, Mendoza writes a memo about Murad’s latest confession, saying, “With regards to their plan to dive-crash a commercial aircraft at the CIA headquarters, subject alleged that the idea of doing same came out during his casual conversation with [Yousef ] and there is no specific plan yet for its execution. What the subject [has] in his mind is that he will board any American commercial aircraft pretending to be an ordinary passenger. Then he will hijack said aircraft, control its cockpit, and dive it at the CIA headquarters. He will use no bomb or explosives. It is simply a suicidal mission that he is very much willing to execute.” [Insight, 5/27/2002; Lance, 2003, pp. 277-78]

February-Early May1995: Bojinka Second Wave Fully Revealed to Philippines Investigators; Information Given to US

Colonel Rodolfo Mendoza.Colonel Rodolfo Mendoza. [Source: Australian Broadcasting Corporation]As Colonel Mendoza, the Philippines investigator, continues to interrogate Operation Bojinka plotter Abdul Hakim Murad, details of a post-Bojinka “second wave” emerge. Author Peter Lance calls this phase “a virtual blueprint of the 9/11 attacks.” Murad reveals a plan to hijack commercial airliners at some point after the effect of Bojinka dies down. Murad himself had been training in the US for this plot. He names the buildings that would be targeted for attack: CIA headquarters, the Pentagon, an unidentified nuclear power plant, the Transamerica Tower in San Francisco, the Sears Tower, and the World Trade Center. Murad continues to reveal more information about this plot until he is handed over to the FBI in April. [Lance, 2003, pp. 278-80] He identifies approximately ten other men who met him at the flight schools or were getting similar training. They came from Sudan, United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, and Pakistan. Apparently none of these pilots match the names of any of the 9/11 hijackers. However, he also gives information pointing to the al-Qaeda operative Hambali through a front company named Konsonjaya. Hambali will host an important al-Qaeda meeting attended by two of the 9/11 hijackers (see January 5-8, 2000). [Associated Press, 3/5/2002] Colonel Mendoza even makes a flow chart connecting many key al-Qaeda figures together, including bin Laden, bin Laden’s brother-in-law Mohammed Jamal Khalifa, Ramzi Yousef, and 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (see Spring 1995). Philippine authorities later claim that they provide all of this information to US authorities, but the US fails to follow up on any of it. [Lance, 2003, pp. 303-4] Sam Karmilowicz, a security official at the US embassy in Manila, Philippines during this time period, will later claim that just before Murad was deported to the US in early May, he picked up an envelope containing all that the Philippine government had learned from Murad. He then sent the envelope to a US Justice Department office in New York City. He believes Mike Garcia and Dietrich Snell, assistant US attorneys who will later prosecute Murad, almost certainly had access to this evidence (see Early 1998). [CounterPunch, 3/9/2006]

February 7, 1995: Yousef Is Arrested and Talks, but Hides Operation Bojinka Second Wave and Bin Laden Ties

Ramzi Yousef apprehended.Ramzi Yousef apprehended. [Source: Public domain]Ramzi Yousef is arrested in Pakistan, in a safe house owned by bin Laden (see February 1992-February 7, 1995). At the time, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed is staying in the same building, and brazenly gives an interview to Time magazine as “Khalid Sheikh,” describing Yousef’s capture. [Lance, 2003, pp. 328] Yousef had recruited Istaique Parker to implement a limited version of Operation Bojinka. Parker was to place bombs on board two flights bound from Bangkok to the US, but got cold feet and instead turned in Yousef. [Lance, 2003, pp. 284-85] The next day, as Yousef is flying over New York City on his way to a prison cell, an FBI agent says to him, “You see the Trade Centers down there, they’re still standing, aren’t they?” Yousef responds, “They wouldn’t be if I had enough money and enough explosives.” [MSNBC, 9/23/2001; Miller, Stone, and Mitchell, 2002, pp. 135] Yousef also soon admits to ties with Wali Khan Amin Shah, who fought with bin Laden in Afghanistan, and Mohammed Jamal Khalifa, one of bin Laden’s brothers-in-law, who is being held by the US at the time. Despite Yousef’s confession, Khalifa is released later in the year. Although Yousef talks freely, he makes no direct mention of bin Laden, or the planned second wave of Operation Bojinka that closely parallels the later 9/11 plot. [Lance, 2003, pp. 297-98]

Spring 1995: US Authorities Learn of Bojinka Second Wave Plot from Yousef’s Computer

Rafael Garcia.Rafael Garcia. [Source: Newsbreak Weekly]Rafael Garcia, Chairman and CEO of the Mega Group of Computer Companies in the Philippines, often works with the Philippine National Bureau of Investigation (NBI) to decode computer files. He is assigned the task of decoding encrypted files on Ramzi Yousef’s computer. Garcia will later comment to a popular Philippine newsweekly, “This was how we found out about the various plots being hatched by the cell of Ramzi Yousef. First, there was the plot to assassinate Pope John Paul II. Then, we discovered a second, even more sinister plot: Project Bojinka... This was a plot to blow up 11 airlines over the Pacific Ocean, all in a 48-hour period... Then we found another document that discussed a second alternative to crash the 11 planes into selected targets in the United States instead of just blowing them up in the air. These included the CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia; the World Trade Center in New York; the Sears Tower in Chicago; the Transamerica Tower in San Francisco; and the White House in Washington, DC... I submitted my findings to NBI officials, who most certainly turned over the report (and the computer) either to then Senior Superintendent Avelino Razon of the [Philippine National Police] or to Bob Heafner of the FBI... I have since had meetings with certain US authorities and they have confirmed to me that indeed, many things were done in response to my report.” [Newsbreak Weekly, 11/15/2001] Around the same time, Philippine interrogators were learning the same information from captured Bojinka plotter Abdul Hakim Murad (see February-Early May1995). There has been some question whether Murad’s complete description of Bojinka’s second wave plot reached US authorities (see May 11, 1995), but if it did not, the US appears to have learned the information from Garcia’s report. In fact, after 9/11, Garcia will claim to have spoken to a retired FBI agent who will recall being aware of the Bojinka second wave plot, and says of it, “This was ignored in the preparation of evidence for the trial [of the Bojinka plotters] because there was no actual attempt to crash any plane into a US target. ... So there was no crime to complain about.” [Village Voice, 9/26/2001]

Spring 1995: More Evidence that WTC Remains a Target

One of the Bojinka documents found. This Word document apparently lists flight times.One of the Bojinka documents found. This Word document apparently lists flight times. [Source: CBC]In the wake of uncovering the Operation Bojinka plot, Philippine authorities find a letter on a computer disc written by the plotters of the failed 1993 WTC bombing. This letter apparently was never sent, but its contents will be revealed in 1998 congressional testimony. [US Congress, 2/24/1998] The Manila police chief also reports discovering a statement from bin Laden around this time that, although they failed to blow up the WTC in 1993, “on the second attempt they would be successful.” [Agence France-Presse, 9/13/2001]

Spring 1995: Flow Chart Connects Key Al-Qaeda Figures

The flow chart made by Colonel Mendoza. Khalifaâ??s name is in the IRIC box. Osama bin Ladenâ??s name is to the left of that. Directly below IRIC is Wali Khan (Amin Shah), and Konsonjaya is to the left of that. Below the Wali Khan box is Ramzi Yousefâ??s box, and below that is KSMâ??s box, where he is named as Salem Ali a.k.a. Mohmad.The flow chart made by Colonel Mendoza. Khalifaâ??s name is in the IRIC box. Osama bin Ladenâ??s name is to the left of that. Directly below IRIC is Wali Khan (Amin Shah), and Konsonjaya is to the left of that. Below the Wali Khan box is Ramzi Yousefâ??s box, and below that is KSMâ??s box, where he is named as Salem Ali a.k.a. Mohmad. [Source: Peter Lance] (click image to enlarge)Philippines investigator Colonel Mendoza has been interrogating Operation Bojinka plotter Abdul Hakim Murad and learning much about the network behind the Bojinka Plot. He makes a flow chart connecting many key players together, including bin Laden, bin Laden’s brother-in-law Mohammed Jamal Khalifa, Ramzi Yousef, and 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed. The chart also has a direct link between Wali Khan Amin Shah, a known Bojinka plotter, and Konsonjaya, a front company based in Malaysia that really funds Bojinka and other plots. Khalifa is also connected to Konsonjaya, though he isn’t directly connected on the chart. Hambali sits on Konsonjaya’s board with Shah, though he isn’t named in the chart. Hambali will later participate in the 2000 al-Qaeda summit in Malaysia that helped plan the 9/11 attacks (see January 5-8, 2000). Philippine authorities later claim that they provide all of this information to US authorities, but the US apparently fails to follow up on any of it (see February-Early May1995). Khalifa is in US custody at this time and released even after the Philippine authorities provide this information about him (see December 16, 1994-May 1995). [Lance, 2003, pp. 303-4]

April 3, 1995: Time Magazine and Senator Highlight Author’s Flying Bomb Idea

Time magazine’s cover story reports on the potential for anti-American militants to kill thousands in highly destructive acts. Senator Sam Nunn (D) outlines a scenario in which terrorists destroy the US Capitol Building by crashing a radio-controlled airplane into it. “It’s not far-fetched,” he says. His idea was taken from Tom Clancy’s book Debt of Honour published in August 1994. [Time, 4/3/1995] High-ranking al-Qaeda leaders will claim later that Flight 93’s target was the Capitol Building. [Guardian, 9/9/2002]

Entity Tags: al-Qaeda, World Trade Center, Sam Nunn

Category Tags: Warning Signs

May 11, 1995: FBI Memo Fails to Mention Operation Bojinka Second Wave

FBI agents, having held Operation Bojinka plotter Abdul Hakim Murad for about a month, write a memo containing what they have learned from interrogating him. The memo contains many interesting revelations, including that Ramzi Yousef, a mastermind of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, “wanted to return to the United States in the future to bomb the World Trade Center a second time.” However, this memo does not contain a word about the second wave of Operation Bojinka—to fly about 12 hijacked airplanes into prominent US buildings—even though Murad had recently fully confessed this plot to Philippines investigators, who claim they turned over tapes, transcripts, and reports with Murad’s confessions of the plot to the US when they handed over Murad. It has not been explained why this plot is not mentioned in the FBI’s summary of Murad’s interrogation. [Lance, 2003, pp. 280-82] If the US does not learn of the second wave plot from Murad’s interrogation, it appears the US get the same information from a different source at about the same time (see Spring 1995). After 9/11, a Philippine investigator will refer to this third plot when he says of the 9/11 attacks, “It’s Bojinka. We told the Americans everything about Bojinka. Why didn’t they pay attention?” [Washington Post, 9/23/2001] In an interview after 9/11, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed will claim that the 9/11 attacks were a refinement and resurrection of this plot. [Australian, 9/9/2002]

June 3, 1995: Plot to Crash Plane in CIA Headquarters First Mentioned in Media

A 1998 CNN map of likely flights to be hijacked in one version of Operation Bojinka.A 1998 CNN map of likely flights to be hijacked in one version of Operation Bojinka. [Source: CNN]A search of the Lexis-Nexus database indicates that the first media mention of the Bojinka plot to crash an airplane into CIA headquarters occurs on this day. An article in the Advertiser, an Australian newspaper, will first mention the Bojinka plots to assassinate the Pope and then blow up about a dozen airplanes over the Pacific. Then the article states, “Then the ultimate assault on the so-called ‘infidels’: a plane flown by a suicide bomber was to nose-dive and crash into the American headquarters of the CIA, creating carnage.” [Advertiser, 6/3/1995] While this first mention may be obscure from a United States point of view, the Bojinka planes as weapons plot will be mentioned in other media outlets in the years to come. In fact, in 2002 CNN correspondent David Ensor will comment about CNN coverage, “[E]veryone, all your viewers who wanted to, could have known that at one point Ramzi Yousef and some others were allegedly plotting to fly an airliner into the CIA headquarters in the United States, that, in fact, the idea of using an airliner as a weapon, that idea at least, had already been aired. .... We talked about it. We’ve done stories about it for years, frankly.” [CNN, 6/5/2002]

July 1995: US Intelligence Report Concludes Terrorists Intent on Attacking Inside US

A US National Intelligence Estimate concludes that the most likely terrorist threat will come from emerging “transient” terrorist groupings that are more fluid and multinational than older organizations and state-sponsored surrogates. This “new terrorist phenomenon” is made up of loose affiliations of Islamist extremists violently angry at the US. Lacking strong organization, they get weapons, money, and support from an assortment of governments, factions, and individual benefactors. [9/11 Commission, 4/14/2004] The estimate warns that terrorists are intent on striking specific targets inside the US, especially landmark buildings in Washington and New York. It says, “Should terrorists launch new attacks, we believe their preferred targets will be US Government facilities and national symbols, financial and transportation infrastructure nodes, or public gathering places. Civil aviation remains a particularly attractive target in light of the fear and publicity that the downing of an airline would evoke and the revelations last summer of the US air transport sector’s vulnerabilities.” In 1997, the intelligence estimate is updated with bin Laden mentioned on the first page as an emerging threat and points out he might be interested in attacks inside the US. However, this new estimate is only two sentences long and lacks any strategic analysis on how to address the threat. [Associated Press, 4/16/2004; 9/11 Commission, 8/26/2004, pp. 54 pdf file]

Entity Tags: Osama bin Laden

Category Tags: Warning Signs

November 13, 1995: Al-Qaeda Bombing in Saudi Arabia, US Realizes Bin Laden Is More than Financier

Destruction at the Saudi National Guard training center, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.Destruction at the Saudi National Guard training center, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. [Source: CNN]Two truck bombs kill five Americans and two Indians in the US-operated Saudi National Guard training center in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. Al-Qaeda is blamed for the attacks. [Associated Press, 8/19/2002] The attack changes US investigators’ views of the role of bin Laden, from al-Qaeda financier to its leader. [Miller, Stone, and Mitchell, 2002, pp. 150] The Vinnell Corporation, thought by some experts to be a CIA front, owns the facility that has been attacked. [London Times, 5/14/2003]

1996: FBI Fumbles Flight School Investigation; Murad and Eleven Other al-Qaeda Pilots Trained in US

Finding a business card for a US flight school in the possession of Operation Bojinka plotter Abdul Hakim Murad, the FBI investigates the US flight schools Murad attended. [Washington Post, 9/23/2001] He had trained at about six flight schools off and on, starting in 1990. Apparently, the FBI closes the investigation when they fail to find any other potential suspects. [Insight, 5/27/2002] However, Murad had already confessed to Philippine authorities the names of about ten other associates learning to fly in the US, and the Philippine authorities had asserted that they provided this information to the US. Murad detailed how he and a Pakistani friend crisscrossed the US, attending flight schools in New York, Texas, California and North Carolina. The Associated Press reports, “He also identified to Filipino police approximately 10 other Middle Eastern men who met him at the flight schools or were getting similar training. One was a Middle Eastern flight instructor who came to the United States for more training; another a former soldier in the United Arab Emirates. Others came from Sudan, Saudi Arabia and Pakistan. None of the pilots match the names of the 19 hijackers from Sept. 11.” An assistant manager at a Schenectady, New York, flight school where Murad trained later recalls, “There were several [Middle Eastern pilot students] here. At one point three or four were here. Supposedly they didn’t know each other before, they just happened to show up here at the same time. But they all obviously knew each other.” However, US investigators somehow fail to detect any of these suspects before 9/11, despite being given their names. [Associated Press, 3/5/2002]

January 1996: Muslim Extremists Plan Suicide Attack on White House

US intelligence obtains information concerning a suicide attack on the White House planned by individuals connected with Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman and a key al-Qaeda operative. The plan is to fly from Afghanistan to the US and crash into the White House. [US Congress, 9/18/2002]

Entity Tags: US intelligence, al-Qaeda

Category Tags: Warning Signs

April 1996-March 1997: Yousef Communicates with Islamic Militants from Within Maximum Security Prison Using Telephone Provided by FBI

Ramzi Yousef, mastermind along with Khalid Shaikh Mohammed of the 1993 WTC bombing and the Operation Bojinka plots, is in a maximum-security prison, sentenced to hundreds of years of prison time for his plots. However, he can communicate with Gregory Scarpa Jr., a mob figure in the cell next to him. The FBI sets up a sting operation with Scarpa’s cooperation to learn more of what and whom Yousef knows. Scarpa is given a telephone, and he allows Yousef to use it. However, Yousef uses the sting operation for his own ends, communicating with operatives on the outside in code language without giving away their identities. He attempts to find passports to get co-conspirators into the US, and there is some discussion about imminent attacks on US passenger jets. Realizing the scheme has backfired, the FBI terminates the telephone sting in late 1996, but Yousef manages to keep communicating with the outside world for several more months. [New York Daily News, 9/24/2000; New York Daily News, 1/21/2002; Lance, 2003, pp. 280-82]

June 1996: Informant Exposes Al-Qaeda Secrets to US; No Apparent Response Ensues

Jamal al-Fadl, an al-Qaeda operative from al-Qaeda’s first meeting in the late 1980s until 1995, tells the US everything he knows about al-Qaeda. Before al-Fadl’s debriefings, US intelligence had amassed thick files on bin Laden and his associates and contacts. However, they had had no idea how the many pieces fit together. “Al-Fadl was the Rosetta Stone,” an official says. “After al-Fadl, everything fell into place.” [Miller, Stone, and Mitchell, 2002, pp. 154-65] By late 1996, based largely on al-Fadl’s information, the CIA definitively confirms that bin Laden is more of a operative than just a financier of the organization. The agency also learns the term “al-Qaeda” for the first time. [US Congress, 7/24/2003] Yet the US will not take “bin Laden or al-Qaeda all that seriously” until after the bombing of US embassies in Africa in 1998. [Miller, Stone, and Mitchell, 2002, pp. 213] It takes two years to turn al-Fadl’s information into the first US indictment of bin Laden. [PBS Frontline, 2001; New York Times, 9/30/2001; US Congress, 7/24/2003] It will come out in early 2001 that at this time al-Fadl warns US officials, “maybe [al-Qaeda] try to do something inside United States and they try to fight the United States Army outside, and also they try make bomb against some embassy outside.” Two US embassies will be bombed in Africa in 1998 (see August 7, 1998). [CNN, 2/7/2001]

June 25, 1996: Khobar Towers Are Bombed; Unclear Who Culprit Is

Destruction at the Khobar Towers, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia.Destruction at the Khobar Towers, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia. [Source: US Air Force]Explosions destroy the Khobar Towers in Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, killing 19 American soldiers and wounding 500. [CNN, 6/26/1996] Saudi officials later interrogate the suspects, declare them guilty, and execute them—without letting the FBI talk to them. [PBS Frontline, 2001; Irish Times, 11/19/2001] Saudis blame Hezbollah, the Iranian-influenced group, but US investigators still believe bin Laden was somehow involved. [Seattle Times, 10/29/2001] US intelligence will eventually learn that that al-Qaeda’s number two leader Ayman al-Zawahiri calls bin Laden immediately after the bombing to congratulate him on the operation. [New Yorker, 9/9/2002] The New York Times will later report that Mamoun Darkazanli, a suspected al-Qaeda financier with extensive ties to the al-Qaeda Hamburg cell, is involved in the attack. [New York Times, 9/25/2001; New York Times, 9/29/2001] Bin Laden will admit to instigating the attacks in a 1998 interview. [Miami Herald, 9/24/2001] Ironically, the bin Laden family’s construction company is awarded the contract to rebuild the installation. [New Yorker, 11/5/2001] In 1997, Canada will catch one of the Khobar Tower attackers and extradite him to the US. However, in 1999, he will be shipped back to Saudi Arabia before he can reveal what he knows about al-Qaeda and the Saudis. One anonymous insider will call it “President Clinton’s parting kiss to the Saudis.” [Palast, 2002, pp. 102] In June 2001, a US grand jury will indict 13 Saudis for the bombing. According to the indictment, Iran and Hezbollah were also involved in the attack. [US Congress, 7/24/2003]

July 6, 1996-August 11, 1996: Atlanta Rules Established to Protect Against Attacks Using Planes as Flying Weapons

US officials identify crop dusters and suicide flights as potential weapons that could threaten the Olympic Games in Atlanta, Georgia. They take steps to prevent any air attacks. They ban planes from getting too close to Olympic events. During the games, they deploy Black Hawk helicopters and US Customs Service jets to intercept suspicious aircraft over the Olympic venues. Agents monitor crop-duster flights within hundreds of miles of downtown Atlanta. They place armed fighter jets on standby at local air bases. Flights to Atlanta get special passenger screening. Law enforcement agents also fan out to regional airports throughout northern Georgia “to make sure nobody hijacked a small aircraft and tried to attack one of the venues,” says Woody Johnson, the FBI agent in charge. Counterterrorism “tsar” Richard Clarke will use this same security blanket approach to other major events, referring to the approach as “Atlanta Rules.”(see January 20, 1997) [Chicago Tribune, 11/18/2001; Clarke, 2004, pp. 108-09; Wall Street Journal, 4/1/2004]

July 17, 1996-September 1996: TWA Flight 800 Crashes; Counterterrorism Funding Boosted in Response

TWA Flight 800 crashes off the coast of Long Island, New York, killing the 230 people on board. The cause of the crash is debated for a long time afterward, and terrorism is considered a possibility. With this accident in mind, President Clinton requests, and Congress approves, over $1 billion in counter-terrorism-related funding in September 1996. [Clarke, 2004, pp. 130]

August 1996: Bin Laden Calls for Attack on Western Targets in Arabia

Osama bin Laden issues a public fatwa, or religious decree, authorizing attacks on Western military targets in the Arabian Peninsula. This eliminates any doubts that bin Laden is merely a financier of attacks, rather than an active militant. [US Congress, 9/18/2002]

August 14, 1996: State Department Calls Bin Laden One of Most Significant Terrorism Sponsors in the World

The State Department issues a fact sheet on bin Laden, calling him “one of the most significant financial sponsors of Islamic extremist activities in the world today.” The text ties bin Laden to funding specific attacks, such as the attempt to kill dozens of US soldiers in Yemen in 1992 (see December 1992). The fact sheet is also mentions the term “al-Qaeda,” leading to the first media reports using that term the next day (see August 14, 1996). [US Department of State, 8/14/1996; New York Times, 8/14/1996]

September 5, 1996: Yousef Trial Ignores Bojinka 9/11 Blueprint Plot

Ramzi Yousef and two other defendants, Abdul Hakim Murad, and Wali Khan Amin Shah, are convicted of crimes relating to Operation Bojinka. [CNN, 9/5/1996] In the nearly 6,000-page transcript of the three-month Bojinka trial, there is not a single mention of the “second wave” of Bojinka that closely paralleled the 9/11 plot. Interrogations by Philippine investigator Colonel Rodolfo Mendoza had exposed the details of this plot quite clearly (see January 20, 1995). However, not only does the FBI not call Mendoza to testify, but his name is not even mentioned in the trial, not even by his assistant, who does testify. “The FBI seemed to be going out of its way to avoid even a hint of the plot that was ultimately carried out on 9/11,” author Peter Lance will note. [Lance, 2003, pp. 350-51]

October 1996: Iranian Hijacking Plot Uncovered

US intelligence learns of an Iranian plot to hijack a Japanese plane over Israel and crash it into Tel Aviv. While the plot was never carried out, it is one more example of intelligence agencies being aware that planes could be used as suicide weapons. [US Congress, 9/18/2002]

Category Tags: Warning Signs

October 1996: Phoenix FBI Agent Has First Suspicions of Local Flight Students

Harry Ellen.Harry Ellen. [Source: Associated Press]Harry Ellen, a businessman who converted to Islam, has high credibility with Muslims in Arizona because of his work on behalf of the Palestinian cause. He has had important meetings with Palestinian leader Yasser Arafat. In 1994, he began working as an FBI informant. Ken Williams, the Phoenix FBI agent who will later write the July 2001 “Phoenix memo”(see July 10, 2001), is his handler. In October 1996, Ellen tells Williams that he has suspicions about an Algerian pilot who is training other Middle Eastern men to fly. He later recalls, “My comment to Williams was that it would be pitiful if the bad guys were able to gain this kind of access to airplanes, flight training and crop dusters. I said, ‘You really ought to look at this, it’s an interesting mix of people.’” Ellen had previously begun spying on a man known as Abu Sief, which apparently is his alias. Sief had come to Arizona from New Jersey in 1993, and bragged about having close ties with al-Qaeda figures Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman and Ramzi Yousef. Sief attended a New Jersey mosque that many of the 1993 World Trade Center bombers also attended. Ellen soon sees the unnamed Algerian pilot meeting with Abu Sief. He tells this to Williams and later will claim, “I told him to be very concerned about air schools.” However, Ellen will claim that Williams responds by telling him to “leave it alone.” So he does. Ellen later believes that Williams should have sent the gist of his Phoenix memo at this time, instead of four and a half years later. Hani Hanjour is living in Phoenix by this time and taking flight training nearby (see October 1996-Late April 1999). Ellen later will say he did not know Hanjour directly, but he knew some of his friends and relatives. Ellen and Williams will have a falling out in late 1998 on an unrelated manner, and Ellen’s flow of information will stop. [Washington Post, 5/24/2002; New York Times, 5/24/2002; Lance, 2003, pp. 211, 352-355, inset 21]

November 24, 1996: Passenger Plane Suicide Attack Narrowly Averted

A hijacked airliner crashes into the shallow waters off the coast of a resort in the Comoros Islands.A hijacked airliner crashes into the shallow waters off the coast of a resort in the Comoros Islands. [Source: SIPA] (click image to enlarge)Several Ethiopians take over a passenger airliner and let it run out of fuel. Hijackers fight with the pilot as they try to steer the plane into a resort on a Comoros Islands beach in the Indian Ocean, but seconds before reaching the resort the pilot is able to crash the plane into shallow waters instead, 500 yards short of the resort. One hundred and twenty-three of the 175 passengers and crew die. [New York Times, 11/25/1996; Australian Broadcasting Corporation, 11/26/1996; Houston Chronicle, 11/26/1996]

Category Tags: Warning Signs

Late 1996: Effort to Get Nukes Makes Al-Qaeda Threat Clear

Michael Scheuer, head of the CIA’s Bin Laden unit (see February 1996), will write in 2004 that by this time, his unit has “acquired detailed information about the careful, professional manner in which al-Qaeda [is] seeking to acquire nuclear weapons ... there could be no doubt after this date that al-Qaeda [is] in deadly earnest in seeking nuclear weapons.” A report his unit produces about this threat is “initially suppressed within CIA, and then published in a drastically shortened form. Three officers of the [CIA]’s bin Laden cadre [protest] this decision in writing, and [force] an internal review. It [is] only after this review that this report [is] provided in full to [US intelligence] leaders, analysts, and policymakers.” [Atlantic Monthly, 12/2004] He later will claim that due to al-Qaeda’s “extraordinarily sophisticated and professional effort to acquire weapons of mass destruction ... by the end of 1996, it [is] clear that this [is] an organization unlike any other one we had ever seen.” [CBS News, 11/14/2004]

1997: Possible Unmanned Aerial Attacks Raise Concerns at FBI, CIA

FBI and CIA are concerned that an unnamed militant group, which has apparently purchased an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV), will use it for attacks against US interests. At the time, the agencies believed that the only reason to use this UAV would be for either reconnaissance or attack. The primary concern is that it will be used to attack outside the United States, for example, by flying a UAV into a US Embassy or a visiting US delegation. [US Congress, 9/18/2002]

1997-September 1999: FAA Finds Repeated Security Violations at Airport Later Used by Ten Hijackers

The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) finds at least 136 security violations at Boston’s Logan Airport between 1997 and early 1999. Flights 11 and 175 will depart from Logan on 9/11. Massachusetts Port Authority, which operates the airport, is fined $178,000 for these breaches, which include failing to screen baggage properly and easy access to parked planes. In summer 1999, a teenager is able to climb over the airport’s security fence, walk two miles across the tarmac, board a 747, and fly on it to London. In September 1999, the Boston Globe finds that doors are often left open at the airport, making it possible for potentially anyone to gain access to planes on the ground. [Boston Globe, 9/12/2001; Washington Post, 9/12/2001] After 9/11, an analysis by the Boston Globe will conclude that Logan’s security record is “dismal” (see 1991-2000). [Boston Globe, 9/26/2001]

January 20, 1997: Clinton Re-inaugurated; Atlanta Rules Applied at This and Other Events

Bill Clinton is re-inaugurated as president. An extensive set of security measures to prevent airplanes as weapons crashing into the inauguration is used. These measures, first used in the 1996 Atlanta Olympics and thus referred to as the “Atlanta Rules,” include the closing of nearby airspace, the use of intercept helicopters, the basing of armed fighters nearby, and more. This plan will later be used for the 1999 North Atlantic Treaty Organization’s 50th anniversary celebration in Washington, the 2000 Republican convention in Philadelphia, the 2000 Democratic convention in New York, and the George W. Bush inauguration in 2001. [Clarke, 2004, pp. 110-11; Wall Street Journal, 4/1/2004] At some point near the end of the Clinton administration, the Secret Service and Customs Service will agree to create a permanent air defense unit to protect Washington. However, these agencies are part of the Treasury Department, and the leadership there will refuse to fund the idea. The permanent unit will not be created until after 9/11. [Wall Street Journal, 4/1/2004]

February 12, 1997: Vice President Gore’s Aviation Security Report Released

The White House Commission on Aviation Safety and Security, led by Vice President Al Gore, issues its final report, which highlights the risk of terrorist attacks in the US. The report references Operation Bojinka, the failed plot to bomb twelve American airliners out of the sky over the Pacific Ocean, and calls for increased aviation security. The commission reports that [it] “believes that terrorist attacks on civil aviation are directed at the United States, and that there should be an ongoing federal commitment to reducing the threats that they pose.” [Gore Commission, 2/12/1997] However, the report has little practical effect: “Federal bureaucracy and airline lobbying [slow] and [weaken] a set of safety improvements recommended by a presidential commission—including one that a top airline industry official now says might have prevented the September 11 terror attacks.” [Los Angeles Times, 10/6/2001]

May 1997: Saudis Reveal Bin Laden Is Sending Money to US but Fail to Share More on Al-Qaeda Finances

Tayyib al-Madani (a.k.a. Abu Fadel) turns himself in to the Saudi government. He handled the distribution of al-Qaeda’s finances and ran some of bin Laden’s businesses in Sudan. It is said that he had to approve every al-Qaeda expenditure of more than $1,000. [Risen, 2006, pp. 181] Vince Cannistraro, former head of the CIA’s Counter Terrorism Center, will say in 1998 that the US learned “a lot of intelligence” from this about how bin Laden “keeps his money, how he transfers it from one bank to another, what are the front companies [he uses].” [USA Today, 8/21/1998] The US presses the Saudi government for direct access to him to learn more, but the Saudis don’t allow it. The US will continue to press, and in September 1998, Vice President Gore will raise the issue with Crown Prince Abdullah. But the US will not gain direct access to him until some time after 9/11. [9/11 Commission, 7/24/2004, pp. 14; 9/11 Commission, 8/21/2004, pp. 39 pdf file; Risen, 2006, pp. 181] In August 1997, the Daily Telegraph will publicly reveal that al-Madani has turned himself in. The article suggests that he may have been working as a Saudi double agent for some time before defecting. US sources say that Saudis have shared information that some money has been sent from bin Laden bank accounts in Pakistan and Afghanistan to individuals in London, Detroit, Brooklyn, and Jersey City in New Jersey. The article notes that al-Madani’s “information is thought to have been the reason a federal grand jury has been secretly convened in New York to examine the financing of terrorism in America.” Is it not clear what becomes of the individuals being sent the money, but the article suggests that the recent arrest of two Palestinians planning an attack in New York City is connected to al-Madani’s revelations (see July 31, 1997). [Daily Telegraph, 8/2/1997]

May 22, 1997: FBI: Terrorists Are Operating in US With Capability to Attack

The Associated Press reports that senior FBI officials have determined that militant Islamic groups are operating in the US. FBI agent John O’Neill is quoted as saying, “Almost every one of these groups has a presence in the United States today. A lot of these groups now have the capacity and the support infrastructure in the United States to attack us here if they choose to.” [PBS Frontline, 10/3/2002]

July 31, 1997: Islamic Extremist Suicide Attack in New York City Narrowly Averted

Gazi Ibrahim Abu Mezer.Gazi Ibrahim Abu Mezer. [Source: Associated Press]Gazi Ibrahim Abu Mezer, and Lafi Khalil, two Palestinian men who had recently immigrated from the West Bank to the US, are arrested in New York City. They are found with a number of hand made bombs, and officials claim they were mere hours away from using them on a busy Atlantic Avenue subway station and on a commuter bus. Police were tipped off to them by a roommate. [New York Times, 8/1/1997; CNN, 8/2/1997] In the days immediately after the arrests, numerous media reports claim that the FBI has tied the two men to Hamas. For instance, the Associated Press reports, “The FBI has linked two suspects in a Brooklyn suicide-bombing plot to the militant Mideast group Hamas... One man was linked to Hamas by intelligence sources, the other through an immigration document he had filled out in which he said he had been accused in Israel of having been in a terrorist organization. The organization, the source said, was Hamas.” Reports say both suspects “are working for Mousa Abu Marzouk, the Hamas political leader who lived in Virginia for 15 years before being arrested in 1995, imprisoned as a terrorism suspect, and then deported earlier [in 1997].”(see July 5, 1995-May 1997) [Associated Press, 8/1/1997; CNN, 8/2/1997] According to another account, “law enforcement authorities say these suspects made frequent phone calls from local neighborhood stores to various Hamas organization offices in the Middle East.” [PBS, 8/1/1997] Just days earlier, there had been a Hamas suicide bombing in Israel that killed fifteen people. Mezer or Khalil reportedly called the suicide bombers “heroes” and added, “We wish to join them.” [New York Times, 8/2/1997] A note is found in their apartment that threatens a series of attacks unless several jailed militants were released, including Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman, Ramzi Yousef, and Sheikh Ahmed Yassin, the top leader of Hamas. A copy of the letter was sent to the State Department two days before their arrest. A portrait of Abdul-Rahman is also found on the wall of their apartment. [CNN, 8/2/1997; New York Times, 8/6/1997] However, on August 4, US officials announce that the two had no ties to Hamas or any other organization. In his trial, Mezer will say he planned to use the bombs to kill as many Jews as possible, though not in a subway. He will describe himself as a supporter of Hamas but not a member. He will be convicted and sentenced to life in prison. Khalil will be acquitted of the terrorism charge, but convicted of having a fake immigration card. He will be sentenced to three years in prison and then ordered deported. [CNN, 8/4/1997; New York Times, 7/21/1998; National Journal, 9/19/2001]

November 18, 1997: Tourists Massacred in Egypt; Al-Qaeda Leaders Said to Be Involved

Tourists in Luxor, Egypt, cower as militants begin firing on them.Tourists in Luxor, Egypt, cower as militants begin firing on them. [Source: BBC]Fifty-eight foreign tourists are killed in Luxor, Egypt. Six radical militants attack an ancient Egyptian temple with machine guns before finally being killed by Egyptian police. The attack is the peak of a campaign to destroy the Egyptian tourism industry that had begun five years before. Thirty-four foreigners and 1,200 Egyptians were killed in the previous attacks. The Islamic Group (Al Gamaa al Islamiya in Arabic) takes credit for the attack. The Islamic Group was founded in the late 1970s by Sheik Omar Abdul-Rahman. The militants are ultimately hoping to destabilize the Egyptian economy and overthrow the government. However, the attacks backfire, alienating many Egyptians. This will be the last serious militant attack in Egypt before 9/11. [New York Times, 11/18/1997; New York Times, 11/18/1997; Los Angeles Times, 10/26/2001] The Egyptian militant group Islamic Jihad is also thought to be involved. In 1999, Ayman al-Zawahiri, leader of Islamic Jihad and al-Qaeda’s second in command, will be convicted in absentia for his role in this attack and other attacks. [BBC, 9/27/2004] Also in 1999, the Egyptian government will claim it has determined that bin Laden helped finance the attack. [BBC, 5/13/1999]

1998: FBI Agent Starts First Investigation into Arizona Flight Students

Ken Williams.Ken Williams. [Source: FBI]The FBI field office in Phoenix, Arizona, investigates a possible Middle Eastern extremist taking flight lessons at a Phoenix airport. FBI agent Ken Williams initiates an investigation into the possibility of Islamic militants learning to fly aircraft, but he has no easy way to query a central FBI database about similar cases. Because of this and other FBI communication problems, he remains unaware of most US intelligence reports about the potential use of airplanes as weapons, as well as other, specific FBI warnings issued in 1998 and 1999 concerning Islamic militants training at US flight schools (see May 15, 1998; September 1999). Williams will write the “Phoenix memo” in July 2001 (see July 10, 2001). He had been alerted about some suspicious flight school students in 1996, but it is not clear if this person was mentioned in that previous alert or not (see October 1996). [US Congress, 7/24/2003 pdf file]

1998: Training Exercise Held at the White House, Based Around Militants Using a Plane as a Weapon

Counterterrorism “tsar” Richard Clarke chairs a tabletop exercise at the White House, involving a scenario where anti-American militants fill a Learjet with explosives, and then fly it on a suicide mission toward a target in Washington, DC. Officials from the Pentagon, Secret Service, and FAA attend, and are asked how they would stop such a threat. Pentagon officials say they could launch fighters from Langley Air Force Base, Virginia, but would need authorization from the president to shoot the plane down, and currently there is no system to do this. The 9/11 Commission later states: “There was no clear resolution of the problem at the exercise.” [Slate, 7/22/2004; 9/11 Commission, 7/24/2004, pp. 345, 457-458]

1998: Hijacking Proposed to Obtain Release of Blind Sheikh

A son of Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman, the al-Qaeda leader convicted in 1995 of conspiring to blow up tunnels and other New York City landmarks, is heard to say that the best way to free his father from a US prison might be to hijack an American plane and exchange the hostages. This will be mentioned in President Bush’s August 2001 briefing titled “Bin Laden Determined to Strike in US” (see August 6, 2001). [Washington Post, 5/18/2002] A similar warning will be discovered in May 2001, but will not be mentioned in Bush’s briefing (see May 23, 2001).

1998: Indonesia Gives US Warning of 9/11 Attack?

Hendropriyono, the Indonesian chief of intelligence, will later claim that, “[we] had intelligence predicting the September 11 attacks three years before it happened but nobody believed us.” He says Indonesian intelligence agents identify bin Laden as the leader of the group plotting the attack and that the US disregards the warning, but otherwise offers no additional details. The Associated Press notes, “Indonesia’s intelligence services are not renowned for their accuracy.” [Associated Press, 7/9/2003]

Early 1998: Prosecutors Turn Down Deal That Could Reveal Bojinka Third Plot

Dietrich Snell.Dietrich Snell. [Source: Morris Mac Matzen/ Associated Press]Abdul Hakim Murad, a conspirator in the 1995 Bojinka plot with Ramzi Yousef, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (KSM), and others, was convicted in 1996 of his role in the Bojinka plot (see January 6, 1995). He is about to be sentenced for that crime. He offers to cooperate with federal prosecutors in return for a reduction in his sentence, but prosecutors turn down his offer. Dietrich Snell, the prosecutor who convicted Murad, will say after 9/11 that he does not remember any such offer. But court papers and others familiar with the case later confirm that Murad does offer to cooperate at this time. Snell will claim he only remembers hearing that Murad had described an intention to hijack a plane and fly it into CIA headquarters. However, in 1995 Murad had confessed to Philippine investigators that this would have been only one part of a larger plot to crash a number of airplanes into prominent US buildings, including the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, a plot that KSM later will adjust and turn into the 9/11 plot (see January 20, 1995) (see February-Early May1995). While Philippine investigators claim this information was passed on to US intelligence, it’s not clear just which US officials may have learned this information and what they did with it, if anything. [New York Daily News, 9/25/2001] Murad is sentenced in May 1998 and given life in prison plus 60 years. [Albany Times-Union, 9/22/2002] After 9/11, Snell will go on to become Senior Counsel and a team leader for the 9/11 Commission. Author Peter Lance later calls Snell “one of the fixers, hired early on to sanitize the Commission’s final report.” Lance says Snell ignored evidence presented to the Commission that shows direct ties between the Bojinka plot and 9/11, and in so doing covers up Snell’s own role in the failure to make more use of evidence learned from Murad and other Bojinka plotters. [FrontPage Magazine, 1/27/2005]

Early 1998: CIA Ignores Ex-Agent’s Warning KSM Is ‘Going to Hijack Some Planes,’ Visiting Germany

Robert Baer.Robert Baer. [Source: Publicity photo]In December 1997, CIA agent Robert Baer, newly retired from the CIA and working as a terrorism consultant, meets a former police chief from the Persian Gulf nation of Qatar. He learns that Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (KSM) was being sheltered by then Qatari Interior Minister Abdallah bin Khalid al-Thani in 1996 (see January-May 1996). However, the ex-police chief knows other details, based on what Qatari police and intelligence learned when KSM was in the country. KSM was leading an al-Qaeda cell in Qatar together with Shawqui Islambuli, the brother of the Egyptian who had killed Anwar Sadat. They also were linked to bomber Ramzi Yousef. But what worries the former police chief is that KSM and Islambuli are experts in hijacking commercial planes. He tells Baer that KSM “is going to hijack some planes.” Further, he is told that KSM has moved to the Czech Republic, and has also travelled to Germany to meet bin Laden associates there. In early 1998 Baer sends this information to a friend in the CIA Counter Terrorism Center, who forwards the information to his superiors. Baer doesn’t hear back. He says, “There was no interest.” [Baer, 2002, pp. 270-71; Vanity Fair, 2/2002; United Press International, 9/30/2002] Baer also tries to interest reporter Daniel Pearl in a story about KSM before 9/11, but Pearl is still working on it when he is kidnapped and later murdered in early 2002. [United Press International, 4/10/2004] Baer’s source later disappears, presumably kidnapped in Qatar. It has been speculated that the CIA turned on the source to protect its relationship with the Qatari government. [Gertz, 2002, pp. 55-58] It appears bin Laden visits al-Thani in Qatar between the years 1996 and 2000. [ABC News, 2/7/2003] Al-Thani continues to support al-Qaeda, providing Qatari passports and more than $1 million in funds to al-Qaeda. Even after 9/11, KSM is provided shelter in Qatar for two weeks in late 2001. [New York Times, 2/6/2003] Yet the US still has not frozen al-Thani’s assets or taken other action.

February 22, 1998: Bin Laden Expands Fatwa Against US and Allies

Osama bin Laden (right), Mohammed Atef (center), and an unidentified militant at the press conference announcing the expanded fatwa. Ayman al-Zawahiri is out of the picture, sitting on the other side of bin Laden.Osama bin Laden (right), Mohammed Atef (center), and an unidentified militant at the press conference announcing the expanded fatwa. Ayman al-Zawahiri is out of the picture, sitting on the other side of bin Laden. [Source: BBC]Bin Laden issues a fatwa, declaring it the religious duty of all Muslims “to kill the Americans and their allies—civilians and military ... in any country in which it is possible.” [Al-Quds al-Arabi (London), 2/23/1998; PBS Frontline, 2001; Sunday Herald (Glasgow), 9/16/2001] This is an expansion of an earlier fatwa issued in August 1996, which called for attacks in the Arabian Peninsula only (see August 1996). Ayman al-Zawahiri, the head of the Egyptian militant group Islamic Jihad, is one of many militant leaders who sign the fatwa. This reveals to the public an alliance between al-Qaeda and Islamic Jihad that has long been in effect. Also signing the fatwa are representatives from militant groups in Afghanistan, Sudan, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Yemen, Eritrea, Djibouti, Kenya, Pakistan, Bosnia, Croatia, Algeria, Tunisia, Lebanon, the Philippines, Tajikistan, Chechnya, Bangladesh, Kashmir, Azerbaijan, and Palestine. All these representatives call themselves allied to the “International Islamic Front for Jihad Against Jews and Crusaders” (the name al-Qaeda has not been widely popularized yet.) New York magazine will note, “The [fatwa gives] the West its first glimpse of the worldwide conspiracy that [is] beginning to form.” [New Yorker, 9/9/2002]

Spring 1998: Experts Warn FAA of Potential Massive Kamikaze Attack

Three terrorism specialists present an analysis of security threats to FAA security officials. Their analysis describes two scenarios involving planes as weapons. In one, hijacked planes are flown into nuclear power plants along the East Coast. In the other, hijackers commandeer Federal Express cargo planes and simultaneously crash them into the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, the White House, the Capitol, the Sears Tower, and the Golden Gate Bridge. Stephen Gale, one of the specialists, later says the analysis is based in part upon attempts that had been made in 1994 to crash airplanes in the Eiffel Tower and the White House (see September 11, 1994) (see December 24, 1994). Gale later recalls that one FAA official responds to the presentation by saying, “You can’t protect yourself from meteorites.” [Washington Post, 5/19/2002]

May 15, 1998: Oklahoma FBI Memo Warns of Potential Terrorist-Related Flight Training; No Investigation Ensues

An FBI pilot sends his supervisor in the Oklahoma City FBI office a memo warning that he has observed “large numbers of Middle Eastern males receiving flight training at Oklahoma airports in recent months.” The memo, titled “Weapons of Mass Destruction,” further states this “may be related to planned terrorist activity” and “light planes would be an ideal means of spreading chemicals or biological agents.” The memo does not call for an investigation, and none occurs. [NewsOK (Oklahoma City), 5/29/2002; US Congress, 7/24/2003] The memo is “sent to the bureau’s Weapons of Mass Destruction unit and forgotten.” [New York Daily News, 9/25/2002] In 1999, it will be learned that an al-Qaeda agent has studied flight training in Norman, Oklahoma (see May 18, 1999). Hijackers Mohamed Atta and Marwan Alshehhi will briefly visit the same school in 2000; Zacarias Moussaoui will train at the school in 2001 (see February 23-June 2001).

After May 15, 1998: FBI Again Ignores Warnings About Islamic Militants Planning to Obtain US Pilot Training

The FBI receives reports that a militant Islamic organization might be planning to bring students to the US for flight training, at some point in 1998 after the May 15 memo (see May 15, 1998) warns about Middle Eastern men training at US flight schools. [New York Daily News, 9/25/2002] The FBI is aware that people connected to this unnamed organization have performed surveillance and security tests at airports in the US and made comments suggesting an intention to target civil aviation. Apparently, this warning is not shared with other FBI offices or the FAA, and a connection with the Oklahoma warning is not made; a similar warning will follow in 1999. [US Congress, 7/24/2003]

May 26, 1998: Bin Laden Promises to Bring Jihad to US

Bin Laden discusses “bringing the war home to America,” in a press conference from Afghanistan. [US Congress, 9/18/2002] He indicates the results of his jihad will be “visible” within weeks. [US Congress, 7/24/2003] Two US embassies will be bombed in August (see August 7, 1998).

May 28, 1998: Bin Laden Wants to Use Missiles Against US Aircraft; Given Doctored Phone Battery?

In an interview with ABC News reporter John Miller, bin Laden indicates he may attack a US military passenger aircraft using antiaircraft missiles. In the subsequent media coverage, Miller repeatedly refers to bin Laden as “the world’s most dangerous terrorist,” and “the most dangerous man in the world.” [ABC News, 5/28/1998; ABC News, 6/12/1998; Esquire, 2/1999; US Congress, 7/24/2003] Bin Laden admits to knowing Wali Khan Amin Shah, one of the Bojinka plotters (see June 1996), but denies having met Bojinka plotter Ramzi Yousef or knowing about the plot itself. [PBS Frontline, 10/3/2002] A Virginia man named Tarik Hamdi (see March 20, 2002) helped set up Miller’s interview. He goes with Miller to Afghanistan and gives bin Laden a new battery for his satellite phone (see November 1996-Late August 1998). Vince Cannistraro, former head of the CIA’s Counter Terrorism Center, will later claim that this battery was somehow bugged to help the US monitor bin Laden. [Newsweek, 8/10/2005] In 2005, Miller will become the FBI’s Assistant Director for the Office of Public Affairs. [All Headline News, 8/24/2005]

June 1998: State Department Warns that Bin Laden Might Target Civilian Aircraft

The State Department warns Saudi officials that bin Laden might target civilian aircraft. Three State Department officials meet Saudi officials in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, and pass along a warning based on an interview bin Laden had just given to ABC News . In the interview, bin Laden threatened to strike in the next “few weeks” against “military passenger aircraft” and mentioned surface-to-air missiles. The State Department warns the Saudis that bin Laden does “not differentiate between those dressed in military uniforms and civilians” and there is “no specific information that indicates bin Laden is targeting civilian aircraft.” However, they add, “We could not rule out that a terrorist might take the course of least resistance and turn to a civilian [aircraft] target.” NBC News will note that the 9/11 Commission “made no mention of the memo in any of its reports... It is unknown why the [Commission] did not address the warning.” [New York Times, 12/9/2005; MSNBC, 12/9/2005]

Summer 1998: One of Bin Laden’s Four Holy War Goals Is to Bring Down US Airliners

Bin Laden sends a fax from Afghanistan to Sheikh Omar Bakri Mohammed, a London-based Muslim cleric who dubs himself the “mouth, eyes, and ears of Osama bin Laden.” Bakri publicly releases what he calls bin Laden’s four specific objectives for a holy war against the US. The instruction reads, “Bring down their airliners. Prevent the safe passage of their ships. Occupy their embassies. Force the closure of their companies and banks.” Noting this, the Los Angeles Times will wryly comment that “Bin Laden hasn’t been shy about sharing his game plan.” [Los Angeles Times, 10/14/2001] In 2001, FBI agent Ken Williams will grow concerned about some Middle Eastern students training in Arizona flight schools. He will link several of them to Al-Muhajiroun, an extremist group founded by Bakri. Williams will quote several fatwas (calls to action) from Bakri in his later-famous July 2001 memo (see July 10, 2001). However, he apparently will not be aware of this particular call to action. These students linked to Bakri’s group apparently have no connection to any of the 9/11 hijackers. In another interview before 9/11, Bakri will boast of recruiting “kamikaze bombers ready to die for Palestine.” (see Early September 2001) [Associated Press, 5/23/2002]

June-July 1998: US Learns Bin Laden Is Considering Attacks Against Washington, New York

US intelligence obtains information from several sources that bin Laden is considering attacks in the US, including Washington and New York. This information is given to senior US officials in July 1998. [US Congress, 9/18/2002] Information mentions an attack in Washington, probably against public places. US intelligence assumes that bin Laden places a high priority on conducting attacks in the US. More information about a planned al-Qaeda attack on a Washington government facility will be uncovered in the spring of 1999. [US Congress, 7/24/2003 pdf file; US Congress, 7/24/2003]

Entity Tags: Osama bin Laden

Category Tags: Warning Signs

Summer 1998: KSM Travels to the US until at Least This Time

In June 2001, a CIA cable describing background information on bin Laden’s associates will mention that 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (KSM) is regularly traveling to the US. The CIA’s Renditions Branch had been looking for KSM since at least 1997. In July 2001, the source of this information will positively identify KSM’s photo from a line up and clarify that the last known time KSM went to the US was in the summer of 1998 (see June 12, 2001). Presumably, KSM may have been more reluctant to travel to the US after the crackdown on al-Qaeda in the wake of the August 1998 embassy bombings (see August 7, 1998). However, KSM will receive a new US visa on July 23, 2001, though it isn’t known if he ever uses it (see July 23, 2001). [9/11 Commission, 7/24/2004, pp. 277, 533]

July 1998: CIA Discovers ‘Rosetta Stone of Al-Qaeda’ but Doesn’t Share with FBI

CIA operatives kidnap Ahmad Salama Mabruk and another member of Islamic Jihad outside a restaurant in Baku, Azerbaijan. This is part of a covert CIA program to arrest Islamic Jihad operatives in Albania, Bulgaria, and Azerbaijan, and send them to Egypt. [Wall Street Journal, 7/2/2002] Mabruk is the closest ally of Ayman al-Zawahiri, al-Qaeda’s number two leader. Mabruk’s laptop computer turns out to contain al-Qaeda organizational charts and vital information about Islamic Jihad members in Europe. FBI agent Dan Coleman later calls this “the Rosetta Stone of al-Qaeda.” However, the CIA will not turn this information over to the FBI. John O’Neill, head of the FBI’s New York office, tries to get around this by sending an agent to Azerbaijan to get copies of the computer files from the Azerbaijani government. When that fails, he persuades President Clinton to personally appeal to the president of Azerbaijan for the files. The FBI eventually gets the files, but the incident deepens the tensions between the CIA and FBI. [Wright Duplicate of 11168, 2006, pp. 268-269] The US monitored 67 phone calls between bin Laden and Azerbaijan from 1996 to 1998 (see November 1996-Late August 1998). Presumably, many of these would have been to Mabruk. Mabruk is sent to Egypt and given a long prison sentence. [Wall Street Journal, 7/2/2002]

August 1998: CIA Warns That Arab Militants Plan to Fly Bomb-Laden Plane From Libya into WTC

A foreign intelligence agency warns the FBI’s New York office that Arab militants plan to fly a bomb-laden aircraft from Libya into the World Trade Center. The FBI and the FAA do not take the threat seriously because of the state of aviation in Libya. Later, other intelligence information will connect this group to al-Qaeda. The CIA will include the same information in an intelligence report. [New York Times, 9/18/2002; US Congress, 9/18/2002; US Department of Justice, 6/9/2005, pp. 97-98 pdf file] An FBI spokesperson later says the report “was not ignored, it was thoroughly investigated by numerous agencies” and found to be unrelated to al-Qaeda. [Washington Post, 9/19/2002] However, the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry will come to the conclusion that the group in fact did have ties to al-Qaeda. [New York Times, 9/18/2002; US Congress, 7/24/2003 pdf file]

August 1998-Late-September 2001: Inexperienced Manager Heads FAA’s Boston Security Field Office

Mary Carol Turano is appointed director of the Federal Aviation Administration’s Boston Civil Aviation Security Field Office (CASFO). This is the office that oversees security at Logan Airport, from where Flights 11 and 175 depart on 9/11. Yet Turano has little experience in airport security, and has not even begun the basic training that all FAA special agents must undergo. During her tenure, according to an agent who is assigned to Logan, staff that document security violations become frustrated, as she allows violations to accumulate without taking appropriate action. After 9/11, it is revealed that she lacks the identification badge necessary for unescorted access to secure areas. An official familiar with airport security procedures comments, “An organization does well what a commander checks, and how can you check what they do if you don’t have a ramp access badge?” Turano is subsequently reassigned. [Associated Press, 9/29/2001; Boston Globe, 9/29/2001; WBUR (Boston), 10/4/2001; Thomas, 2003, pp. 61] Logan Airport’s poor record for security continues while she heads CASFO (see 1991-2000)(see 1997-September 1999).

August 4, 1998: Threat Precedes Embassy Bombings

The Egyptian Islamic Jihad, a terror group that has joined forces with al-Qaeda, issues a statement threatening to retaliate against the US for its involvement rounding up three of its members helping Muslim forces fight in Albania. The group announces, “We wish to inform the Americans ... of preparations for a response which we hope they read with care, because we shall write it with the help of God in the language they understand.” The bombing of two US embassies in Africa follows three days later (see August 7, 1998). [CNN, 1/2001]

August 7, 1998: Al-Qaeda Bombs US Embassies in Kenya and Tanzania

Bombings of the Nairobi, Kenya, US embassy (left), and the Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, US embassy (right).Bombings of the Nairobi, Kenya, US embassy (left), and the Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, US embassy (right). [Source: Associated Press] (click image to enlarge)Two US embassies in Africa are bombed almost simultaneously. The attack in Nairobi, Kenya, kills 213 people, including 12 US nationals, and injures more than 4,500. The attack in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, kills 11 and injures 85. The attack is blamed on al-Qaeda. [PBS Frontline, 2001] The attack shows al-Qaeda has a capability for simultaneous attacks. A third attack against the US embassy in Uganda fails. [Associated Press, 9/25/1998] After 9/11, it will come to light that three of the alleged hijackers, Khalid Almihdhar, Nawaf Alhazmi, and Salem Alhazmi, had some involvement in the bombings (see October 4, 2001, Late 1999, and 1993-1999) and that the US intelligence community was aware of this involvement by late 1999 (see December 15-31, 1999), if not before.

August 12-25, 1998: Suspect Claims ‘Extensive Network of Al-Qaeda Sleeper Agents’ Is Planning ‘Big Attack’ Inside US

Mohamed al-Owhali is arrested and immediately begins confessing his role in the recent al-Qaeda bombing of the US embassy in Nairobi, Kenya. He reveals to the FBI what an FBI agent will later call “blue-chip” information. [CNN, 1/19/2001] He reveals to prosecutor Patrick Fitzgerald and others that when he was told by a handler in Afghanistan that he would take part in an operation in Kenya, he insisted “I want to attack inside the US” instead. But his handler tells him that the Kenya attack is important because it will keep the US distracted while the real attack is being prepared. Owhali futher explains to his interrogators, “We have a plan to attack the US, but we’re not ready yet. We need to hit you outside the country in a couple of places so you won’t see what is going on inside. The big attack is coming. There’s nothing you can do to stop it.” [Wright Duplicate of 11168, 2006, pp. 278-279] Presumably, Owhali is also the suspect at this time who “inform[s] the FBI that an extensive network of al-Qaeda ‘sleeper agents’ currently exists in the US.” It is known that counterterrorism “tsar” Richard Clarke passes on this information to Condoleezza Rice when she begins her position as National Security Adviser in January 2001 (see January 25, 2001), but other details about this warning are not known. [9/11 Commission, 7/24/2004, pp. 260] Owhali also reveals the telephone number of a key al-Qaeda communications hub in Yemen (see Late August 1998) and warns that an al-Qaeda attack is Yemen is being planned (see Mid-August 1998). [CNN, 1/19/2001]

Mid-August 1998: Al-Qaeda Operative Tells FBI about Planned Yemen Attack

Mohamed al-Owhali is arrested and immediately begins confessing to FBI investigators his role in the recent al-Qaeda bombing of the US embassy in Nairobi, Kenya (see August 7, 1998). In addition to revealing the existence of an al-Qaeda network in the US planning an attack there (August 12-25, 1998) and also revealing the phone number of a key al-Qaeda communications hub in Yemen (see Late August 1998), it appears he also reveals al-Qaeda plans for an attack in Yemen. In October 2000, Al-Qaeda operatives bombed the USS Cole in a port in Yemen (see a101200cole). In January 2001, in coverage of al-Owhali’s trial for his role in the embassy bombings, a court document mentions that during his interrogation he mentioned “a possible attack in Yemen.” [CNN, 1/19/2001] However, one newspaper notes, “It could not be learned how the authorities followed up on the information or how detailed it was.” [New York Times, 1/18/2001] It will later be revealed that al-Owhali identified the two leaders of the Cole bombing as participants in the planning for the US embassy bombings. [CNN, 10/16/2001]

Late August 1998: Al-Qaeda Planning US Attack, but Not Yet Ready

The FBI learns that al-Qaeda is planning an attack on the US, but “things are not ready yet. We don’t have everything prepared,” according to a captured member of the al-Qaeda cell that bombed the US embassy in Kenya. [USA Today, 8/29/2002]

September 1998: Bin Laden’s Next Operations May Involve Crashing Airplane into US Airport

US intelligence uncovers information that bin Laden’s next operation could possibly involve crashing an aircraft loaded with explosives into a US airport. This information is provided to senior US officials. [US Congress, 9/18/2002; Washington Post, 9/19/2002]

Entity Tags: Osama bin Laden

Category Tags: Warning Signs

Autumn 1998: Rumors of Bin Laden Plot Involving Aircraft in New York and Washington Surface Again

US intelligence hears of a bin Laden plot involving aircraft in the New York and Washington areas. [US Congress, 9/18/2002; New York Times, 9/18/2002] In December it will learn that al-Qaeda plans to hijack US aircraft are proceeding well and that two individuals have successfully evaded checkpoints in a dry run at a New York airport. [US Congress, 7/24/2003]

Entity Tags: US intelligence, al-Qaeda

Category Tags: Warning Signs

Shortly After September 15, 1998: US Investigators Find Mention of ‘Joint Venture’ between Al-Qaeda and Texas Charity

In the wake of the US embassy bombings in Africa (see August 7, 1998), the US arrests Wadih El-Hage, who will later be convicted for his role in those bombings. Looking through his diaries, investigators discover a reference to a “joint venture” between al-Qaeda and the Holy Land Foundation, a charity based in Texas known for its support of Hamas. The name and phone number of a Texas man connected to Holy Land is also found in El-Hage’s address book (see September 16, 1998-September 5, 2001). The US had considered taking action against Holy Land in 1995 (see January 1995-April 1996) and again in 1997 (1997). Yet, as the Wall Street Journal will later note, “Even when [this] evidence surfaced in 1998 suggesting a tie between the foundation and Osama bin Laden, federal investigators didn’t act.” [Wall Street Journal, 2/27/2002]

October-November 1998: Al-Qaeda US-based Recruiting Efforts Uncovered

US intelligence learns al-Qaeda is trying to establish a cell within the US. There are indications that the organization might be trying to recruit US citizens. This apparently will be mentioned in President Bush’s August 6, 2001 briefing, which states, “A clandestine source said in 1998 that a bin Laden cell in New York was recruiting Muslim-American youth for attacks” (see August 6, 2001). In the next month, there is information that a terror cell in the United Arab Emirates is attempting to recruit a group of five to seven young men from the US to travel to the Middle East for training. This is part of a plan to strike a US domestic target. [US Congress, 9/18/2002; US Congress, 7/24/2003]

Entity Tags: al-Qaeda

Category Tags: Warning Signs

November 1998: Turkish Extremists’ Plan to Crash Airplane into Famous Tomb Uncovered

US intelligence learns that a Turkish extremist group named Kaplancilar had planned a suicide attack. The conspirators, who were arrested, planned to crash an airplane packed with explosives into a famous tomb during a government ceremony. The Turkish press said the group had cooperated with bin Laden and the FBI includes this incident in a bin Laden database. [US Congress, 9/18/2002; US Congress, 7/24/2003 pdf file]

December 1, 1998: Bin Laden Actively Planning Attacks Inside US

According to a US intelligence assessment, “[bin Laden] is actively planning against US targets and already may have positioned operatives for at least one operation. ... Multiple reports indicate [he] is keenly interested in striking the US on its own soil ... Al-Qaeda is recruiting operatives for attacks in the US but has not yet identified potential targets.” Later in the month, a classified document prepared by the CIA and signed by President Clinton states: “The intelligence community has strong indications that bin Laden intends to conduct or sponsor attacks inside the US” [US Congress, 9/18/2002; Washington Post, 9/19/2002; US Congress, 7/24/2003 pdf file; US Congress, 7/24/2003]

December 21, 1998: Bin Laden May Be Planning Attacks on New York and Washington

In a Time magazine cover story entitled “The Hunt for Osama,” it is reported that intelligence sources “have evidence that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet—a strike on Washington or possibly New York City in an eye-for-an-eye retaliation. ‘We’ve hit his headquarters, now he hits ours,’ says a State Department aide.” [Time, 12/21/1998]

Entity Tags: Osama bin Laden

Category Tags: Warning Signs

1999: British Intelligence Warns Al-Qaeda Plans to Use Aircraft, Possibly as Flying Bombs

MI6, the British intelligence agency, gives a secret report to liaison staff at the US embassy in London. The reports states that al-Qaeda has plans to use “commercial aircraft” in “unconventional ways,” “possibly as flying bombs.” [Sunday Times (London), 6/9/2002]

1999: FBI Learns of Militant Group’s Plans to Send Students to US for Aviation Training; Investigation Opportunity Bungled

The FBI receives reports that a militant organization is planning to send students to the US for aviation training. The organization’s name remains classified, but apparently it is a different organization than one mentioned in a very similar warning the year before. The purpose of this training is unknown, but the organization viewed the plan as “particularly important” and it approved open-ended funding for it. The Counterterrorism Section at FBI headquarters issues a notice instructing 24 field offices to pay close attention to Islamic students from the target country engaged in aviation training. Ken Williams’s squad at the Phoenix FBI office receives this notice, although Williams does not recall reading it. Williams will later write his “Phoenix memo” on this very topic in July 2001 (see July 10, 2001). The 9/11 Congressional Inquiry later will conclude, “There is no indication that field offices conducted any investigation after receiving the communication.” [US Congress, 7/24/2003] However, an analyst at FBI headquarters conducts a study and determines that each year there are about 600 Middle Eastern students attending the slightly over 1,000 US flight schools. [New York Times, 5/4/2002; US Congress, 7/24/2003] In November 2000, a notice will be issued to the field offices, stating that it has uncovered no indication that the militant group is recruiting students. Apparently, Williams will not see this notice either. [US Congress, 7/24/2003]

February 1999: Pilot Suicide Squad Rumored in Iraq

US Intelligence obtains information that Iraq has formed a suicide pilot unit that it plans to use against British and US forces in the Persian Gulf. The CIA comments that this report is highly unlikely and is probably disinformation. [US Congress, 7/24/2003 pdf file]

Entity Tags: Central Intelligence Agency

Category Tags: Warning Signs

March 1999: Plot to Use Hang Glide Bomb Tested, Thwarted

US intelligence learns of plans by an al-Qaeda member who is also a US citizen to fly a hang glider into the Egyptian Presidential Palace and then detonate the explosives he is carrying. The individual, who received hang glider training in the US, brings a hang glider back to Afghanistan, but various problems arise during the testing of the glider. This unnamed person is subsequently arrested and is in custody abroad. [US Congress, 9/18/2002]

Entity Tags: al-Qaeda

Category Tags: Warning Signs

Spring 1999: US Uncovers Bin Laden Plans to Attack Washington

US intelligence learns of a planned bin Laden attack on a US government facility in Washington (the specific facility targeted has not been identified). [US Congress, 9/18/2002; New York Times, 9/18/2002]

Entity Tags: Osama bin Laden

Category Tags: Warning Signs

March 1999: Germany Provides CIA Hijacker’s Name and Telephone Number

German intelligence gives the CIA the first name of hijacker Marwan Alshehhi and his telephone number in the United Arab Emirates. The Germans learned the information from surveillance of suspected Islamic militants. They tell the CIA that Alshehhi has been in contact with suspected al-Qaeda members Mohammed Haydar Zammar and Mamoun Darkazanli. He is described as a United Arab Emirates student who has spent some time studying in Germany. [US Congress, 7/24/2003 pdf file; Deutsche Presse-Agentur (Hamburg), 8/13/2003; New York Times, 2/24/2004] The Germans consider this information “particularly valuable” and ask the CIA to track Alshehhi, but the CIA never responds until after the 9/11 attacks. The CIA decides at the time that this “Marwan” is probably an associate of bin Laden but never track him down. It is not clear why the CIA fails to act, or if they learn his last name before 9/11. [New York Times, 2/24/2004] The Germans monitor other calls between Alshehhi and Zammar, but it isn’t clear if the CIA is also told of these or not (see September 21, 1999).

May 18, 1999: Potential Al-Qaeda Sleeper Pilot Arrested in Florida; Later Disappears into US Custody

Ihab Ali Nawawi.Ihab Ali Nawawi. [Source: FBI]Ihab Ali Nawawi is arrested in Orlando, Florida. He is considered an unindicted co-conspirator in the 1998 US embassy bombings in Africa. Nawawi’s family moved from Egypt to the US in the late 1970’s and he graduated from an Orlando high school. He fought in Afghanistan in the 1980’s and helped bin Laden move to Sudan in 1991. Nawawi received a commercial pilot’s license from Airman Flight School in Norman, Oklahoma, in 1993. He crashed an airplane owned by bin Laden in 1995 on a runway in Khartoum, Sudan (see 1993). He lived in Sudan until 1996 when he moved back to Orlando. Nawawi’s role in al-Qaeda is revealed days after the 1998 US embassy bombings in Africa when Ali Mohamed’s residence in California is raided. A letter from Nawawi is discovered asking Mohamed to give his “best regards to your friend Osama”(see August 8, 1998-August 21, 1998). Nawawi’s connection to the embassy bombings were possibly discovered months earlier, because there were a series of phone calls in 1997 between an Orlando telephone owned by Nawawi’s sister and an al-Qaeda safe house in Nairobi, Kenya. Many telephone numbers connected to that house were being monitored by US intelligence at the time. Given his obvious al-Qaeda ties, it is not clear why agents waited until May 1999 before arresting Nawawi. He is questioned in front of a grand jury, but prosecutors say he is lying and he refuses to talk anymore. FBI agents will visit the Airman Flight School in September 1999 to enquire about his attendance there (see September 1999). He will remain jailed and in September 2000 is finally charged for contempt and perjury. In October 2001, the St. Petersburg Times will report, “There are signs that Ali’s resolve might now be weakening. Court records indicate that Ali’s lawyers seemed to reach an understanding with the government in March [2001]. Since that time, all documents in the case have been filed under seal.” [St. Petersburg Times, 10/28/2001] In May 2002, three full years after his arrest, the New York Times will report that “Nawawi remains in federal custody even now, although he has not been charged with conspiring in the embassy bombing.” [New York Times, 5/18/2002] As of the end of 2005, there appears to be no further news on what has happened to Nawawi, and no sign of any trial. When Nawawi is arrested, he is working as a taxi driver. At this time Al-Qaeda operative Nabil al-Marabh is working as a taxi driver about 80 miles away in Tampa, Florida, and while the similarity is intriguing, there is no known reported connection between the two men (see February 1999-February 2000). [St. Petersburg Times, 10/28/2001]

June 1999: Bin Laden Wants All US Males Killed

In an interview with an Arabic-language television station, bin Laden steps up his rhetoric and issues a further threat indicating that all US males should be killed. [MSNBC, 12/11/2001]

Entity Tags: Osama bin Laden

Category Tags: Warning Signs

June-July 1999: CIA Reports That Bin Laden Plans Attack in US

In testimony before the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence and in a briefing to House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence staffers one month later, the chief of the CIA’s Counter Terrorism Center describes reports that bin Laden and his associates are planning attacks in the US. [US Congress, 9/18/2002]

June 24, 1999: CIA Director Gives Congress Secret Warning Bin Laden Planning Attacks in US

CIA Director George Tenet tells a closed session of Congress, “We have seen numerous reports that bin Laden and his associates are planning terrorist attacks against US officials and facilities in a variety of locations, including in the US.” [Coll, 2004, pp. 454] However, six months later and after a well-publicized attempted al-Qaeda attack on the Los Angeles airport (see December 14, 1999), he will not mention in an open session that bin Laden has the capability to stage attacks inside the US (see February 2, 2000).

July 14, 1999: Pakistani Intelligence Agent Says WTC ‘Are Coming Down’ in Recorded Conversation

This unnamed Pakistani intelligence agent was captured on undercover video in January 2001.This unnamed Pakistani intelligence agent was captured on undercover video in January 2001. [Source: Corbis]In a conversation recorded by US government agents as part of a sting operation, a Pakistani ISI agent named Rajaa Gulum Abbas points to the WTC and says, “Those towers are coming down.” He later makes two other references to an attack on the WTC (for more details on this sting operation, (see Spring 1999), (see July 14, 1999), and (see June 12, 2001)). [Cox News Service, 8/2/2002; WPBF 25 (West Palm Beach), 8/5/2002; Palm Beach Post, 10/17/2002]

Entity Tags: World Trade Center, Rajaa Gulum Abbas

Category Tags: Warning Signs

Page 1 of 4 (304 entries)
previous | 1, 2, 3, 4 | next




Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Was There A Cover Up In JFK Jr.'s Death. Were FAA Tapes Altered?

HARD EVIDENCE OBTAINED OF CONSPIRACY, COVER-UP IN JFK Jr. DEATH 

______________________________________________________________________________________
From ABC News                                                                                                                               
All Credit to ABC News

http://abcnews.go.com/US/wireStory?id=2854762
______________________________________________________

HARD EVIDENCE OBTAINED OF CONSPIRACY, COVER-UP IN JFK Jr. DEATH
A plethora of facts, testimony, circumstantial evidence and common sense as well as certain material evidence has shown consistently that the deaths of John F. Kennedy Jr., wife Carolyn Bessette and sister-in-law Lauren Bessette and the destruction (by some means or other) of the Piper Saratoga aircraft the three were flying in were very likely not "accidental" events.

One of the PRIMARY indications the plane's destruction and the passengers' deaths were NOT the result of some "accident" is a radio contact made by pilot JFK Jr. to the Martha's Vineyard Airport flight control tower at 9:39 PM, July 16, 1999.

The timing and content of this radio contact, as well as the tone of Kennedy's conversation, invalidate to an overwhelming extent the prevailing, "officially-sanctioned" accounts of the event promulgated by the federal government through mass media outlets.

THAT OLD "OFFICIAL" STORY
Now; let's go over this "official" "account". Federal government agencies such as the NTSB and the FAA put forth (at least publicly) the following scenario regarding the last 10 minutes or so of the flight.

According to them, radar records show Kennedy was changing altitude and direction somewhat erratically and rapidly in the minutes preceding the craft's destruction.

The implication here is that these radar records clearly indicate Kennedy's much-ballyhooed "inexperience" as a pilot combined with highly "unfavorable" weather/visibility conditions had resulted in Kennedy being in marginal control of the aircraft for some minutes before the plane was destroyed; that he eventually completely lost control and the aircraft plunged headlong into the sea in a "death spiral."

And at what time, according to these official accounts, did radar returns show the plane was destroyed? Try just after NINE THIRTY-NINE PM.

RADIO CONTACT MADE
A NewsHawk associate has now obtained solid evidence that JFK Jr. DID in fact make radio contact with flight controllers at NINE THIRTY-NINE PM July 16.

What's even more important however, is that our associate also obtained IRREFUTABLE proof that the reported fact of this radio contact was deliberately removed from archived tape transcripts of WCVB-TV Channel 5's broadcast of July 17, 1999, during which-- at approximately 12:35 PM--U.S. Coast Guard Petty Officer Todd Burgun reported to WCVB the fact of JFK Jr.'s radio contact the night before.

By later in the evening on July 17 this vital information was being actively covered up by WCVB and some other mass media outlets, as it has been in all subsequent government and mass media reports.

BROADCAST TAPE CUT!
There is now PROOF that this tremendously important fact of JFK Jr.'s 9:39 PM radio contact was without doubt DELIBERATELY and literally "covered up": hours of time on the tape archive of WCVB's July 17 broadcast, during which information on Kennedy's radio contact was continually reported, have been intentionally cut.

The record has in fact been FALSIFIED.

We will discuss this extraordinarily significant issue momentarily.

Now of course there is some infinitesimally small chance that, seconds after Kennedy completed his radio call, either there was a catastrophic mechanical failure of some kind or JFK Jr. somehow completely and instantly lost control of the plane; one or the other possibility (or both) causing the crash.

Nevertheless: the timing, content and tone of this radio communication leaves the hypothesis that "pilot error" caused the crash--as drummed unceasingly into the minds of public through endless mass media regurgitation of such claims by government officials and agencies--virtually devoid of any credibility whatsoever: and if WHATEVER caused the crash were TRULY "accidental", then WHY has the fact that Kennedy made the call been completely covered up and lied about?

This proof that information on Kennedy's verified radio contact with flight controllers at 9:39 PM July 16, as reported to WCVB-TV by Petty Officer Todd Burgun of the Coast Guard, was subsequently expunged and deleted from ALL government AND media accounts of the tragedy and indeed specifically DENIED by all relevant agencies is beyond any reasonable doubt TOTALLY suspicious!

If the destruction of the plane and deaths of all passengers was "accidental" there is absolutely no reason for COVERING UP the fact of the 9:39 PM radio contact.

"Well, wait," you say. "Covered up? Lied about?"

Exactly how can we "prove" such a cover-up DID occur regarding this radio contact? How can we "prove" that what was indeed initially reported as ROCK-SOLID fact was within a matter of hours completely expunged from all official accounts and denied by many persons and agencies directly involved?

We will explain precisely how this can be PROVED forthwith.

Now course, a reasonable person can easily begin to see there's something just a LITTLE bit wrong with this "official" picture by now. But don't go away. The picture gets even worse.

FAA SPECIALIST--WEATHER CONDITIONS "JUST FINE", PREVAILING ACCOUNTS ON CAUSE OF CRASH "GARBAGE"

Let's get back for a moment to those "official" claims mass media has bombarded us with over and over again--that weather/visibility conditions in the Martha's Vineyard region were lousy.

In FACT, FAA Flight Specialist Edward Meyer of LaGuardia Airport in Queens N.Y., tapped by FAA administrator Jane Garvey to prepare the FAA's OFFICIAL report of weather conditions when Kennedy's plane was destroyed, stated in the report that visibility in the region was AT LEAST very good on the evening of July 16.

Meyer himself became SO distressed by endless spewing of erroneous disinformation about these weather conditions by government agencies and mass media, he took the unprecedented step of issuing a public statement ON HIS OWN--which THOROUGHLY SLAMMED this onslaught of disinformational noise as complete, total NONSENSE, utterly unsupported by the FACTS.

To quote from Meyer's personal statement as released to mass media: "The weather along his flight was just fine. A little haze over eastern Connecticut.

"I don't know why the airplane crashed, but what I heard on the media was NOTHING BUT GARBAGE."

Thanks for standing up for the TRUTH, Mr. Meyer and God bless you.

Weather radar data for July 16, although strangely unavailable for the exact time when the plane was destroyed, DOES show that atmospheric moisture, "haze". etc. were quite minimal around Martha's Vineyard both before and after the plane's destruction, in contrast to conditions further west, closer to the NYC metropolitan area.

Okay. We can forget about poor weather/visibility conditions contributing to the plane's destruction by "pilot error" and such.

Next, let's take a look at claims Kennedy was in fact seriously under-qualified to be flying at all under such conditions, even though we have just PROVEN weather conditions at Martha's Vineyard were in fact QUITE GOOD.

PILOT QUALIFICATIONS-- 700+ HOURS FLIGHT TIME, INSTRUMENT FLIGHT TRAINED

Various disinformational sources have claimed that Kennedy had anywhere from under 100 to at most perhaps 200-300 hours of flight experience at the time of his death. Other almost laughable disinformation issued forth from spooks, intelligence agents and dupes of various stripes and nationalities, who spewed static about Kennedy's recklessness and foolhardiness, culminating in claims that Kennedy possessed some kind of "risk-taking" geneS never before heard of in the history of science. And on and on. You get the picture.

What's the REAL truth about Kennedy's qualifications as a pilot? How about this.

Every personal flight instructor JFK Jr. EVER had stated that the man was an EXCEPTIONALLY cautious, prudent and careful pilot, absolutely NOT given to recklessness or "risk-taking' of any kind in any way shape or form while flying. Our many previous articles on this tragedy identify and quote a number of these individuals.

However, most significant regarding this issue are statements from John McColgan, Kennedy's federal licensing instructor in Vero Beach, Florida.

McColgan stated that Kennedy's flight experience dates back SEVENTEEN years; to 1981. He also reported Kennedy had over 700 hours total flight time; that Kennedy had completed his written test for instrument flight rating AND indeed had completed his training for the in-flight instrument rating test only several months before his death. Kennedy just hadn't taken the in-flight test.

McColgan noted that Kennedy WAS basically qualified to fly on instruments alone (NOT that he would have even NEEDED to around 9:39 PM July 16, 1999 near Martha's Vineyard), and furthermore called Kennedy an EXCELLENT PILOT.

SO, we can now forget about claims that Kennedy was an inexperienced, under-qualified, reckless, "risk-taking pilot.

THE CRITICAL 9:39 PM RADIO CONTACT
NOW, let's look at what was going on in the air over the water near the southwest part of Martha's Vineyard on July 16, 1999 at around 9:39 PM.

What WAS going on was that Kennedy radioed the Vineyard airport control tower.

According to UPI's news bulletin titled "Hopes Fade For Missing Kennedy Plane" (UPI Focus) AQUINNAH, Mass., July 17 (UPI) -(as excerpted verbatim from the article at -- http://www.upi.com/corp/news/jfkjr3.html)

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

'At 9:39 p.m. Friday, Kennedy radioed the airport and said he was 13 miles from the airport and 10 miles from the coast, according to WCVB-TV news in Boston. He reportedly said he was making his final approach.

'Moments later, radar operated by the Federal Aviation Administration showed the plane went into a dive and dropped 1,200 feet in just 12 seconds, according to ABC News.

'In his final approach message, WCVB-TV said Kennedy told controllers at the airport that he planned to drop off his wife's sister and then take off again between 11 p.m. and 11:30 p.m. for Hyannis Airport.'

- - - - - - - - - - - -

Although these crucial facts regarding Kennedy's 9:39 PM radio contact were reported by WCVB-TV Boston as well as by UPI and several other local TV stations in the Martha's Vineyard area, they were removed from WCVB's reporting later in the evening on July 17, subsequently disappeared from UPI's accounts within about 24 hours and were also subsequently DENIED by airport personnel.

Indeed news of Kennedy's radio contact never even made it to some mass media outlets and if it did was quickly expunged from later reports.

Questions put to WCVB-TV personnel several days afterward about their broadcast of this information were disingenuously skirted; though never outright denied. One such statement from the station was: "we don't "BELIEVE" we broadcast that information."

Well, it turns out there's a good reason WCVB personnel never outright denied having broadcast this information, because THEY DID broadcast it!

How do we know? BECAUSE WE HAVE NOW OBTAINED THE TAPES OF THAT VERY BROADCAST!

WCVB-TV BOSTON BROADCASTED REPORT OF JFK Jr. RADIO CALL FOR SEVERAL HOURS-- TAPE ARCHIVES LATER ALTERED, ALL REFERENCES TO INFORMATION DELETED

The tape of WCVB's broadcast of Saturday, July 17, starting at about 12 noon, was obtained from Corporate Media Services of Auburn, New Hampshire, which archives tapes of TV broadcasts and markets copies.

On the tape, at approximately 12:35 PM, WCVB news anchor Susan Warnick reports there is a significant new development in the case of Kennedy's missing plane.

Says Warnick: "We have been told by the Coast Guard that in fact there IS now EVIDENCE of a last communication, last night, with JFK Jr.'s plane as it was ON APPROACH to Martha's Vineyard Airport. Petty Officer Todd Burgun joins us from the Coast Guard base in Boston. He is a petty officer and public information officer.

"Thank you for being with us, sir. What can you tell us about this last communication with JFK Jr.'s plane?"

The station cuts to a live audio feed from Todd Burgun at U.S. Coast Guard headquarters in Boston. Burgun begins speaking as follows: "All I know at this time is that it was at 9:39 PM, and it was with the FAA and it was on a-(pproach?) --"

And, on the archive tape of the broadcast as originally received, THAT'S IT!

INCREDIBLY, the first archive tape transcript/copy received from Corporate Media Services is CUT--right there! Just as Petty Officer Todd Burgun begins his report on newly discovered evidence of the 9:39 PM radio call from Kennedy!

THIS tape then resumes with WCVB's broadcast from approximately 6 PM that evening.

How about that. The tape transcript of WCVB's July 16 broadcast is inexplicably cut JUST as Todd Burgun of the U.S. Coast Guard begins his report of what the announcer had most appropriately called a major, very significant new development in the case. There is a gap of over FIVE HOURS in the tape of their broadcast that day--as first received.

STATION ANCHORS LIE IN EVENING BROADCAST
Now; any guesses what the first words out of the mouth of the evening news anchor are when the tape of the broadcast resumes at 6 PM? The announcer, fidgeting, fumbling for words, looking nervous, distraught and downright UPSET, haltingly and stutteringly makes the following, tortuous, garbled and HIGHLY unconvincing statement.

"Something that we had THOUGHT earlier (FIRST lie--there was NO 'thought' involved at all: rather an UNEQUIVOCAL official report from the Coast Guard) MAY not be TRUE: that there WAS actually NO radio communication (SECOND lie--one moment she says "may not be true" and in the next breath says "there WASS noS communication") with JFK Jr.'s plane after it left New Jersey.

"We had HOPED ("we" had?) that there was some radio communication of course (?), most recently at Martha's Vineyard (?). ThisS thisS (uncomfortable pause) -- last night at about NINE O'CLOCK, NINE- THIRTY (being obviously aware of the TRUTH of the radio contact she inadvertently gives the location and general time of the actual contact!!), when perhaps things STARTED TO GO WRONG (?!) (giving away the truth again!).

"We had hoped we could learn from that, but it SEEMSS thatS thereS (another uncomfortable pause)-- MAY be NO EVIDENCE (MAY be?) because (and here's the zinger) there MAY be no RECORDING to listen to TO GET THESE DETAILS FROM!"

Whew! A look of immense relief crossed the announcer's face as she manages to finish her obviously distressing task of lying bold-faced to the camera; her hands and those of her co-anchor fidgeting continuously throughout her ordeal. The entire scene just REEKS of someone having just been told by higher-ups to "get out there" and LIE.

And even in the depths of this mishmash of lies and falsifications, the announcer does not--or probably CAN not--just state plainly and simply: "the Coast Guard was mistaken--there was no radio contact between Kennedy and the airport." Period.

Naturally, our source's interest was highly provoked at this clear evidence of falsification of the record and got in touch with Corporate Media Services in regard to the situation. He was given some lame excuse as to why the station had wanted their tape archive cut at that point, which of course had nothing to do with the incredibly important information reported on during the time period missing from the tape first received.

Prevailing upon the personnel at Corporate Media Services, he was able to obtain an UN-CUT tape copy of WCVB's July 17 broadcast, which had on it the portion of the broadcast cut from the first tape.

And guess what? On the UN-CUT tape of the broadcast, Officer Burgun goes on to deliver his full report, which makes note of those points reported by UPI as quoted above: that Kennedy, completely calm and obviously "in command" of himself, his craft and the overall situation, was on approach to the airport and had given his approximate position and trajectory as well as made a comment about dropping Lauren Bessette off and then continuing on to Hyannis.

This tremendously significant information is then referred to REPEATEDLY for the next several hours by WCVB; with EVERY possible indication that Kennedy's 9:39 radio contact is absolute, ROCK-SOLID, verifiable FACT!

And that's what was cut from the tape archive of the station's July 17 broadcast.

EXPLOSION IN THE AIR
Most interestingly as well, ALSO reported by WCVB news anchors repeatedly during that portion of the broadcast which was cut, is the fact that a reporter for the (Martha's) Vineyard Gazette who was on Philbin Beach (southwest end of Martha's Vineyard) the evening of July 16 saw an AIRBORNE EXPLOSION in the general vicinity of the sky where Kennedy's plane was destroyed at approximately 9:40.

THIS information was also covered up and outright denied by all relevant parties and agencies in all subsequent government and media accounts of the event.

CUTTING OF BROADCAST TAPE PROVES COVER-UP-- COVER-UP PROVES CONSPIRACY, FOUL PLAY
Now, as we've noted, although the timing, content and tone of Kennedy's 9:39 PM communication with flight controller personnel in and of themselves almost COMPLETELY invalidate the possibility "pilot error"--especially--or even some chance catastrophic mechanical failure caused the plane's destruction, there is still an incredibly small chance that seconds after this communication one or the other eventuality did occur.

However, if that WERE in fact the case, then WHY has the absolutely undeniable FACT of this radio contact been COVERED UP in every official statement and news story on the incident beginning later in the day on Saturday, July 17 and continuing on until the present?

If Kennedy had an ACCIDENT, then WHY has the TRUTH been covered up?

This irrefutable proof of cover-up can only mean that the deaths of Kennedy, his reportedly pregnant wife and her sister didn't happen "by accident". This can only mean they were murdered by means of deliberate destruction/sabotage of the aircraft.

Just think about the degree and intensity of pressure which was applied to the owners/managers of WCVB-TV Boston to make them force their news crews to deliberately and knowingly LIE on camera about what the station had just previously reported for several hours straight; which was applied to Martha's Vineyard airport personnel to make them lie when questioned about Kennedy's radio contact; which was applied to WCVB's owners/managers to make them have Corporate Media Services alter/falsify the tape archive of the station's July 17 broadcast.

Think about WHAT THIS MEANS about present conditions in the United States of America.

JIM KEITH--TOO HOT ON THE TRAIL?
There is another issue tangential to this which must be noted. We have perused NewsHawk's emails from early September, several days before author/researcher Jim Keith met his seemingly suspicious demise.

Keith had just written an article about the many suspicious aspects to the deaths of JFK Jr. and the Bessettes.

Keith had in fact been "tipped off" to much of the very same information on the JFK Jr./Bessette murders which NewsHawk had previously brought to light. An intermediary was in the process of connecting us DIRECTLY to Keith regarding the matter only a few days before his death so Keith could get access to what we'd already written. Other sources say he had been digging into the case and there is an indication that he had come into possession of this same hard evidence of COVER-UP as we've just described: hard evidence which has now been widely disseminated--as explained below.

GOVERNMENT ORDERED COVER-UP
With regret we must inform the American people and the people of the world that the proof shows the U.S. government has FORCED the TRUTH of the deaths of John F. Kennedy Jr. and the Bessettes to be covered up.

Multiple copies of the deliberately cut and falsified tape archive of WCVB-TV Boston's July 17 broadcast as well as the un-cut version as it ORIGINALLY AIRED have been sent a number of reliable, uncompromised investigators throughout the world for synchronized release on public access cable channels and websites, so that this IRREFUTABLE HARD EVIDENCE of a cover-up of the true facts of these deaths can and will be presented to the world.

© Copyright 1999 NewsHawk® Inc.
Rights of unaltered reproduction/distribution hereby waived
http://www.angelfire.com/wy/1000/HardEvidence.html

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

9/11: Abdul Hakim Murad, a conspirator in the 1995 Bojinka plot with Ramzi Yousef, and Dietrich Snell Not Rememberng.


[...}"Abdul Hakim Murad, a conspirator in the 1995 Bojinka plot with Ramzi Yousef, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (KSM), and others, was convicted in 1996 of his role in the Bojinka plot ...  He offers to cooperate with federal prosecutors in return for a reduction in his sentence, but prosecutors turn down his offer. Dietrich Snell, the prosecutor who convicted Murad, will say after 9/11 that he does not remember any such offer. But court papers and others familiar with the case later confirm that Murad does offer to cooperate at this time. Snell will claim he only remembers hearing that Murad had described an intention to hijack a plane and fly it into CIA headquarters. However, in 1995 Murad had confessed to Philippine investigators that this would have been only one part of a larger plot to crash a number of airplanes into prominent US buildings, including the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, a plot that KSM later will adjust and turn into the 9/11 plot ."


Profile: Dietrich Snell

Dietrich Snell participated in the following events as an activeparticipant:

Early 1998: Prosecutors Turn Down Deal That Could Reveal Bojinka Third Plot

Dietrich Snell.Dietrich Snell. [Source: Morris Mac Matzen/ Associated Press]Abdul Hakim Murad, a conspirator in the 1995 Bojinka plot with Ramzi Yousef, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (KSM), and others, was convicted in 1996 of his role in the Bojinka plot (see January 6, 1995). He is about to be sentenced for that crime. He offers to cooperate with federal prosecutors in return for a reduction in his sentence, but prosecutors turn down his offer. Dietrich Snell, the prosecutor who convicted Murad, will say after 9/11 that he does not remember any such offer. But court papers and others familiar with the case later confirm that Murad does offer to cooperate at this time. Snell will claim he only remembers hearing that Murad had described an intention to hijack a plane and fly it into CIA headquarters. However, in 1995 Murad had confessed to Philippine investigators that this would have been only one part of a larger plot to crash a number of airplanes into prominent US buildings, including the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, a plot that KSM later will adjust and turn into the 9/11 plot (see January 20, 1995) (see February-Early May1995). While Philippine investigators claim this information was passed on to US intelligence, it’s not clear just which US officials may have learned this information and what they did with it, if anything. [New York Daily News, 9/25/2001] Murad is sentenced in May 1998 and given life in prison plus 60 years. [Albany Times-Union, 9/22/2002] After 9/11, Snell will go on to become Senior Counsel and a team leader for the 9/11 Commission. Author Peter Lance later calls Snell “one of the fixers, hired early on to sanitize the Commission’s final report.” Lance says Snell ignored evidence presented to the Commission that shows direct ties between the Bojinka plot and 9/11, and in so doing covers up Snell’s own role in the failure to make more use of evidence learned from Murad and other Bojinka plotters. [FrontPage Magazine, 1/27/2005]

July 12, 2004: 9/11 Commission Staff Meet with Navy Officer Involved with Able Danger Unit

Ten days before the 9/11 Commission releases its final report, a senior member of its staff, Dietrich Snell, accompanied by another commission staff member, meets at one of the commission’s Washington, DC offices with a US Navy officer who worked with a US Army intelligence program called Able Danger, which had been tasked with assembling information about al-Qaeda networks around the world. This officer, Captain Scott Phillpott, tells them he saw an Able Danger document in 2000 that described Mohamed Atta as part of a Brooklyn al-Qaeda cell. He complains that this information about Atta, and information about other alleged members of the Brooklyn cell, was deleted from the document soon after he saw it, due to the concerns of Department of Defense lawyers. However, despite having this meeting with Phillpott, and having met previously with an Army intelligence officer who was also involved with Able Danger (see October 21, 2003), the 9/11 Commission makes no mention of the unit in their final report. The commissioners later claim that Phillpott’s information “[does] not mesh with other conclusions” they are drawing from their investigation. Consequently, the commission staff conclude “that the officer’s account [is] not sufficiently reliable to warrant revision of the report or further investigation.” Able Danger is not mentioned in their final report, they claim, because “the operation itself did not turn out to be historically significant.” [Associated Press, 8/11/2005; New York Times, 8/11/2005; Thomas H. Kean and Lee H. Hamilton, 8/12/2005 pdf file; New York Times, 8/13/2005; Washington Post, 8/13/2005; New York Times, 8/22/2005] Lt. Col. Anthony Shaffer additionally claims, “Captain Phillpott actually told the 9/11 Commission about the fact that Able Danger discovered information regarding the Cole attack. ... There was information that Able Danger found that related to al-Qaeda planning an attack. That information unfortunately didn’t get anywhere either. So that is another clue that was given to the 9/11 Commission to say, hey, this [Able Danger] capability did some stuff, and they chose not to even look at that.” [Jerry Doyle Show, 9/20/2005]

March 8, 2005: 9/11 Commission Investigator Frustrates German Efforts to Convict Motassadeq

Dietrich Snell, the 9/11 Commission’s lead investigator into the origins and role of the Hamburg cell in the 9/11 plot, testifies in the German retrial of Mounir El Motassadeq. Snell tells a panel of judges that the 9/11 Commission concluded the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell members such as Mohamed Atta did not develop the idea of the 9/11 plot on their own, but were recruited by bin Laden during a visit to Afghanistan in late 1999. He claims, “Ultimately, we did not arrive at the conclusion that there was solid evidence of any contact” between the Hamburg cell members and al-Qaeda leaders about the plot before the Hamburg group’s trip to Afghanistan. These findings contradict the prosecutor’s case against Motassadeq and also run counter to media accounts suggesting the Hamburg cell was involved in the plot before that time. According to German law, prosecutors must prove that important elements of the conspiracy took place in Germany in order to get a conviction. Snell largely fails to explain how the Commission came to that conclusion, saying the sources remain classified. [Washington Post, 3/9/2005]

Dietrich Snell participated in the following events as a passiveparticipant:

February-Early May1995: Bojinka Second Wave Fully Revealed to Philippines Investigators; Information Given to US

Colonel Rodolfo Mendoza.Colonel Rodolfo Mendoza. [Source: Australian Broadcasting Corporation]As Colonel Mendoza, the Philippines investigator, continues to interrogate Operation Bojinka plotter Abdul Hakim Murad, details of a post-Bojinka “second wave” emerge. Author Peter Lance calls this phase “a virtual blueprint of the 9/11 attacks.” Murad reveals a plan to hijack commercial airliners at some point after the effect of Bojinka dies down. Murad himself had been training in the US for this plot. He names the buildings that would be targeted for attack: CIA headquarters, the Pentagon, an unidentified nuclear power plant, the Transamerica Tower in San Francisco, the Sears Tower, and the World Trade Center. Murad continues to reveal more information about this plot until he is handed over to the FBI in April. [Lance, 2003, pp. 278-80] He identifies approximately ten other men who met him at the flight schools or were getting similar training. They came from Sudan, United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, and Pakistan. Apparently none of these pilots match the names of any of the 9/11 hijackers. However, he also gives information pointing to the al-Qaeda operative Hambali through a front company named Konsonjaya. Hambali will host an important al-Qaeda meeting attended by two of the 9/11 hijackers (see January 5-8, 2000). [Associated Press, 3/5/2002] Colonel Mendoza even makes a flow chart connecting many key al-Qaeda figures together, including bin Laden, bin Laden’s brother-in-law Mohammed Jamal Khalifa, Ramzi Yousef, and 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (see Spring 1995). Philippine authorities later claim that they provide all of this information to US authorities, but the US fails to follow up on any of it. [Lance, 2003, pp. 303-4] Sam Karmilowicz, a security official at the US embassy in Manila, Philippines during this time period, will later claim that just before Murad was deported to the US in early May, he picked up an envelope containing all that the Philippine government had learned from Murad. He then sent the envelope to a US Justice Department office in New York City. He believes Mike Garcia and Dietrich Snell, assistant US attorneys who will later prosecute Murad, almost certainly had access to this evidence (see Early 1998). [CounterPunch, 3/9/2006]

February 15, 2006: Second Congressional Hearing Held on Able Danger; Former Members Testify

A second open Congressional hearing on Able Danger is held. Deputy Secretary of Defense for Intelligence Stephen Cambone testifies that an extensive review of Able Danger under his direction failed to locate the chart with Mohamed Atta’s picture and failed to find any other pre-9/11 references to Atta. Rep. Curt Weldon (R) repeatedly spars with Cambone, and says that since 9/11, “There’s been no investigation! There’s been no analysis [of Able Danger] by the 9/11 commission or anyone else.” Three members of the Able Danger team, Eric Kleinsmith, Anthony Shaffer, and James D. Smith, testify in public. All three of them say that the 9/11 attacks might have been prevented if law-enforcement agencies had acted on the information about al-Qaeda they discovered. The three of them had been prevented from testifying in the first public hearings on Able Danger in September 2005 (see September 21, 2005). [Sacramento Bee, 2/15/2006] Capt. Scott Phillpott, the former head of Able Danger, apparently joins other former team members in closed testimony. [McClatchy News Service, 2/15/2006] The Congressional committee asked 9/11 Commission staff member Dietrich Snell to testify. But Snell’s boss, New York Attorney General Eliot Spitzer, said that Snell would not be available. Rep. Curt Weldon has said he wants to ask Snell under oath why Snell did not inform any of the 9/11 Commissioners what he had learned about Able Danger. [US Congress, 2/15/2006]

 
 
http://www.1115.org/2006/12/15/peter-lance-triple-cross/
Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

"Al Qaeda & OK City bombing New Evidence" Peter Lance, Saturday , January 17, 2007.


Al Qaeda & OK City bombing New Evidence  Saturday, January 13, 2007

Two official events occurred in recent days that have impacted my ongoing investigation into the full truth behind the 9/11 attacks. First, on December 26th, 2006,  a House Oversight Subcommittee ...  Read More...


http://www.peterlance.com/Peter%20Lance/Home/E5134C54-2F35-44CD-99B3-5C7ACCA8B3F9.html


&


"In the end, Snell reduced the reams of once classified material I gave the Commission from the Philippines National Police to a footnote in the final report. And then he pushed the plot original forward two years from Manila to Afghanistan, claiming falsely that KSM had merely “pitched” the plot to bin Laden and that, at the time he wasn’t even a member of al Qaeda."

The 1115 Interview: Triple Cross Author Peter Lance

by Matt

We have been following the work of author/investigative journalist Peter Lance since the spectacular 1000 YEARS FOR REVENGE was released in 2003. If you haven’t read it (or its follow up COVER UP), we highly recommend that you catch up. We’ve previously interviewed Lance upon the publication of 1000 YEARS FOR REVENGE here and COVER UP here.

Lance’s new book TRIPLE CROSS: How bin Laden’s Master Spy Penetrated the CIA, the Green Berets, and the FBI - and Why Patrick Fitzgerald Failed to Stop Him is out now. As we’ve come to expect from Lance, it is full of startling revelations and infuriating tales of incompetence, dereliction of duty, and willful cover-your-rear behavior by the very people charged with protecting this country. Lance has again granted us an extended interview in which he explains his methods and findings over his last five years of research.

T.C.-FINAL-COVER.jpg

Matt Cohen: One phrase often heard since 9/11 is “9/11 changed everything.” The timeline in TRIPLE CROSS starts 20 years earlier with the assassination of Egyptian president Anwar Sadat in 1981, and continues through the killing of Rabbi Meier Kahane in New York in 1990.

The subject of the book, Ali Mohamed was a member of the Egyptian Islamic Jihad group that killed Sadat, and trained the men (man) who murdered Kahane, with some of the training even showing up on FBI surveillance photographs from a shooting range in Calverton, Long Island (as early as 1989).

Was 9/11 really necessary before it became a bad idea to let Ali Mohamed into the Army - and an elite and highly secure unit, at that - and allow him to operate as a CIA agent?

Peter Lance: In order to answer that question in depth, we need to track back a bit.

TRIPLE CROSS is the last book in my 9/11 investigative trilogy. All three books have sought to answer that question: was 9/11 necessary? By focusing on the New York Office of the FBI (NYO) and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York (SDNY), the two bin Laden “offices of origin.”

Keep in mind that up until 9/11 the U.S. conducted the “war on terror” almost entirely as a series of legal prosecutions investigated by the NYO through its Joint Terrorism Task Force (JTTF) and Foreign Counterintelligence (FCI) squads and prosecuted by the Assistant U.S. Attorneys of the SDNY.

In 1000 YEARS FOR REVENGE I documented gross negligence by the NYO and JTTF in failing to stop Ramzi Yousef, the original WTC bomber who set the 1,500 pound urea-nitrate/fuel oil device in 1993. I also proved that it was Yousef who set in motion the “planes as missiles” plot in Manila in 1994 and that after his capture in 1995, the plot was merely executed by his uncle Khalid Shaikh Mohamed (KSM), the man the FBI calls the 9/11 “mastermind.”

In 1000 YEARS FOR REVENGE I pointed out multiple opportunities for the JTTF and other NYO investigators to interdict al Qaeda’s juggernaut from the murder of Kahane on Nov 5th, 1990 right up through September 11th.

It was Ali Mohamed who trained the first WTC bombing cell for Yousef. It was Ali Mohamed who trained Egyptian El Sayyid Nosair who killed Rabbi Meier Kahane in 1990. He also trained Clement Rodney Hampton El, an American Muslim who was convicted in 1995 in the “Day of Terror” plot to blow up the bridges and tunnels into Manhattan.

MC: In your two previous books you went beyond proof of gross negligence in the FBI and Justice Department and actually documented obstruction of justice. We cover negligence and obstruction every day, but most of that gets shrugged off as “politics as usual.” When it comes to the FBI/Justice Department, the goal should be to keep the country safe, yet they are just as bad as the politicians who run the show.

PL: In COVER UP – I proved that officials of the NYO and SDNY had actually buried a treasure trove of al Qaeda related evidence from Ramzi Yousef that they had obtained in 1996 from a mob informant who occupied the cell next to Yousef at the Metropolitan Correctional Center – the MCC in Lower Manhattan. Much of that intel was contained on a series of FBI #302 memos that can be accessed on my website.

They include a bomb recipe from Yousef which discusses the use of acetone peroxide as an explosive chemical. You will recall that acetone peroxide was the essential chemical that was to be used in the trans-Atlantic airliner bombing plot uncovered last August by MI-5 – a plot that both the New York Times and Los Angeles Times reported was a mirror image of Ramzi Yousef’s failed 1995 Bojinka plot. So I proved in COVER UP that ten year earlier the Feds in the FBI’s NYO and the SDNY buried key intelligence that could have alerted counter terrorism officials worldwide of such a plot a decade before.

MC: That sounds like it has chilling relevance to the terror threat climate today?

PL: Absolutely. When you have to take your shoes off before getting on an airline flight, it’s not because of Richard Reid, the so-called “shoe bomber.” It’s because in a “wet test” for the Bojinka plot aboard Philippine Airlines Flight #434 on December 11th, 1994, Yousef had smuggled the 9 volt batteries for his Casio-nitro “bomb trigger” in the heels of his shoes.

The reason there is now a restriction on carrying liquids and gels on flights is because of Yousef – the same restrictions were used for months in Asia in 1995 when his Bojinka plot to blow up a dozen airliners over the Pacific was first exposed.

Most of this (absent the August plot) was reported in COVER UP, published in 2004.

MC: But you still had a number of unanswered questions.

PL: That’s right. And the 9/11 Commission – before which I testified – told only a fragment of the full story – focusing on the years 1998 forward. In fact, a former SDNY prosecutor named Dietrich Snell, — who had prosecuted Yousef for Bojinka in 1996 — became the senior counsel to the Commission in charge of determining the “origin of the plot.”

This was the single most important determination the Commission could make because, if you can’t pinpoint when the “planes as missiles” plot began, you can’t fairly hold U.S. counterterrorism officials accountable for failing to prevent it.

Snell had prosecuted Yousef in the case where that 1996 treasure trove of intelligence was buried. So he was a walking conflict of interest. It was Snell, indeed, who took my “testimony” on March 15th, 2004 in a windowless conference room at 26 Federal Plaza – the HQ of the FBI’s NYO where the Commission had offices.

In the end, Snell reduced the reams of once classified material I gave the Commission from the Philippines National Police to a footnote in the final report. And then he pushed the plot original forward two years from Manila to Afghanistan, claiming falsely that KSM had merely “pitched” the plot to bin Laden and that, at the time he wasn’t even a member of al Qaeda.

What was Snell’s authority in the 9/11 Commission Report – the last official report on the biggest mass murder in U.S. history? Khalid Shaikh Mohammed himself – his word alone – after having been tortured and water boarded following his capture in March 2003. To me this was like taking the word of David Berkowitz for when he did the first Son of Sam Murder. KSM was UTTERLY unreliable as a witness and yet Snell fixed the plot origin allegedly based on KSM’s word.

MC: Why would he do that?

PL: I believe to remove KSM’s nephew Ramzi from the plot and thus relieve the two “offices of origin” from culpability for not stopping 9/11. Because, as I prove definitively in 1000 YEARS FOR REVENGE, the JTTF could have stopped Yousef in 1992 – when George H.W. Bush was in the White House. And if they had – they would have stopped 9/11 because Yousef was the criminal genius behind its origin –

An outside the box thinker and engineer trained in Wales who went from building WMDs to be transported to a target by truck like the original WTC device, to these ingenious little “bomb triggers” which, when planted above the fuel tank of a 747, would blow down, acting as “blasting caps” to turn the entire aircraft itself into a bomb.

That was the intent of Bojinka. But for an Act of God – a fire in Yousef’s Manila bomb factory – he might have pulled it off in 1995.

MC: But why would responsible FBI and DOJ officials bury evidence of Yousef’s connection to the 9/11 plot or this 1996 “treasure trove?”

PL: The answers are in COVER UP. But I needed further proof to connect the dots and that’s why I woke up one day and realized that Ali Mohamed was the real key.

Mohamed, an ex-Egyptian Army Major and commando who spoke four languages including Hebrew and had two psychology degrees, was the chosen spy of Dr. Ayman al-Zawahiri (head of the Egyptian Islamic Jihad EIJ) as early as 1984. Mohamed penetrated the CIA in Hamburg in 1994, then al-Zawahiri vectored in toward the U.S.

By 1989 after the EIJ had merged into al Qaeda, Ali Mohamed who had enlisted in the U.S. Army and gotten himself stationed at the JFK Special Warfare Center (SWC) at Fort Bragg – was stealing top secret documents and coming up weekends to New York where he trained – as noted: El Sayyid Nosair who murdered Kahane, Mohammed Salameh and Mahmoud Abouhalima, later convicted in Yousef’s WTC bombing and Clement Rodney Hampton El, a U.S. Muslim later convicted by Patrick Fitzgerald and Andrew C. McCarthy in the 1995 “Day of Terror” case.

MC: So you’re saying that Ali Mohamed by the mid 90’s was on Patrick Fitzgerald’s radar?

PL: Mohamed had been named as an unindicted co-conspirator along with bin Laden, his brother in law Mohammed Jamal Khalifa and 168 others and yet, I was astonished to discover that Ali Mohamed has been working as an FBI informant from 1992 – snookering the two “offices of origin” the way he’s snookered the Green Berets.

After taking a long time to answer your question – the reason, I concluded that the Feds allowed him to operate with such impunity – is that they first thought they could turn him and later, they were terrified that his years of eating the FBI’s lunch would come out if he ever got on the stand so they stuck their fingers in the leaking dike and hoped that it would hold. But it didn’t – and the African Embassy bombings, which Mohamed had personally planned and helped to execute, were the immediate result.

MC: In your reporting, did you come across any theories as to what the government is doing with Mohamed now?

PL: After the Embassy bombings in early August 1998, the Feds took a month to arrest Mohamed. They then held him for 9 months in the MCC on a John Doe warrant, terrified that word of his years of duplicity would get out. They negotiated with him and his lawyers for almost 2 years and finally cut a plea deal in October 2000 which spared him the death penalty.

But as best as I could determine all they got in return was his silence. He’s never seen the light of day in a courtroom – even though under the exception to the Rule Against Hearsay for co-conspirator testimony he would have been the best possible witness for Patrick Fitzgerald to put on the stand in February, 2001 when he commenced U.S. vs. bin Laden, the African Embassy bombing case.

In fact, Ali was never called to testify because as defense lawyers told me, the Feds didn’t want defense counsel peeling back the layers and showing how from the 1984 CIA penetration to the 2 years at Fort Bragg and the six years from 1992 that Ali was interacting with the FBI and federal prosecutors, nobody seemed to realize that he was al Qaeda’s perfect spy – this…

· Despite the fact that as early as 1993 he’d confessed to his west coast control Agent John Zent that he was working for somebody named bin Laden and an organization called al Qaeda that was bent on overthrowing the Saudi Government

· Despite the fact that Andrew McCarthy met face to face with Ali in December 1994 around the time he’d named him as an unindicted co-conspirator in the Day of Terror case and Ali had told him that he was merely running a scuba diving business in Kenya.

· Despite the fact that from 1996 on Squad I-49, the bin Laden Squad in the NYO had a wiretap on the Nairobi phone of Wadih El-Hage, one of the primary bombing plotters, whom Ali was staying with in Kenya.

· Despite the fact that in August 1997, Dan Coleman, a key special agent in I-49, which Patrick Fitzgerald was directing, searched El-Hage’s house and found Ali Mohamed’s phone number and address in Sacramento, California where he was living.

· Despite the fact that in October, 1997 Fitzgerald and two I-49 agents including Jack Cloonan met Ali at a restaurant in Sacramento and tried, in vain, to turn him. At that meeting Ali said that he “loved” bin Laden and that he didn’t need a fatwa or religious degree to attack the U.S. (his adopted country). He also said that he had multiple sleepers that he could make operational on a moment’s notice and that he himself could disappear.

· Despite the fact that after that meeting Fitzgerald turned to Cloonan and declared Ali the most dangerous man he had ever met and vowed not to leave him “on the street.” And yet he did for another 10 months only to have the bombs go off in Kenya and Tanzania – a plot that was more Ali Mohamed’s than any other single al Qaeda operative.

MC: What did the Feds get in return for cutting this deal with Mohamed?

PL: Basically, they got Ali Mohamed’s silence. In return for that Ali Mohamed exists today in a form of custodial witness protection. He has never been sentenced for his crimes and the Judge at his plea hearing in 2000 even raised the possibility that he would someday be released.

MC: Why did he get this special treatment?

PL: Because as I wrote in TRIPLE CROSS in the poker game between the hunters and the hunted Ali held all the face cards.

As soon as they locked him up he knew that he was in the cat bird’s seat because the Feds would rather not bring him to justice than be embarrassed at how he’d eaten their lunches for years.

MC: But as you suggest that decision had catastrophic consequences

PL: Clearly. First because if Ali’s 14 year terror spree had been fully exposed in early 2001 that intelligence on al Qaeda’s bench strength, taken together with all of the other intel that was bombarding U.S. agencies in the spring and summer of 2001 might have alerted the Feds to the 9/11 plot –

Second because Ali himself knew every detail of the plot and the Feds, in giving him a pass, failed to get it out of him.

Worse – I prove in the book in the case of Sphinx Trading that Fitzgerald and McCarthy were onto a mailbox store in Jersey City (where El Sayyid Nosair – the Kahane killer had a mailbox)
as early as 1990.

MC: You write about Sphinx Trading as a sort of epicenter of terror. Yet either no one put the pieces together, or didn’t want to.

PL: Fitzgerald and McCarthy had named Waleed al-Noor, the store’s co-incorporator to that same unindicted co conspirators list that Ali and bin Laden were on in 1994/1995.

Where do you think two of the 9/11 muscle hijackers (al-Midhar and al-Hazmi) got their fake ID’s in July of 2001? Sphinx Trading.

As I detailed on the Huffington Post on November 17th, all the Feds had to do was treat Sphinx the way they’d treated John Gotti’s Ravenite Social Club on Mulberry Street and they would have been right in the middle of the “planes as missiles” plot.

MC: At what point in your research of this book did you uncover Fitzgerald’s links to Mohamed?

PL: As I noted in the story of Sphinx, Fitzgerald and McCarthy were onto Ali as early as 1994.

In January, 1996, Fitzgerald began directing I-49 in the NYO as a dedicated “bin Laden Squad”. Lawrence Wright in THE LOOMING TOWER covers some of this ground, but he does zero critical analysis of these FBI agents. He just takes their word at face value.

What I’ve done is analyzed their stories against a massive database that I’ve been building for five years that includes dozens of books, more than 10,000 open source news articles, more than 45,000 pages of trial transcripts and dozens of interviews with sources inside and retired from the FBI and the DOJ.

One of my most stunning findings – and there’s a seven page Affirmation sworn to by Fitzgerald and dated June 25th, 1999 – it’s an appendix in TRIPLE CROSS. In it he tried to explain why he buried that treasure trove of intel from Ramzi Yousef in 1996 – including proof of an active al Qaeda cell in NYC – by calling it a “hoax” and a “scam.”

Well I found the wiseguy, John Napoli whom Fitzgerald cites as the primary source for that “hoax” and “scam” story and he categorically denied it.

There are some people who might consider Fitzgerald’s suppression of that evidence as obstruction of justice. The problem is that it would take a federal prosecutor from the Justice Department to make that determination.

Do you see how the dog starts to chase his tail here?

MC: To people who don’t follow such things very closely, Fitzgerald’s media coverage during the Plame investigation seemed to come out of nowhere. But it was always the same people vouching for his integrity and tenacity that drove the narrative. Shouldn’t something as big as his cover up of Mohamed have come out when Fitzgerald was in the headlines every day?

PL: I was able to make these connections after five years of seven day weeks and fourteen hour days. I also had not only the capability – with a J.D. and classical training as an investigative reporter with ABC News – but I had the will –

I kept the mass card of Ronnie Bucca on the wall next to my desk each day as I worked. He was the incredibly heroic FDNY Fire Marshal whose story I told in 1000 YEARS FOR REVENGE. Not only had he been predicting for years that al Qaeda and Yousef’s people would return to hit “The Towers,” but on 9/11 he died on the 78th floor of the South Tower trying to save lives and beat back the flames.

I invite any of your readers to sample the detail that I put into this epic story. They can download a pdf of the 32 page color, illustrated time line in the middle of the book by going to peterlance.com. They can also sample some of the heretofore classified DOJ documents in the book and download pdf’s of some of the FBI 302’s.

Anyone that takes half an hour to read that time line will tell you that a daily deadline reporter – even one with the will – could never have uncovered the story of Fitzgerald’s negligence and intent in the midst of the CIA leak coverage.

MC: In 1000 Years, and Cover Up you exposed a multitude of mistakes and acts of willful subterfuge on the part of FBI/CIA agents and prosecutors, but with the exception of Special Agent in Charge Carson Dunbar’s disastrous intervention into the case of informant Emad Salem, Triple Cross is the first time you’ve really written about anyone in positions of real power.

Deputy Attorney General Jamie Gorelick, who has been under attack since 9/11 for her infamous “wall memo” on investigations vs. intelligence gathering, comes under your microscope, but not for the reasons she has up to now. Others in the Southern District of New York U.S. Attorney’s office are called into question as well. Isn’t it the job of supervisors and management to analyze the work product of their organizations and look for the kinds of conflict and incompetence you have illustrated in three successive books?

PL: Sure it’s their job – but even the best managers, as I found – began covering up the incompetence and negligence years earlier. Sen. Chuck Grassley at a Judiciary Committee hearing in September, 2005 called it “the oldest excuse inside the Beltway – CYA.”

What I’ve documented in my three books isn’t some big “Oliver Stone conspiracy.” It’s the repeated failure of the best and the brightest in the FBI and the DOJ to do their jobs and then, when confronted with the consequences of the negligence – like the attacks on the WTC, the Embassies and the U.S.S. Cole – to prevent the American public from getting a true picture of just how at risk they really are from al Qaeda.

MC: You tie the Pentagon’s data-mining project “Able Danger” into the larger cover-up. When the story of Able Danger first broke in 2005, it was typically a very polarizing subject, due in no small part to its source, Pennsylvania Congressman Curt Weldon. But even discounting Weldon’s role, Army Lt Colonel Anthony Shaffer seems to be a very credible witness who has certainly suffered some serious retribution for his public statements. Not much remains of Able Danger’s findings, but you include a link chart in Triple Cross that seems to prove they were onto something. How does Able Danger fit in with the rest of your reporting?

PL: Able Danger was a data mining operation commenced in December, 1999 on the orders of Gen. Hugh Shelton, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs and Gen. Pete Schoomaker, head of the Special Operations Command (SOCOM).

More than a year after the Embassy bombings, they realized that the U.S. military would eventually have “boots on the ground” against al Qaeda, so they commenced a massive “dating mining” operation. Here’s an excerpt from TRIPLE CROSS to give you an idea of how it worked citing an extensive interview I did with Col. Shaffer, whom I consider impeccably honest.

“The operation’s data-mining center was located at the Land Information Warfare Activity (LIWA) at Fort Belvoir, Virginia. Known as ‘spook central,’ Fort Belvoir housed the Information Dominance Center—a building full of army intelligence “geeks,” whose bullpen area was designed to look like the bridge of the Starship Enterprise from Star Trek.

“The lead LIWA analyst running the data mine was Dr. Eileen Priesser, a double Ph.D. The operations officer was a decorated U.S. Navy captain named Scott Phillpott. Army Major Eric Kleinsmith was LIWA’s intelligence chief. J.D. Smith and Jacob L. Boesen, working as a contract analysts from Orion Scientific, designed many of the link charts in which the “deep data points” connecting the key al Qaeda players were represented graphically.

“’You would ask them, for example, to look at Khalid Shaikh Mohammed,’ says Shaffer, ‘and these search engines would scour the internet 24/7 looking at any number of open-source databases, from credit reporting agencies to court records and news stories to Lloyd’s of London insurance records. You name it. Once a known associate of KSM was found, they would go through the same process for that individual.’

“One IDC analyst I spoke to described it as ‘Six Degrees of Kevin Bacon on steroids.”

“Told to ‘Start with the words ‘Al Qaeda’ and go,’ the LIWA data crunchers began an initial harvest in December 1999. The data grew fast and exponentially, and before long it amounted to two terabytes—equal to about 9 percent of the books in the Library of Congress. “It was a mile wide and an inch deep,” says Kleinsmith. “Naturally only a small percentage of the data related to terrorism,” says Tony, ‘So we would have to neck it down —cull it — until we had some substantive hits.’

Within months, Operation Able Danger had uncovered some astonishing intelligence.

“’We found active an al Qaeda cell in the U.S linked to radical Sheikh Omar Abdel Rahman,’” says Shaffer, now a lieutenant colonel. ‘That was most frightening—that as late as early 2000 we detected that kind of al Qaeda presence here.’

“Examining Sheikh Rahman’s Brooklyn cell—which operated out of Ali Mohamed’s old stomping grounds, the al Farooq mosque—the LIWA analysts made another alarming discovery.

“We identified lead 9/11 hijacker Mohammed Atta, Marwan al-Shehhi, who flew UA 175 into the South Tower of the Trade Center, and two of the muscle hijackers aboard AA 77, which hit the Pentagon,’ says Shaffer. That linkage was made months before any of the other Big Five intelligence agencies would trip to their presence.

Coming as it did in early 2000, the identification of Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi was a crucial find for the SOCOM operation.

“Of all the 9/11 hijackers, these two Saudis had the longest records of al Qaeda involvement, and beginning in January 2000, they soon became the most visible of the 19 operatives. In fact, the two failed pilots appeared on the radar of the NSA, the CIA, and the FBI so many times in the eighteen months before 9/11 that the U.S. intelligence community had multiple opportunities to thwart the plot.

“Al-Midhar and Al-Hazmi were the poster boys who came to symbolize the “stove piping” between U.S. agencies in their failure to share intelligence before 9/11.

“Until now, most of the blame for failure to track the two Saudis has been leveled at the Central Intelligence Agency. As recently as August 2006, in his 9/11 book THE LOOMING TOWER, New Yorker writer Lawrence Wright charged that the CIA’s hoarding of intelligence on al Midhar, al Hazmi, and another key al Qaeda operative ‘may, in effect, have allowed the September 11 plot to proceed.’

“But even if the FBI had received no help from any other agency, we’ve uncovered compelling evidence that the agents of Squad I-49 should have tripped to the presence of the two hijackers in the U.S. months before they flew AA Flight 77 into the Pentagon.

Atta himself came into the U.S. on or about June 3rd, 2000, and we know that the Able Danger unit swept INS lists – so it is entirely conceivable that they I.D.’d him as Shaffer and Phillpott claimed they did. In fact, Atta rented a room in Brooklyn using his own name. He wasn’t as highly visible as al Midhar and al Hazmi were in San Diego, but his presence could have easily been detected given the kind of sweep Able Danger was doing.

MC: With the reports over the last few years of the government listening to domestic calls without even easily obtainable (and retroactive) warrants, tracing money via the SWIFT bank transfer system in contravention of the laws in Europe, and other quasi-legal intelligence gathering methods, do you have any doubt that a program identical to Able Danger is up and running? And if so, how do you balance privacy with the government’s need to know? Wouldn’t a good example of the conundrum a situation like the FBI going after the Times reporters who broke the domestic spying story or even Judy Miller’s time in prison for defying Fitzgerald?

PL: In my opinion there is a huge difference between doing data mining sweeps of open source data, as was done by Able Danger and then honing down the links related to known terrorists – such as declared members of al Qaeda and spying on U.S. citizens via wiretaps – or chilling reporters with subpoenas – both of which undermine the constitutional underpinnings of this nation.

Here’s the difference: there is no harm in the detection of raw intelligence with a potential connection to terrorism, especially if the intel is collected from open source data bases where an individual would have no reasonable expectation of privacy.

The harm is in the long term storage of data on what are known as U.S. persons – a term defined by Executive Order 12333, an intelligence directive signed in 1981 by President Ronald Reagan after the Senate and House hearings into CIA domestic spying abuses in the late 1970s.

“The EO,” as it’s known, was designed to prevent the Pentagon from storing data indefinitely on “U.S. persons,” a term defined to include American citizens, U.S. corporations; even permanent resident aliens.

That kind of storage can produce Gestapo-like files on American citizens, and legal aliens and that is something I would fight tooth and nail against.

But making connections on known terrorists using open source data is not only legal but necessary to thwart the al Qaeda threat. And, in fact, there are two enormous exceptions in EO 12333 for data collected from open sources and terrorism related intelligence.

What we have to fear – and I think Patrick Fitzgerald’s conduct in the CIA leak case represents this problem at its extreme – is the Government interfering with the press in pursuit of an investigation.

The fact that Fitzgerald put Judith Miller away for 85 days is shocking – no matter how you might feel about her flawed reporting on Iraqi intel in the lead up to war. She’s still a reporter and needs to be able to protect her confidential sources.

Clearly we need a federal shield law that protects not only daily deadline print and electronic media journalists, but historians and writers like me who report on the internet and in book form on matters of public interest.

MC: What is your opinion of Fitzgerald’s conduct of the CIA leak case?

PL: Consider this excerpt from TRIPLE CROSS on my sense of how Fitzgerald has already chilled the New York Times, arguably the greatest paper in America:

The determination of whether or not the Bush White House used its media influence to spank a critic who accused the administration of cooking the intelligence books in the lead-up to the war, and put a CIA employee (of any status) at risk, is a question worthy of investigation. If Patrick Fitzgerald botched it through negligence or intent, he ought to be held accountable. There seems to be bipartisan dissatisfaction about the way he’s run the leak probe.
But until he issues other indictments, or backs out of the Libby case and shuts down the grand jury, he deserves the benefit of the doubt on whether his investigation will ever yield the full truth on the Plame-Wilson outing.

Having said that, one thing is very clear: whether he’s uncovered a convictable crime in the leak, Fitzgerald has chilled the press, and that may well be his most damaging legacy.
As recently as September 18, writing in the New York Observer, Michael Calderone noted that a number of New York Times reporters have had to adopt the techniques of drug dealers—literally resorting to disposable cell phones and erasable notes in their efforts to avoid subpoenas and “shake” the Feds.

In a 2006 memo, Times executive editor Bill Keller reportedly cited “the persistent legal perils that confront us.” On September 18, 2006 Keller found himself on the cover of New York magazine in a story headlined “Times Under Siege.” It detailed a December 2005 meeting at the White House in which Keller was confronted by the president, former counsel Harriet Miers, National Security Advisor Stephen Hadley, and former National Security Agency director (now CIA director) Michael Hayden. For a year, the Times had delayed publication of a story that the NSA had been monitoring the phone calls of U.S. citizens without court authorized warrants.

The December meeting in the Oval Office signaled a showdown over the possible publication of the piece. At one point in the meeting, according to reporter Joe Hagen, “Bush issued an emphatic warning: If [the Times] revealed the secret program to the public and there was another terrorist attack on American soil, the Paper of Record would be implicated. ‘The basic message,’ recalls Keller, ‘was ‘You’ll have blood on your hands.’’”

Eleven days after that meeting on December 16, the Times ran a story at the top left of its front page headlined “Bush Lets U.S. Spy on Callers Without Courts.” It was written by reporters James Risen, who had done such seminal work on Ali Mohamed, and Eric Lichtblau, who was among the first reporters to reveal the failure of the Trilogy project at the FBI. That first piece, and their ongoing coverage of the NSA wiretap story, earned Risen and Litchblau the 2006 Pulitzer Prize for National Reporting. It also locked the “Grey Lady,” as the Times is known, in a war with the White House that only escalated after the publication on June 23, 2006, of another piece by Lichtblau and Risen (with reporter Barclay Walsh) revealing a secret Bush administration program to examine the bank records of thousands of Americans.
The White House campaign against the Times has led to a grand jury probe of the NSA wiretap leak, and calls by conservative columnists to charge Keller and other Times editors under the Espionage Act.

“The main worry these days is not libel, proving that you actually quoted something accurately,” said Craig Witney, the standard’s editor for the Times, “It’s being subpoenaed.”
Indeed, on August 12, 2006, in researching the Able Danger issue for this book, I placed a call to New York Times reporter Phil Shenon, who (with Douglas Jehl) was among the first to break the data-mining story a year earlier. There was a Fitzgerald-related angle that I wanted to pursue.

Shannon’s response? “Peter, I’m sorry but I can’t discuss anything that might even remotely involve [Patrick] Fitzgerald. He’s subpoenaed my records.”
Last month, in another case involving former Times reporter Judith Miller, a New York appeals court ruled that Fitzgerald could seize her phone records, as well as Shenon’s, in connection with their reporting on Islamic charities.

As an author, I can only wonder whether hypersensitivity to Fitzgerald’s tactics will cause the New York Times or other major media outlets to avoid coverage of the findings in this book. Time will tell.

MC: When the British government broke up a terror cell last summer based on the “bojinka” plot (smuggling liquid explosives and crude digital watch timers onto airlines) originally conceived by Ramzi Yousef in 1994 and live-tested on Philippines Air Lines flight in December of that year, what did it say about our security that government officials expressed surprise and the TSA immediately banned liquids on planes despite the method being 12 years old?

PL: The trans-Atlantic airliner plot was a mirror image of Ramzi Yousef’s Bojinka plot. The primary explosive was to have been manufactured using acetone peroxide. Go to peterlance.com and click #302s and scroll to the bottom of the right hand column to a note from Yousef to Scarpa Jr. in 1996 entitled “How to Smuggle Explosives Into An Airplane.” He cites the use of acetone peroxide.

This was part of the treasure trove of intel from Yousef buried by Patrick Fitzgerald and other Feds in that ends/means decision to save those six mob cases in 1996. Ask yourself which is the greatest worry: that al Qaeda would seek to resurrect a failed plot or that it took MI-5 to detect it because our own FBI and Justice Department are in denial over the Bojinka Yousef-Scarpa Jr. intel.

MC: Also in the area of things I learned first from reading your books is the case of Lindley DeVecchio, the former FBI agent who has figured prominently in your books as corrupt, even providing names and locations to one of his agents knowing that the information would lead to murder. How satisfying was it to have your work lead in part to DeVecchio’s arrest on murder charges? What do you know about the status of that case given the conflict of interest inherent if the Justice Department takes over the prosecution?

PL: “Allegedly corrupt,” since he has not yet been tried on those murder charges stemming – in some part from my research in COVER UP. It is satisfying to me as a journalist to know that I’m capable of uncovering truths, long buried and that there are some government officials that will respond to the truth. But it’s sad that it took the Brooklyn D.A. to open this investigation vs. the Feds themselves. It’s another measure of how the FBI and DOJ routinely circles the wagons in defense of their errors vs. admitting them and attempting to change the system.

MC: After writing about cover-ups, what was it like to become the victim of one when Justice Department officials convinced the National Geographic Channel to withhold interview transcripts that they were contractually obligated to share with you?

PL: In answer to that question I would like to refer your readers to the Huffington Post that I did on the subject.

In effect, the National Geographic Channel acquiesced to a hijacking of my research, but worse, they whitewashed virtually all of my critical findings about how the FBI failed to stop Ali Mohamed. They told half the story – only the fascinating Ali Mohamed part, not the second and most important part of the story about how Patrick Fitzgerald and some key Feds in Squad I-49 failed to stop Ali Mohamed. One of those Feds was Jack Cloonan, who the National Geographic Channel and the producer Towers Productions effective used to replace me as the narrative voice of a documentary they had contracted with me (via Towers Productions Inc.) to be based ENTIRELY on my enterprise reporting.

Fortunately I’ve got the COMPLETE story in TRIPLE CROSS available online and at bookstores everywhere.

MC: In the preface of Triple Cross, you explain that is was your son’s (then in high school) proximity to the World Trade Center and the loss of FDNY marshal Ronnie Bucca on 9/11 that pulled you back into investigative journalism to explore how that day came to pass. How have the last five years affected your outlook, do you feel that this time was well spent, and what would you do differently if you had the chance?

PL: I don’t have a single regret. I feel privileged to be able to use the skills I’ve developed over 30+ years as an investigative reporter to cover the most important story of our era and to cover it in the kind of depth any daily deadline reporter can only dream of.

My hope is that people will find TRIPLE CROSS and then go back and access my first two books (1000 YEARS FOR REVENGE and COVER UP) books, that I hope won’t only educate them to the al Qaeda threat but make them smart about how utterly the FBI and Justice Department played catch up all of those years – from the defeat of the Soviets in Afghanistan in February, 1989 up through 9/11 and beyond.

The only change will come when the public is sufficiently informed, then angered and finally motivated to act. The first step is getting the intelligence to the people and TRIPLE CROSS does that – naming names and focusing the laser beam of accountability like no other book relating to the greatest mass murder in U.S. history – the ultimate “cold case,” 9/11.

http://www.1115.org/2006/12/15/peter-lance-triple-cross/

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/peter-lance/al-qaeda-and-the-mob-how_b_34336.html__________________________________________________________________________

Another Side of Pat Fitzgerald
TRIPLE CROSS: Chapter 21: In early 1996, almost three years after the WTC bombing, the Clinton administration began to focus its response to the “jihad army” whose members had been convicted the... previous October. In the middle of the Day of Terror trial, the president had signed Presidential Decision Directive 39, a secret order designed to “deter, defeat and respond vigorously to all terrorist attacks.” The PDD tasked the CIA to take “an aggressive program of foreign intelligence collection, analysis, counterintelligence and covert action”—authorizing the  “return of suspects by force, without the cooperation of host government(s)” if necessary. The FBI was charged as lead U.S. agency to reduce the nation’s security vulnerabilities.
    Though the unclassified version of the PDD is heavily redacted, it’s clear that Osama bin Laden soon became a principal target.
    Before January was over, the CIA had created “Alec Station,” the first “virtual” office that focused on a specific individual (as opposed to a country). Formally known as “the bin Laden issue station,” it was initially staffed by sixteen analysts and located in an office park a few miles from the headquarters at Langley. It was run by Michael Scheuer, by then a fourteen-year veteran of the Agency. Scheuer named the station “Alec” after his son. The FBI representative from the NYO at the station was Dan Coleman, who soon developed such an expertise on al Qaeda he was nicknamed “the professor. In order to work the station, Coleman had to submit to a polygraph and get a series of new clearances that would allow him to gain access to the CIA’s Hercules database system.
    At the same time, the two bin Laden “offices of origin” in New York, the SDNY and the FBI’s NYO, dedicated an existing unit, “Squad I-49,” to building a case against the Saudi billionaire. Coleman became a key component, along with Special Agent Jack Cloonan. Patrick Fitzgerald, the AUSA who was the “second seat” to Andrew McCarthy in the Day of Terror trial, had since become chief of the Organized Crime-Terrorism Unit in the SDNY. He was effectively tasked to direct the squad as lead prosecutor.
    It would be a career-making position for Fitzgerald, the Harvard-educated son of Irish immigrants. In years to come he would emerge as the DOJ’s leading bin Laden authority, described in a February 2006 Vanity Fair profile as a man with “scary smart intelligence,” an “uncanny memory,” and “a mainframe computer brain.” As lead prosecutor in United States v. bin Laden, the African Embassy bombing case in 2001, Fitzgerald would be rewarded for his conviction of the Saudi billionaire in absentia with an appointment as U.S. attorney for the Northern District of Illinois—becoming the top Fed in Chicago, a city infamous for political corruption. With a staff of 161 AUSAs, Fitzgerald, whose close friends called him “Fitzie,” would oversee Operation Safe Road, a public corruption case that would result in the conviction of seventy-three defendants, including thirty public employees and officials.
    If that wasn’t enough to keep him busy, by December 2003 Fitzgerald would be tapped by George W. Bush’s Justice Department as special prosecutor in the Valerie Plame CIA leak investigation. It would be his job, in essence, to determine whether presidential aide Karl Rove, one of the most powerful men in Washington, had leaked the name of former CIA covert operative Valerie Plame in an effort to punish her husband, for writing an op-ed page piece critical of the Bush White House for using false intelligence to justify the invasion of Iraq.
TRACKING FITZGERALD’S AWARENESS OF AL QAEDA
In any serious investigation of how the FBI and DOJ failed to detect Ali Mohamed as an al Qaeda spy before the Embassy bombings he helped to execute, an examination of Fitzgerald’s awareness of bin Laden’s trajectory is crucial.
    Both Coleman and Fitzgerald declined to be interviewed for this book, but Fitzgerald granted an extensive interview in 2005 for the National Geographic Channel’s four-hour documentary Inside 9/11. I obtained a copy of the interview transcript, in which Fitzgerald discussed his first awakening to al Qaeda and its terror chief:
    “I didn’t know the word Al Qaeda when we were prosecuting people in ’93, ’94, and ’95,” Fitzgerald said. “And then this elusive figure came to the attention of the American government called Osama bin Laden. And I remember early in 1996 we were all trying to figure out, was Osama bin Laden as bad as people were saying in the national security community? Because he seemed to be coming up everywhere. He was like Elvis. Every time you read about a terrorist group in a different country carrying out violent action, you heard the name Osama bin Laden and you wondered whether it was just sort of a fictional person. Was he a wealthy benefactor of people who were fighting oppression in different countries, [or] did bin Laden know precisely what these people were doing?”
    Desperate to answer those questions, Fitzgerald’s bin Laden squad began operating on “two parallel tracks,” according to Cloonan. “One [track] was intelligence driven to support the activity that Alec Station was doing . . .  which would include disruptions, and in some instances, renditions and working with a number of services overseas. The other [track] was on the criminal side.”

    That structure indicates that little more than ten months after the issuance of Jamie Gorelick’s “wall memo,” Fitzgerald and company were apparently disregarding her mandate that criminal investigation should be segregated from intelligence threat prevention. Squad I-49 in the FBI’s NYO was actively working both jobs. That reality becomes important as we look at Fitzgerald’s performance. Why? Because years later, when investigators began trying to suss out what went wrong, Fitzgerald would pointedly blame “the wall” for the apparent inability of the SDNY and the FBI to prevent the 9/11 attacks.
    Despite Fitzgerald’s 2005 assertion that he “didn’t know the word al Qaeda” in 1995, Special Agent John Zent had conducted that interview with Ali Mohamed in 1993, two years before that, in which the spy confessed that “Bin Laden ran an organization called al Qaeda and was building an army which may be used to overthrow the Saudi Government.” How do we know that? It was documented in a sworn 1998 affidavit written by Special Agent Dan Coleman, one of Fitzgerald’s key operatives.
    Even Jack Cloonan admitted to me that “Ali Mohamed was a well-known entity by 1996 because of his involvement with some of the people in the first Trade Center case. He was an unindicted co-conspirator.”

    “The Osama bin Laden case opened up in 1996,” he says, “And, out of that case, there were a number of sub files that were created.” One of them was on Ali Mohamed. “This was a classified case, and then the focus of the case changed because [Attorney General] Janet Reno and the U.S. attorney at the time, Mary Jo White, said that the Bureau and the Southern District—on the advice of Justice—were going to build a prosecutable case against bin Laden.” Cloonan says that he first became aware of Ali Mohamed
himself when he began working on the squad in January.

THE CASE AGAINST BIN LADEN
     One would think that the quickest way for Fitzgerald, Cloonan, and Coleman to get up to speed on bin Laden would have been to summon their informant Ali Mohamed to another face-to-face meeting. but as we’ll see, Mohamed had his hands full at that time in Khartoum. The Clinton White House was now putting extreme pressure on the Sudanese government, led by Sheikh Hassan al Turabi, to extradite the al Qaeda chief.


          In February, Sudan’s defense minister, General Elfatih Erwa, secretly visited the U.S. to propose a trade: Osama bin Laden’s extradition to Saudi Arabia to stand trial in return for an easing of U.S. economic sanctions against Khartoum.

    Since bin Laden is the scion of one of the most powerful families in the country, the House of Saud was unwilling to have its potential ties to al Qaeda’s leader exposed—especially bin Laden’s early relationship with the corrupt Bank of Credit and Commercial International (BCCI), which had links to many members of the Saudi royal family. The Egyptian government of Hosni Mubarak balked as well. The prospect of a trial in Cairo, which might involve Egyptians al-Zawahiri and Atef as co-conspirators, was not in the cards—at least not that early. So the Sudanese turned to the U.S.

    Once again, the Justice Department dropped the ball. In another profound misstep  that paved the way for the 9/11 attacks, the White House contacted the FBI’s JTTF and the SDNY to see if they had enough evidence on bin Laden to convict him. But they said “no.”
    The moment was lost.    
CLINTON SAYS BIN LADEN NON-INDICTABLE IN 1996
           In a speech delivered two months after 9/11, President Clinton reiterated that same Justice Department opinion on bin Laden. “We couldn’t indict him then because he hadn’t killed anybody in America,” the former president said. “He hadn’t done anything to us.”

    In fact, he had. Rabbi Meier Kahane was the first victim, and there were six more on February 26, 1993, when Yousef’s bomb went off below the North Tower of the World Trade Center. Bin Laden’s links to those deaths could have been proven easily by examining his direct ties to El Sayyid Nosair and Sheikh Omar Abdel Rahman.  Bin Laden had fronted twenty thousand dollars for El Sayyid’s defense, and had financed the blind Sheikh’s living expenses. Further, prior to his extradition in 1995, the address book of Mohamed Jamal Khalifa had numbers tying bin Laden to Wali Khan and Ramzi Yousef, who were now sitting a few cells apart on the 9 South tier of the MCC in lower Manhattan.
    The Philippines National Police had furnished the SDNY Feds with documentary evidence linking bin Laden to Yousef’s Manila cell via Khalifa. Even after Jamie Gorelick’s support for his extradition, the Justice Department could have mounted a potent conspiracy case with the connective tissue provided by the indictment of the one man who was tied to all seven murders (Kahane and the WTC six), the FBI informant that Jack Cloonan was now supposed to make book on: Ali Abdel Saoud Mohamed.

    Andrew McCarthy, Fitzgerald’s partner, had enough on Ali Mohamed to name him as an “unindicted co-conspirator” in the Day of Terror case. Mohamed was so close to bin Laden that he’d trained his personal bodyguard in Khartoum. But McCarthy and Fitzgerald had kept him out of the Day of Terror trial.

Now as Fitzgerald, Cloonan, and Coleman sought to build a criminal case against bin Laden, no
 
agent would have been more valuable to them than the former Egyptian army officer who had become a
 
U.S. citizen in 1989....

 
But, as we’ll see, Fitzgerald would allow Ali Mohamed to remain free for more than two and a half
 
years --- even after he’d met him face to face in October, 1997 and Mohamed had declared that

he “loved” bin Laden and didn’t need a fatwa to attack America.

 
Fitzgerald would tell an FBI agent after that meeting that Ali Mohamed was the “most dangerous man”
 
he’d ever met and that he could not “let this man out on the street.” And yet he did. Fitzgerald allowed
 
Mohamed to stay free for another ten months until the bombs went  off in Kenya and Tanzania in a plot

that Ali had set in motion five years before.

 
         When it was over there would be 224 dead and more than 4,000 injured. Patrick Fitzgerald’s

career would  advance in 2001 after he tried a number of cell  members in that Embassy bombing plot.
 
But by then he’d cut a deal with Ali Mohamed -- allowing him to  escape the death penalty and al

Qaeda’s master spy never had to  testify.

http://www.peterlance.com/Peter%20Lance/Home/9B3205D2-F0A3-429A-BADC-EE246B437296.html_

To Read All Of Lance's Investigations go to:
http://www.peterlance.com/Peter%20Lance/Home/Home.html

****Blog editor note: Had to change word "asset" to "agent" in regards to Ali Mohamed in order to publish these articles on this website.



_________________________________________________________________________________________________
July 4, 2006, New York Times

C.I.A. Closes Unit Focused on Capture of bin Laden

WASHINGTON, July 3 — The Central Intelligence Agency has closed a unit that for a decade had the mission of hunting Osama bin Laden and his top lieutenants, intelligence officials confirmed Monday.

The unit, known as Alec Station, was disbanded late last year and its analysts reassigned within the C.I.A. Counterterrorist Center, the officials said.

The decision is a milestone for the agency, which formed the unit before Osama bin Laden became a household name and bolstered its ranks after the Sept. 11 attacks, when President Bush pledged to bring Mr. bin Laden to justice "dead or alive."

The realignment reflects a view that Al Qaeda is no longer as hierarchical as it once was, intelligence officials said, and a growing concern about Qaeda-inspired groups that have begun carrying out attacks independent of Mr. bin Laden and his top deputy, Ayman al-Zawahiri.

Agency officials said that tracking Mr. bin Laden and his deputies remained a high priority, and that the decision to disband the unit was not a sign that the effort had slackened. Instead, the officials said, it reflects a belief that the agency can better deal with high-level threats by focusing on regional trends rather than on specific organizations or individuals.

"The efforts to find Osama bin Laden are as strong as ever," said Jennifer Millerwise Dyck, a C.I.A. spokeswoman. "This is an agile agency, and the decision was made to ensure greater reach and focus."

The decision to close the unit was first reported Monday by National Public Radio.

Michael Scheuer, a former senior C.I.A. official who was the first head of the unit, said the move reflected a view within the agency that Mr. bin Laden was no longer the threat he once was.

Mr. Scheuer said that view was mistaken.

"This will clearly denigrate our operations against Al Qaeda," he said. "These days at the agency, bin Laden and Al Qaeda appear to be treated merely as first among equals."

In recent years, the war in Iraq has stretched the resources of the intelligence agencies and the Pentagon, generating new priorities for American officials. For instance, much of the military's counterterrorism units, like the Army's Delta Force, had been redirected from the hunt for Mr. bin Laden to the search for Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, who was killed last month in Iraq.

An intelligence official who was granted anonymity to discuss classified information said the closing of the bin Laden unit reflected a greater grasp of the organization. "Our understanding of Al Qaeda has greatly evolved from where it was in the late 1990's," the official said, but added, "There are still people who wake up every day with the job of trying to find bin Laden."

Established in 1996, when Mr. bin Laden's calls for global jihad were a source of increasing concern for officials in Washington, Alec Station operated in a similar fashion to that of other agency stations around the globe.

The two dozen staff members who worked at the station, which was named after Mr. Scheuer's son and was housed in leased offices near agency headquarters in northern Virginia, issued regular cables to the agency about Mr. bin Laden's growing abilities and his desire to strike American targets throughout the world.

In his book "Ghost Wars," which chronicles the agency's efforts to hunt Mr. bin Laden in the years before the Sept. 11 attacks, Steve Coll wrote that some inside the agency likened Alec Station to a cult that became obsessed with Al Qaeda.

"The bin Laden unit's analysts were so intense about their work that they made some of their C.I.A. colleagues uncomfortable," Mr. Coll wrote. Members of Alec Station "called themselves 'the Manson Family' because they had acquired a reputation for crazed alarmism about the rising Al Qaeda threat."

Intelligence officials said Alec Station was disbanded after Robert Grenier, who until February was in charge of the Counterterrorist Center, decided the agency needed to reorganize to better address constant changes in terrorist organizations.

http://www.nytimes.com/2006/07/04/washington/04intel.html?ei=5088&en=3779ed9b98bb9d22&ex=1309665600&pagewanted=print


Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

JFK Jr's Last Flight Audio Tape Released, But Has It Been Altered?

[...]"I don't know why the airplane crashed, but what I heard on the media was NOTHING BUT GARBAGE." 
FAA Flight Specialist Edward Meyer of LaGuardia Airport in Queens N.Y., tapped by FAA administrator Jane Garvey to prepare the FAA's OFFICIAL report of weather conditions when Kennedy's plane was destroyed, stated in the report that visibility in the region was AT LEAST very good on the evening of July 16. "

(From HARD EVIDENCE OBTAINED OF CONSPIRACY, COVER-UP IN JFK Jr. DEATH, 2nd article  posted here)
______________________________________________________________________________________

From ABC News                                                                                                                                All Credit to ABC News

______________________________________________________________________________________

From Associated Press via Yahoo News
 
Audio clip on JFK Jr. flight released

Wed Feb 7, 8:47 AM ET

BOSTON - Almost eight years after John F. Kennedy Jr. died in a plane crash off the coast of Martha's Vineyard, federal officials on Tuesday released an audio clip of an airport intern and a Federal Aviation Administration dispatcher discussing the missing plane.

A transcript of the conversation between Adam Budd, a 21-year-old college student employed at the Martha's Vineyard Airport, and the call center at the FAA's Automated Flight Service Station in Bridgeport, Conn., was made public four days after the July 16, 1999, crash.

The audio clip released Tuesday by the Department of Transportation was the result of a federal Freedom of Information Act request filed by broadcasters after the crash. A portion of it was aired on Boston's WFXT-TV.

Budd, who generally performed clerical tasks, is heard speaking in a hushed tone, his voice slightly quaking as he asks whether the FAA can track Kennedy's plane.

"Well, who are you?" an unidentified FAA dispatcher asks.

"I'm with airport operations," Budd says, failing to identify which airport until the dispatcher asks.

Budd then says: "Actually, Kennedy Jr.'s on board. He's uh, they want to know, uh, where he is."

When the operator told Budd he wouldn't give the information over the phone, Budd backed off.

"OK, well, if it's too much trouble, it's ... I'll just have 'em wait. ... It's not a big deal," he says, according to the transcript.

Budd's call came in at 10:05 p.m., four hours before a search and rescue mission was assembled after a family friend called the Coast Guard.

Kennedy, the 38-year-old son and namesake of America's 35th president, was flying with his wife, Carolyn Bessette Kennedy, 33, and his sister-in-law, Lauren Bessette, 34, when his six-seat, single-engine Piper Saratoga crashed seven miles south of his Martha's Vineyard home. All three were killed.

 National Transportation Safety Board blamed pilot error for the crash, saying Kennedy, who had been flying for 15 months, was not skilled enough for low-visibility nighttime flying and became disoriented in the hazy sky.

AP Photo: John F. Kennedy Jr. and Carolyn Bessette-Kennedy walk out hand-in-hand from a party in this...

Related Video

story image

Almost 8 years after JFK Jr's small plane crashed, the FAA has released a taped conversation of someone at the Martha's Vineyard airport asking if the Bridgeport Connecticut Flight service station can help locate the plane. (Feb. 7)

http://news.yahoo.com/s/ap/20070207/ap_on_re_us/kennedy_crash_call;_ylt=AvyjLl.zRYLrXmv4NqwGLUPMWM0F

All Credit To Associated Press
______________________________________________


HARD EVIDENCE OBTAINED OF CONSPIRACY, COVER-UP IN JFK Jr. DEATH
A
plethora of facts, testimony, circumstantial evidence and common sense as well as certain material evidence has shown consistently that the deaths of John F. Kennedy Jr., wife Carolyn Bessette and sister-in-law Lauren Bessette and the destruction (by some means or other) of the Piper Saratoga aircraft the three were flying in were very likely not "accidental" events.

One of the PRIMARY indications the plane's destruction and the passengers' deaths were NOT the result of some "accident" is a radio contact made by pilot JFK Jr. to the Martha's Vineyard Airport flight control tower at 9:39 PM, July 16, 1999.

The timing and content of this radio contact, as well as the tone of Kennedy's conversation, invalidate to an overwhelming extent the prevailing, "officially-sanctioned" accounts of the event promulgated by the federal government through mass media outlets.

THAT OLD "OFFICIAL" STORY
Now; let's go over this "official" "account". Federal government agencies such as the NTSB and the FAA put forth (at least publicly) the following scenario regarding the last 10 minutes or so of the flight.

According to them, radar records show Kennedy was changing altitude and direction somewhat erratically and rapidly in the minutes preceding the craft's destruction.

The implication here is that these radar records clearly indicate Kennedy's much-ballyhooed "inexperience" as a pilot combined with highly "unfavorable" weather/visibility conditions had resulted in Kennedy being in marginal control of the aircraft for some minutes before the plane was destroyed; that he eventually completely lost control and the aircraft plunged headlong into the sea in a "death spiral."

And at what time, according to these official accounts, did radar returns show the plane was destroyed? Try just after NINE THIRTY-NINE PM.

RADIO CONTACT MADE
A NewsHawk associate has now obtained solid evidence that JFK Jr. DID in fact make radio contact with flight controllers at NINE THIRTY-NINE PM July 16.

What's even more important however, is that our associate also obtained IRREFUTABLE proof that the reported fact of this radio contact was deliberately removed from archived tape transcripts of WCVB-TV Channel 5's broadcast of July 17, 1999, during which-- at approximately 12:35 PM--U.S. Coast Guard Petty Officer Todd Burgun reported to WCVB the fact of JFK Jr.'s radio contact the night before.

By later in the evening on July 17 this vital information was being actively covered up by WCVB and some other mass media outlets, as it has been in all subsequent government and mass media reports.

BROADCAST TAPE CUT!
There is now PROOF that this tremendously important fact of JFK Jr.'s 9:39 PM radio contact was without doubt DELIBERATELY and literally "covered up": hours of time on the tape archive of WCVB's July 17 broadcast, during which information on Kennedy's radio contact was continually reported, have been intentionally cut.

The record has in fact been FALSIFIED.

We will discuss this extraordinarily significant issue momentarily.

Now of course there is some infinitesimally small chance that, seconds after Kennedy completed his radio call, either there was a catastrophic mechanical failure of some kind or JFK Jr. somehow completely and instantly lost control of the plane; one or the other possibility (or both) causing the crash.

Nevertheless: the timing, content and tone of this radio communication leaves the hypothesis that "pilot error" caused the crash--as drummed unceasingly into the minds of public through endless mass media regurgitation of such claims by government officials and agencies--virtually devoid of any credibility whatsoever: and if WHATEVER caused the crash were TRULY "accidental", then WHY has the fact that Kennedy made the call been completely covered up and lied about?

This proof that information on Kennedy's verified radio contact with flight controllers at 9:39 PM July 16, as reported to WCVB-TV by Petty Officer Todd Burgun of the Coast Guard, was subsequently expunged and deleted from ALL government AND media accounts of the tragedy and indeed specifically DENIED by all relevant agencies is beyond any reasonable doubt TOTALLY suspicious!

If the destruction of the plane and deaths of all passengers was "accidental" there is absolutely no reason for COVERING UP the fact of the 9:39 PM radio contact.

"Well, wait," you say. "Covered up? Lied about?"

Exactly how can we "prove" such a cover-up DID occur regarding this radio contact? How can we "prove" that what was indeed initially reported as ROCK-SOLID fact was within a matter of hours completely expunged from all official accounts and denied by many persons and agencies directly involved?

We will explain precisely how this can be PROVED forthwith.

Now course, a reasonable person can easily begin to see there's something just a LITTLE bit wrong with this "official" picture by now. But don't go away. The picture gets even worse.

FAA SPECIALIST--WEATHER CONDITIONS "JUST FINE", PREVAILING ACCOUNTS ON CAUSE OF CRASH "GARBAGE"

Let's get back for a moment to those "official" claims mass media has bombarded us with over and over again--that weather/visibility conditions in the Martha's Vineyard region were lousy.

In FACT, FAA Flight Specialist Edward Meyer of LaGuardia Airport in Queens N.Y., tapped by FAA administrator Jane Garvey to prepare the FAA's OFFICIAL report of weather conditions when Kennedy's plane was destroyed, stated in the report that visibility in the region was AT LEAST very good on the evening of July 16.

Meyer himself became SO distressed by endless spewing of erroneous disinformation about these weather conditions by government agencies and mass media, he took the unprecedented step of issuing a public statement ON HIS OWN--which THOROUGHLY SLAMMED this onslaught of disinformational noise as complete, total NONSENSE, utterly unsupported by the FACTS.

To quote from Meyer's personal statement as released to mass media: "The weather along his flight was just fine. A little haze over eastern Connecticut.

"I don't know why the airplane crashed, but what I heard on the media was NOTHING BUT GARBAGE."

Thanks for standing up for the TRUTH, Mr. Meyer and God bless you.

Weather radar data for July 16, although strangely unavailable for the exact time when the plane was destroyed, DOES show that atmospheric moisture, "haze". etc. were quite minimal around Martha's Vineyard both before and after the plane's destruction, in contrast to conditions further west, closer to the NYC metropolitan area.

Okay. We can forget about poor weather/visibility conditions contributing to the plane's destruction by "pilot error" and such.

Next, let's take a look at claims Kennedy was in fact seriously under-qualified to be flying at all under such conditions, even though we have just PROVEN weather conditions at Martha's Vineyard were in fact QUITE GOOD.

PILOT QUALIFICATIONS-- 700+ HOURS FLIGHT TIME, INSTRUMENT FLIGHT TRAINED

Various disinformational sources have claimed that Kennedy had anywhere from under 100 to at most perhaps 200-300 hours of flight experience at the time of his death. Other almost laughable disinformation issued forth from spooks, intelligence agents and dupes of various stripes and nationalities, who spewed static about Kennedy's recklessness and foolhardiness, culminating in claims that Kennedy possessed some kind of "risk-taking" geneS never before heard of in the history of science. And on and on. You get the picture.

What's the REAL truth about Kennedy's qualifications as a pilot? How about this.

Every personal flight instructor JFK Jr. EVER had stated that the man was an EXCEPTIONALLY cautious, prudent and careful pilot, absolutely NOT given to recklessness or "risk-taking' of any kind in any way shape or form while flying. Our many previous articles on this tragedy identify and quote a number of these individuals.

However, most significant regarding this issue are statements from John McColgan, Kennedy's federal licensing instructor in Vero Beach, Florida.

McColgan stated that Kennedy's flight experience dates back SEVENTEEN years; to 1981. He also reported Kennedy had over 700 hours total flight time; that Kennedy had completed his written test for instrument flight rating AND indeed had completed his training for the in-flight instrument rating test only several months before his death. Kennedy just hadn't taken the in-flight test.

McColgan noted that Kennedy WAS basically qualified to fly on instruments alone (NOT that he would have even NEEDED to around 9:39 PM July 16, 1999 near Martha's Vineyard), and furthermore called Kennedy an EXCELLENT PILOT.

SO, we can now forget about claims that Kennedy was an inexperienced, under-qualified, reckless, "risk-taking pilot.

THE CRITICAL 9:39 PM RADIO CONTACT
NOW, let's look at what was going on in the air over the water near the southwest part of Martha's Vineyard on July 16, 1999 at around 9:39 PM.

What WAS going on was that Kennedy radioed the Vineyard airport control tower.

According to UPI's news bulletin titled "Hopes Fade For Missing Kennedy Plane" (UPI Focus) AQUINNAH, Mass., July 17 (UPI) -(as excerpted verbatim from the article at -- http://www.upi.com/corp/news/jfkjr3.html)

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

'At 9:39 p.m. Friday, Kennedy radioed the airport and said he was 13 miles from the airport and 10 miles from the coast, according to WCVB-TV news in Boston. He reportedly said he was making his final approach.

'Moments later, radar operated by the Federal Aviation Administration showed the plane went into a dive and dropped 1,200 feet in just 12 seconds, according to ABC News.

'In his final approach message, WCVB-TV said Kennedy told controllers at the airport that he planned to drop off his wife's sister and then take off again between 11 p.m. and 11:30 p.m. for Hyannis Airport.'

- - - - - - - - - - - -

Although these crucial facts regarding Kennedy's 9:39 PM radio contact were reported by WCVB-TV Boston as well as by UPI and several other local TV stations in the Martha's Vineyard area, they were removed from WCVB's reporting later in the evening on July 17, subsequently disappeared from UPI's accounts within about 24 hours and were also subsequently DENIED by airport personnel.

Indeed news of Kennedy's radio contact never even made it to some mass media outlets and if it did was quickly expunged from later reports.

Questions put to WCVB-TV personnel several days afterward about their broadcast of this information were disingenuously skirted; though never outright denied. One such statement from the station was: "we don't "BELIEVE" we broadcast that information."

Well, it turns out there's a good reason WCVB personnel never outright denied having broadcast this information, because THEY DID broadcast it!

How do we know? BECAUSE WE HAVE NOW OBTAINED THE TAPES OF THAT VERY BROADCAST!

WCVB-TV BOSTON BROADCASTED REPORT OF JFK Jr. RADIO CALL FOR SEVERAL HOURS-- TAPE ARCHIVES LATER ALTERED, ALL REFERENCES TO INFORMATION DELETED

The tape of WCVB's broadcast of Saturday, July 17, starting at about 12 noon, was obtained from Corporate Media Services of Auburn, New Hampshire, which archives tapes of TV broadcasts and markets copies.

On the tape, at approximately 12:35 PM, WCVB news anchor Susan Warnick reports there is a significant new development in the case of Kennedy's missing plane.

Says Warnick: "We have been told by the Coast Guard that in fact there IS now EVIDENCE of a last communication, last night, with JFK Jr.'s plane as it was ON APPROACH to Martha's Vineyard Airport. Petty Officer Todd Burgun joins us from the Coast Guard base in Boston. He is a petty officer and public information officer.

"Thank you for being with us, sir. What can you tell us about this last communication with JFK Jr.'s plane?"

The station cuts to a live audio feed from Todd Burgun at U.S. Coast Guard headquarters in Boston. Burgun begins speaking as follows: "All I know at this time is that it was at 9:39 PM, and it was with the FAA and it was on a-(pproach?) --"

And, on the archive tape of the broadcast as originally received, THAT'S IT!

INCREDIBLY, the first archive tape transcript/copy received from Corporate Media Services is CUT--right there! Just as Petty Officer Todd Burgun begins his report on newly discovered evidence of the 9:39 PM radio call from Kennedy!

THIS tape then resumes with WCVB's broadcast from approximately 6 PM that evening.

How about that. The tape transcript of WCVB's July 16 broadcast is inexplicably cut JUST as Todd Burgun of the U.S. Coast Guard begins his report of what the announcer had most appropriately called a major, very significant new development in the case. There is a gap of over FIVE HOURS in the tape of their broadcast that day--as first received.

STATION ANCHORS LIE IN EVENING BROADCAST
Now; any guesses what the first words out of the mouth of the evening news anchor are when the tape of the broadcast resumes at 6 PM? The announcer, fidgeting, fumbling for words, looking nervous, distraught and downright UPSET, haltingly and stutteringly makes the following, tortuous, garbled and HIGHLY unconvincing statement.

"Something that we had THOUGHT earlier (FIRST lie--there was NO 'thought' involved at all: rather an UNEQUIVOCAL official report from the Coast Guard) MAY not be TRUE: that there WAS actually NO radio communication (SECOND lie--one moment she says "may not be true" and in the next breath says "there WASS noS communication") with JFK Jr.'s plane after it left New Jersey.

"We had HOPED ("we" had?) that there was some radio communication of course (?), most recently at Martha's Vineyard (?). ThisS thisS (uncomfortable pause) -- last night at about NINE O'CLOCK, NINE- THIRTY (being obviously aware of the TRUTH of the radio contact she inadvertently gives the location and general time of the actual contact!!), when perhaps things STARTED TO GO WRONG (?!) (giving away the truth again!).

"We had hoped we could learn from that, but it SEEMSS thatS thereS (another uncomfortable pause)-- MAY be NO EVIDENCE (MAY be?) because (and here's the zinger) there MAY be no RECORDING to listen to TO GET THESE DETAILS FROM!"

Whew! A look of immense relief crossed the announcer's face as she manages to finish her obviously distressing task of lying bold-faced to the camera; her hands and those of her co-anchor fidgeting continuously throughout her ordeal. The entire scene just REEKS of someone having just been told by higher-ups to "get out there" and LIE.

And even in the depths of this mishmash of lies and falsifications, the announcer does not--or probably CAN not--just state plainly and simply: "the Coast Guard was mistaken--there was no radio contact between Kennedy and the airport." Period.

Naturally, our source's interest was highly provoked at this clear evidence of falsification of the record and got in touch with Corporate Media Services in regard to the situation. He was given some lame excuse as to why the station had wanted their tape archive cut at that point, which of course had nothing to do with the incredibly important information reported on during the time period missing from the tape first received.

Prevailing upon the personnel at Corporate Media Services, he was able to obtain an UN-CUT tape copy of WCVB's July 17 broadcast, which had on it the portion of the broadcast cut from the first tape.

And guess what? On the UN-CUT tape of the broadcast, Officer Burgun goes on to deliver his full report, which makes note of those points reported by UPI as quoted above: that Kennedy, completely calm and obviously "in command" of himself, his craft and the overall situation, was on approach to the airport and had given his approximate position and trajectory as well as made a comment about dropping Lauren Bessette off and then continuing on to Hyannis.

This tremendously significant information is then referred to REPEATEDLY for the next several hours by WCVB; with EVERY possible indication that Kennedy's 9:39 radio contact is absolute, ROCK-SOLID, verifiable FACT!

And that's what was cut from the tape archive of the station's July 17 broadcast.

EXPLOSION IN THE AIR
Most interestingly as well, ALSO reported by WCVB news anchors repeatedly during that portion of the broadcast which was cut, is the fact that a reporter for the (Martha's) Vineyard Gazette who was on Philbin Beach (southwest end of Martha's Vineyard) the evening of July 16 saw an AIRBORNE EXPLOSION in the general vicinity of the sky where Kennedy's plane was destroyed at approximately 9:40.

THIS information was also covered up and outright denied by all relevant parties and agencies in all subsequent government and media accounts of the event.

CUTTING OF BROADCAST TAPE PROVES COVER-UP-- COVER-UP PROVES CONSPIRACY, FOUL PLAY
Now, as we've noted, although the timing, content and tone of Kennedy's 9:39 PM communication with flight controller personnel in and of themselves almost COMPLETELY invalidate the possibility "pilot error"--especially--or even some chance catastrophic mechanical failure caused the plane's destruction, there is still an incredibly small chance that seconds after this communication one or the other eventuality did occur.

However, if that WERE in fact the case, then WHY has the absolutely undeniable FACT of this radio contact been COVERED UP in every official statement and news story on the incident beginning later in the day on Saturday, July 17 and continuing on until the present?

If Kennedy had an ACCIDENT, then WHY has the TRUTH been covered up?

This irrefutable proof of cover-up can only mean that the deaths of Kennedy, his reportedly pregnant wife and her sister didn't happen "by accident". This can only mean they were murdered by means of deliberate destruction/sabotage of the aircraft.

Just think about the degree and intensity of pressure which was applied to the owners/managers of WCVB-TV Boston to make them force their news crews to deliberately and knowingly LIE on camera about what the station had just previously reported for several hours straight; which was applied to Martha's Vineyard airport personnel to make them lie when questioned about Kennedy's radio contact; which was applied to WCVB's owners/managers to make them have Corporate Media Services alter/falsify the tape archive of the station's July 17 broadcast.

Think about WHAT THIS MEANS about present conditions in the United States of America.

JIM KEITH--TOO HOT ON THE TRAIL?
There is another issue tangential to this which must be noted. We have perused NewsHawk's emails from early September, several days before author/researcher Jim Keith met his seemingly suspicious demise.

Keith had just written an article about the many suspicious aspects to the deaths of JFK Jr. and the Bessettes.

Keith had in fact been "tipped off" to much of the very same information on the JFK Jr./Bessette murders which NewsHawk had previously brought to light. An intermediary was in the process of connecting us DIRECTLY to Keith regarding the matter only a few days before his death so Keith could get access to what we'd already written. Other sources say he had been digging into the case and there is an indication that he had come into possession of this same hard evidence of COVER-UP as we've just described: hard evidence which has now been widely disseminated--as explained below.

GOVERNMENT ORDERED COVER-UP
With regret we must inform the American people and the people of the world that the proof shows the U.S. government has FORCED the TRUTH of the deaths of John F. Kennedy Jr. and the Bessettes to be covered up.

Multiple copies of the deliberately cut and falsified tape archive of WCVB-TV Boston's July 17 broadcast as well as the un-cut version as it ORIGINALLY AIRED have been sent a number of reliable, uncompromised investigators throughout the world for synchronized release on public access cable channels and websites, so that this IRREFUTABLE HARD EVIDENCE of a cover-up of the true facts of these deaths can and will be presented to the world.

© Copyright 1999 NewsHawk® Inc.
Rights of unaltered reproduction/distribution hereby waived
http://www.angelfire.com/wy/1000/HardEvidence.html

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Troop Surge May Work and Insurgencies Rarely Win (Both Maybe)

"Coalition forces have turned over security responsibilities for a second southern Iraqi province in what U.S. officials called “another sign of progress toward a stable and secure Iraq.”  From "Iraqi Military Takes Charge of Dhi Qar Province, Transfer of security to Iraqis another sign of progress, say U.S. offocials (2nd article posted here)

Insurgencies Rarely Win – And Iraq Won’t Be Any Different (Maybe)

By Donald Stoker
Page 1 of 1
Posted January 2007
Vietnam taught many Americans the wrong lesson: that determined guerrilla fighters are invincible. But history shows that insurgents rarely win, and Iraq should be no different. Now that it finally has a winning strategy, the Bush administration is in a race against time to beat the insurgency before the public’s patience finally wears out.

STR/AFP/Getty Images

Not invincible: The that insurgents can’t be beaten is a myth, because history shows otherwise.

The cold, hard truth about the Bush administration’s strategy of “surging” additional U.S. forces into Iraq is that it could work. Insurgencies are rarely as strong or successful as the public has come to believe. Iraq’s various insurgent groups have succeeded in creating a lot of chaos. But they’re likely not strong enough to succeed in the long term. Sending more American troops into Iraq with the aim of pacifying Baghdad could provide a foundation for their ultimate defeat, but only if the United States does not repeat its previous mistakes.

Myths about invincible guerrillas and insurgents are a direct result of America’s collective misunderstanding of its defeat in South Vietnam. This loss is generally credited to the brilliance and military virtues of the pajama-clad Vietcong. The Vietnamese may have been tough and persistent, but they were not brilliant. Rather, they were lucky—they faced an opponent with leaders unwilling to learn from their failures: the United States. When the Vietcong went toe-to-toe with U.S. forces in the 1968 Tet Offensive, they were decimated. When South Vietnam finally fell in 1975, it did so not to the Vietcong, but to regular units of the invading North Vietnamese Army. The Vietcong insurgency contributed greatly to the erosion of the American public’s will to fight, but so did the way that President Lyndon Johnson and the American military waged the war. It was North Vietnam’s will and American failure, not skillful use of an insurgency, that were the keys to Hanoi’s victory.

Similar misunderstandings persist over the Soviet Union’s defeat in Afghanistan, the other supposed example of guerrilla invincibility. But it was not the mujahidin’s strength that forced the Soviets to leave; it was the Soviet Union’s own economic and political weakness at home. In fact, the regime the Soviets established in Afghanistan was so formidable that it managed to survive for three years after the Red Army left.

Of course, history is not without genuine insurgent successes. Fidel Castro’s victory in Cuba is probably the best known, and there was the IRA’s partial triumph in 1922, as well as Algeria’s defeat of the French between 1954 and 1962. But the list of failed insurgencies is longer: Malayan Communists, Greek Communists, Filipino Huks, Nicaraguan Contras, Communists in El Salvador, Che Guevara in Bolivia, the Boers in South Africa (twice), Savimbi in Angola, and Sindero Luminoso in Peru, to name just a few. If the current U.S. administration maintains its will, establishes security in Baghdad, and succeeds in building a functioning government and army, there is no reason that the Iraqi insurgency cannot be similarly destroyed, or at least reduced to the level of terrorist thugs.

Insurgencies generally fail if all they are able to do is fight an irregular war. Successful practitioners of the guerrilla art from Nathanael Greene in the American Revolution to Mao Zedong in the Chinese Civil War have insisted upon having a regular army for which their guerrilla forces served mainly as an adjunct. Insurgencies also have inherent weaknesses and disadvantages vis-à-vis an established state. They lack governmental authority, established training areas, and secure supply lines. The danger is that insurgents can create these things, if given the time to do so. And, once they have them, they are well on their way to establishing themselves as a functioning and powerful alternative to the government. If they reach this point, they can very well succeed.

That’s why the real question in Iraq is not whether the insurgency can be defeated—it can be. The real question is whether the United States might have already missed its chance to snuff it out. The United States has failed to provide internal security for the Iraqi populace. The result is a climate of fear and insecurity in areas of the country overrun by insurgents, particularly in Baghdad. This undermines confidence in the elected Iraqi government and makes it difficult for it to assert its authority over insurgent-dominated areas. Clearing out the insurgents and reestablishing security will take time and a lot of manpower. Sectarian violence adds a bloody wrinkle. The United States and the Iraqi government have to deal with Sunni and Shia insurgencies, as well as the added complication of al Qaeda guerrillas.

But the strategy of “surging” troops could offer a rare chance for success—if the Pentagon and the White House learn from their past mistakes. Previously, the U.S. military cleared areas such as Baghdad’s notorious Haifa Street, but then failed to follow up with security. So the insurgents simply returned to create havoc. As for the White House, it has so far failed to convince the Iraqi government to remove elements that undermine its authority, such as the Mahdi Army. Bush’s recent speech on Iraq included admissions of these failures, providing some hope that they might not be repeated.

That’s welcome news, because one thing is certain: time is running out. Combating an insurgency typically requires 8 to 11 years. But the administration has done such a poor job of managing U.S. public opinion, to say nothing of the war itself, that it has exhausted many of its reservoirs of support. One tragedy of the Iraq war may be that the administration’s new strategy came too late to avert a rare, decisive insurgent victory.


Donald Stoker is professor of strategy and policy for the U.S. Naval War College’s Monterey Program. His opinions are his own. He is the author or editor of a number of works, including the forthcoming From Mercenaries to Privatization: The Evolution of Military Advising, 1815-2007 (London: Routledge, 2007).

FOREIGN POLICY welcomes letters to the editor.
Readers should address their comments to fpletters@CarnegieEndowment.org.

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/story/cms.php?story_id=3689&fpsrc=ealert070129

______________________________________________________________________________________
There is hope for success based on the "Troop Surge" because:

21 September 2006

Iraqi Military Takes Charge of Dhi Qar Province

Transfer of security to Iraqis another sign of progress, say U.S. officials

U.S. Ambassador Khalilzad and General Casey
U.S. Ambassador Khalilzad and General Casey attend the ceremony transferring security to Iraqis for Dhi Qar province (DoD photo)

Washington – Coalition forces have turned over security responsibilities for a second southern Iraqi province in what U.S. officials called “another sign of progress toward a stable and secure Iraq.”

In a September 21 ceremony, the responsibility for safeguarding the people of Dhi Qar was returned to the Iraqi government and its civilian-controlled security forces.

“After decades of dictatorship and oppression, the Iraqi people have taken another step toward security self-reliance,” U.S. Ambassador Zalmay Khalilzad and Multi-National Force – Iraq commander Army General George W. Casey said in a joint statement. “With the steadfast support of the coalition, Iraq is on a path to national unity, improved security, and increasing prosperity that benefits all its citizens,” according to the statement.

Home to the ancient Mesopotamian city of Ur, Dhi Qar is especially significant to archeologists, historians and tourists.  Among its landmarks is the Sumerian Ziggurat, an ancient temple built in 2000 B.C.  It also is purported to be the birthplace of Abraham, who figures prominently in Judaism, Christianity and Islam.

Dhi Qar is the second southern Iraqi province in which Iraq forces have taken full control of security. Since July 13, local police and military forces in neighboring al Muthanna province also have had full responsibility for the province's security and have planned and executed their own operations, independent of coalition assistance.  (See related article.)

Since 2003, a coalition task force led by 1,500 Italian troops, along with Romanian, Australian and some British soldiers, has worked closely with the local government in Dhi Qar to train and equip Iraqi army and police units in the area.  In addition, they advise local government officials as well as support public works and construction projects, such as building and repairing schools and medical clinics.

Iraqi and coalition officials agreed on the transfer after assessing the overall security situation in the province, the capability of area Iraqi army and police units to maintain security and the provincial leadership’s ability to take the lead in providing services to local citizens. 

The officials said several other Iraqi provinces also are close to meeting these criteria and will be transferred in the near future.

While the Iraqis will gain a new level of self-reliance in the province, coalition military and police advisers will remain available to support both the security forces and efforts to build the local economy, which will be the bedrock of Iraq’s long-term security, they said.

“As Iraq develops and its needs continue to evolve, so too will the nature of international assistance and investment.  The United States remains committed to the development of Dhi Qar province by providing funding for additional humanitarian relief and reconstruction projects,” the U.S. officials said.

The statement also said the United States has contributed nearly $14 million toward the province’s revitalization under its Economic Support Fund and the Commander’s Emergency Relief Program. 

At the ceremony, coalition officials and Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki said they hope to transfer security responsibilities in all 18 of the country’s provinces to Iraqis by the end of 2008.

The text of the Khalilzad-Casey Statement is available from the Multi-National Force – Iraq Web site.

For more information, see Iraq Update.

(The Washington File is a product of the Bureau of International Information Programs, U.S. Department of State. Web site: http://usinfo.state.gov)

USINFO delivers information about current U.S. foreign policy and about American life and culture. This site is produced and maintained by the U.S. Department of State's Bureau of International Information Programs. Links to other internet sites should not be construed as an endorsement of the views contained therein.
Maliki: Iraq takes control in Dhi Qar province, but "challenges" still lie ahead.

http://www.defenselink.mil/Transcripts/Transcript.aspx?TranscriptID=2367 
__________________________________________________________________
Print E-mail
Friday, 22 September 2006

By Staff Sgt. James Sherrill
124th Mobile Public Affairs Detachment

An Italian Soldier takes in the view atop the Ziggurat of Ur in Iraq's Dhi Qar province. The location, in southern Iraq, is purported to be the hometown of the biblical figure Abraham. Dhi Qar is slated to be transferred to provincial Iraqi control later this month. Al Muthanna, a neighboring province, was the first of Iraq's 18 provinces to achieve this status in July. Department of Defense photo by Air Force Capt. Thomas Montgomery.
An Italian Soldier takes in the view atop the Ziggurat of Ur in Iraq's Dhi Qar province. The location, in southern Iraq, is purported to be the hometown of the biblical figure Abraham. Dhi Qar is slated to be transferred to provincial Iraqi control later this month. Al Muthanna, a neighboring province, was the first of Iraq's 18 provinces to achieve this status in July. Department of Defense photo by Air Force Capt. Thomas Montgomery.
BAGHDAD
 — The Government of Iraq took control of the southern province of Dhi Qar on Thursday in a move Coalition officials called "another sign of progress toward a stable and secure Iraq," placing the country one step closer to full self governance.

Dhi Qar is the second of Iraq’s 18 provinces transferred to provincial Iraqi control. With the change in status, Coalition security forces are helping local police and the Iraqi military take full control of security in the region.

Coalition officials and Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki say they hope to have all 18 of the country’s provinces under Iraqi control by the end of next year.

"Today we received the security file for the province of Dhi Qar which follows the handover of Al-Muthanna," al-Maliki said during the handover ceremony.

"We will continue to receive control of other provinces as we manage to get our country back from the hands of the Ba’ath dictatorship."

Brig. Gen. Carmine De Pascale, right, commander of the Italian Joint Task Force - Iraq, along with British Soldiers, climbs the stairs of the ancient Ziggurat of Ur in Dhi Qar province. Italian troops have shouldered much of the work in preparing the province for transfer to provincial Iraqi control later this month. Department of Defense photo by Air Force Capt. Thomas Montgomery.
Brig. Gen. Carmine De Pascale, right, commander of the Italian Joint Task Force - Iraq, along with British Soldiers, climbs the stairs of the ancient Ziggurat of Ur in Dhi Qar province. Italian troops have shouldered much of the work in preparing the province for transfer to provincial Iraqi control later this month. Department of Defense photo by Air Force Capt. Thomas Montgomery.
According to a report by Agence France Press, al-Maliki acknowledged that despite the progress in the south, stiff "challenges" still lie ahead for Iraq.

"We still have to improve basic services. There are those who work to support terrorists,” he explained. “We tell them that those days are gone."

The U.S. Ambassador to Iraq, Zalmay Khalilzad, and Gen. George W. Casey Jr., the commanding general of Multi-National Force - Iraq, congratulated the Iraqi people in a joint statement on Thursday.

“After decades of dictatorship and oppression, the Iraqi people have taken another step toward security self-reliance," the leaders said. "With the steadfast support of the Coalition, Iraq is on a path to national unity, improved security, and increasing prosperity that benefits all its citizens."

They assured the Coalition would stick by the provincial government and security forces in facing new challenges, even as responsibility for day to day tasks transitioned to Iraqi control.

"Coalition forces stand ready to provide assistance if needed ... As Iraq develops and its needs continue to evolve, so too will the nature of international assistance and investment. The United States remains committed to the development of Dhi Qar province by providing funding for additional humanitarian relief and reconstruction projects." 

The statement noted several other Iraqi provinces are close to meeting the criteria necessary to assume security independence.

Major Gen. Kurt A. Cichowski, a deputy chief of staff for MNF-I, said there are four key conditions to determine a province’s eligibility for transfer: the capability of the Iraqi security forces, threat levels in the province, local government capacity, and the provincial government's relationship with Coalition forces.

“We are always in that process … of evaluating the four areas in all of the provinces. When the conditions are met for the provinces in the remaining areas then they will transfer too,” Cichowski said.

The responsibility for Dhi Qar’s transfer was mostly handled by the Italian contingent there, led by Brig. Gen. Carmine De Pascale, commander of the Italian Joint Task Force – Iraq.

“This result was attained by Dhi Qar provincial authorities and Coalition forces through a long and intense period of sacrifices and efforts,” De Pascale said.

A task force of about 1,500 Italian troops, along with Romanian, Australian and some British Soldiers worked closely with the local government in the province – training and equipping the local Police and Army, mentoring government officials, and organizing construction projects like schools and clinics.

"We will continue the program of peace as we say good bye to the Italian troops," Alwan said. "I call upon the Iraqis to stay together given the sacrifices that they have made."

The Coalition transferred neighboring Al Muthanna province on July 13. Since then, Al Muthanna’s local police and military forces have had full responsibility for the province's security and continue to run operations there without Coalition prodding.

“I wish all the best to the provincial leaders and to the people of Dhi Qar,” De Pascale said.

Dhi Qar is especially important to archeologists, historians and tourists.  It contains the site of the ancient city of Ur, purported to be the hometown of the biblical figure Abraham. Near the ruins of the ancient city stands the Ziggurat of Ur, a towering ancient temple dating back more than 4,000 years.

Iraqis and tourists can freely visit this area, something they could not do under the oppression of Saddam Hussein, said Cichowski.
http://www.mnf-iraq.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=5829&Itemid=128 
______________________________________________
and

Power handover in Iraqi province
Iraqi soldier on parade at the handover ceremony
Dhi Qar was the second Iraqi province to be handed over
UK and Italian forces in southern Iraq have handed over control of the province of Dhi Qar to Iraqi forces.

At a ceremony in the provincial capital, Nasiriya, Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri Maliki described the handover as a "great day".

It is the second of 18 provinces to be handed over, following neighbouring Muthanna in July.

Dhi Qar is one of the country's less troubled provinces, and has been in the British area of control since 2003.

There are reports of a string of insurgency attacks across Iraq which claimed up to 32 casualties. The attacks included:

  • Six officers died in a mortar and gun attack on a police station in west Baghdad
  • A car bomb in a market in north-west Baghdad killed two people
  • At least three died in violence in Baghdad's Doura neighbourhood

Other deadly attacks are reported in Baqouba, Diwaniya, Diyala, Falluja and Mosul.

The continued violence means the handover in Dhi Qar is not being seen as a signal for a reduction in the overall levels of US-led coalition troops in Iraq.

Civilian deaths in Iraq are reaching unprecedented levels, with more than 6,500 people killed in July and August alone, the UN has said.

Emergency plans

The official handover in Dhi Qar took place to the sound of trumpet and drum, the BBC's Ian Pannell in Nasiriya reports.

Map
"Muthanna was first, now comes Dhi Qar to crown this victory, and other provinces will come to crown further victories until we reach our goal," Mr Maliki said.

Maj Gen Richard Sheriff, the commander of British forces in southern Iraq, echoed the prime minister's words.

"The provincial government of Dhi Qar has demonstrated that it is ready and capable of taking on responsibility for its security and government," he said.

Although the Iraqis will be taking over security responsibility for Dhi Qar province, British troops will retain what they are calling "operational over-watch" and coalition troops will be on hand to deal with any security emergency.

Italians leaving

Some 1,800 Italian troops have been responsible for much of the security work in Dhi Qar, including training thousands of Iraqi police and army forces.

Italian soldier secures the base at Nasiriya
Italian soldiers are preparing to leave Iraq
Those Italian troops are expected to return home within eight weeks, a UK military spokesman said.

There will not be any reduction in overall British troop levels, currently running at just over 7,000.

They are still fully engaged in the more troubled regional capital, Basra, where the situation has been worsening in recent months.

There is no indication when some of Iraq's other provinces may follow suit and be handed over.

US military commanders have said they expect to have to keep their own troops at their current high levels of over a 140,000 through next spring, far longer than they had hoped.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/5366270.stm
______________________________________________________________________________________
Blog's editor note: As for success in Fallujah and Mosul. there were not ever enough troops and once they secured a town, they had to rush out to another, leaving the city open to the return of the insurgents...
Iraq: U.S. Troops Surround Al-Fallujah As Offensive Preparations Continue
November 2004
By Ron Synovitz
Iraq -- map
There was heavy fighting today on both the eastern and western fringes of Al-Fallujah as U.S. forces encircled the insurgent-held city over the past 24 hours. Al-Fallujah's main hospital was seized overnight by U.S. troops and their Iraqi allies. Intense U.S. air and artillery strikes continue to target suspected insurgent positions in what is being described as a "preparatory phase" of for a ground assault that the Iraqi interim prime minister now says he has authorized.

Prague, 8 November 2004 (RFE/RL) -- Patrols of U.S. troops -- backed by tanks and close air support -- were battling insurgents on two sides of Al-Fallujah today as a main concentration of U.S. and allied Iraqi soldiers remained poised for and expected ground assault on the city.

As the U.S. troops advanced around the fringes, correspondents reported seeing insurgents fire mortars, rocket-propelled grenade launchers, and heavy machine guns. Correspondents say the insurgent fire was being answered by fierce U.S. artillery barrages and raids by U.S. fighter jets called in by controllers on the ground.

In Baghdad, Iraqi interim Prime Minister Iyad Allawi confirmed today that he has given U.S. forces and their Iraqi allies the go-ahead to conduct major offensive operations in Al-Fallujah.

"I have given my authority to the multinational forces. I have given my authority to the Iraqi forces to spearhead the multinational forces' [operation.] We are determined to clean Fallujah from terrorists. The curfew [declared yesterday as part of a general state of emergency] is intended to protect whoever remained of the Fallujah people -- the decent people of Fallujah," Allawi said.

"Bear in mind that the preparatory phase could last any number of days, or indeed, it could last a matter of weeks."

Some 10,000 U.S. soldiers and a smaller number of allied Iraqi special forces are now dug into siege positions around the city.

Ian Kemp, editor of the London-based military journal "Jane's Defense Weekly," told RFE/RL today that the preparatory phase of a major military is clearly under way. "Bear in mind that the preparatory phase could last any number of days, or indeed, it could last a matter of weeks. The longer the city is sealed off with the insurgents inside, the more difficult it is going to be for them. Eventually, their supplies of food and water are going to dwindle. Their supplies of ammunition are slowly going to be eroded," Kemp said.

With nothing to be gained for the U.S.-led coalition by rushing through the preparatory phase, Kemp said he expects the artillery barrages, air strikes, and armored patrols to continue for some time. "They are not going to move into the city itself until the feel they are going to achieve a tactical advantage on the ground," he said. "Moving into an urban operation -- moving into an urban scenario -- is certainly one of the most difficult forms of warfare. So, certainly, U.S. commanders are not going to move until they feel they are fully prepared and they've done as much damage to the insurgents as is possible by the air strikes, the artillery fire, and patrols into the [fringes of the] city."

U.S. and Iraqi forces captured one objective overnight: Al-Fallujah's main hospital. A television crew filmed the operation as Iraqi special forces stormed the compound.

Allawi said today that four foreign terrorists were captured at the hospital and that 38 other militants were killed.

Pentagon officials say control of the hospital will prevent insurgents from using the facility to disseminate inflated reports about civilian casualties. Last spring, a U.S. offensive was called off before a ground assault was launched after reports from the hospital said some 500 Iraqi civilians had been killed by artillery and air strikes. Washington insists those reports were part of an insurgent propaganda campaign.

There are two stated military objectives of the current operation at Al-Fallujah. One is to allow Iraq's interim government to exert control over the city so that residents can take part in national elections in January. The second is to defeat as many insurgents -- either by killing or capturing them -- as possible.

The senior U.S. Marine commander in charge of operations at Al-Fallujah, Lieutenant General John Sattler, has been giving pep talks since yesterday to both U.S. and Iraqi troops involved in the operation. Today, he spoke with a group of Iraqi special forces that have been training beside the U.S. Marines. "You have displayed your warrior spirit as we have trained together," he said. "And now, we will take all of our spirit into the fight to give Fallujah back to the people of Fallujah."

Other U.S. commanders have been telling troops that an assault on Al-Fallujah could break the will of insurgents across the country. But Kemp said he doesn't think that will be the case.

"Anyone who is hoping that the operation around Fallujah is going to be the final battle is very sadly mistaken because the insurgency is taking place throughout the country. For instance, the [British] soldiers in the Black Watch battle group who were killed last Thursday [4 November] had nothing to do with the insurgents in Fallujah. The various attacks on the Iraqi security services in recent weeks, the attacks by insurgents in the Polish-led sector and the British-led sector -- none of this has anything to do with the insurgents who are actually encircled inside Fallujah," Kemp said.

Pentagon officials say anywhere from 1,000 to 6,000 fighters are trapped in Al-Fallujah. They say those fighters include supporters of former Iraqi ruler Saddam Hussein as well as foreign Islamic militants led by the Jordanian militant Abu Mus'ab al-Zarqawi.

http://www.rferl.org/featuresarticle/2004/11/f29d2002-7151-4453-9e91-97c77a17d3f2.html
_____________________________________________________________________________________
U.S. controls 80% of Fallujah: military

Last Updated: Friday, November 12, 2004 | 9:42 PM ET

U.S.–led forces consolidated their control over 80 per cent of Fallujah on Friday, the U.S. military said, as Iraqi soldiers rushed to quell an uprising in Mosul.

Lt.-Gen. John Sattler, a U.S. marine commander, said that troops had cornered insurgents fighting in Fallujah's southwest section and occupied four-fifths of the city by late Friday afternoon.

Iraqi troops searching from house to house discovered hoards of weapons: AK-47 assault rifles, rocket-propelled grenade launchers, body armour and rifles.

US Marines capture Iraqi men in the center of Fallujah, Iraq.(AP Photo)
US Marines capture Iraqi men in the center of Fallujah, Iraq.(AP Photo)

Some houses have been completely booby-trapped.

U.S. marines were seen leaping from roof to roof, carrying sledgehammers and plastic explosives to blast open doors.

 
An Iraqi family who tried to flee fighting in Fallujah, shelter next to a wall(AP Photo)
An Iraqi family who tried to flee fighting in Fallujah, shelter next to a wall(AP Photo)

Troops allowed women, children and old people out of the city on Friday, but continued to prevent men aged 15 to 55 from leaving. Many of the city's 200,000 inhabitants fled before the offensive began Monday.

"You can't tell who's who," said one U.S. officer.

Roads and bridges leading out of Fallujah – dubbed the city of mosques – remained closed.




Some marines say the fight against thousands of insurgents has been easier and faster than expected.

"I don't know if [the insurgents] ran, but you can see all the weapons on the ground," Cpl. Jeremy Mueller told Associated Press.

"I guess they're pulling back into the centre of the city, where they must have stockpiles. But they won't carry their guns, because they know if we see them, we'll shoot them," he added.

A top U.S. commander in Fallujah said the assault on the city was running ahead of schedule, but didn't predict how long it would last.

As many as 600 Iraqi insurgents, 22 U.S. soldiers and five Iraqi soldiers have been killed in Fallujah since Monday.

Iraqi troops rush to quell Mosul uprising

The Iraqi government sent reinforcements to Mosul Friday to stop a deadly militant uprising.

Eyewitnesses report that men with automatic weapons and rocket-propelled grenade launchers were roaming the city streets.

Other reports said that police in Mosul had abandoned their stations to militants. The Iraqi government later fired the city's police chief.

The head of the city's anti-crime task force was also killed Friday.

On Thursday, insurgents attacked nine police stations and clashed with U.S. troops on a number of bridges in the city.

Mosul's governor imposed a curfew on the city, which is about 350 kilometres north of Baghdad, on Wednesday as increasing numbers of insurgents roamed the streets of the city.

U.S. officials believe this uprising may be in support of the resistance in Fallujah.

http://www.cbc.ca/world/story/2004/11/12/fallujah_us041112.html

Fallujah operation to end Sunday: Allawi

Last Updated: Sunday, November 14, 2004 | 5:02 PM ET

The U.S. military declared Saturday that after six days of strategic and intense fighting, the city of Fallujah is occupied.

Iraq's interim Prime Minister Ayad Allawi says operations in Fallujah should be complete by Sunday, "with a clear-cut victory over the insurgents and the terrorists."

The U.S. halted artillery and air strikes Saturday to prevent friendly-fire accidents while U.S. and Iraqi forces scour the streets and homes for insurgents dressed in Iraqi National Guard uniforms.

An Iraqi family in Fallujah(AP Photo)
An Iraqi family in Fallujah(AP Photo)

The plan calls for house-to-house checks for weapons, insurgents and boobytraps.

Iraqi officials said their mission to free Fallujah of insurgents has been accomplished, but admit to two failures: the inability to capture Jordanian terror mastermind Abu Musab al-Zarqawi and Sheik Abdullah al-Janabi.

The offensive against Fallujah has killed 24 U.S. troops and an estimated 1,000 insurgents. Five Iraqi government soldiers have also been killed.

More than 400 U.S. wounded have been airlifted to Germany.

Civilian casualties are not known. While many of Fallujah's residents fled before the well-publicized attack, there have been concerns for those who remained. A Red Crescent relief convoy made its way into the city on Saturday.

U.S. officers counter that subduing and clearing Fallujah of remaining insurgents may take several days, an effort made more difficult now that a number of U.S. and Iraqi troops have been diverted to Mosul to contain an uprising.

One U.S. infantry division was relocated to Mosul after insurgents attacked police stations, bridges and government buildings in that city Thursday.

The region's governor blames the Mosul uprising on the "betrayal of some policemen," who, according to eyewitnesses, abandoned their stations to militants. That led to the firing of the city's police chief.

http://www.cbc.ca/world/story/2004/11/13/mosul041113.html

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Troop Surge May Work and Insurgencies Rarely Win (Both Maybe)

 

"Coalition forces have turned over security responsibilities for a second southern Iraqi province in what U.S. officials called “another sign of progress toward a stable and secure Iraq.”  From "Iraqi Military Takes Charge of Dhi Qar Province, Transfer of security to Iraqis another sign of progress, say U.S. offocials (2nd article posted here)

Insurgencies Rarely Win – And Iraq Won’t Be Any Different (Maybe)

By Donald Stoker
Page 1 of 1
Posted January 2007
Vietnam taught many Americans the wrong lesson: that determined guerrilla fighters are invincible. But history shows that insurgents rarely win, and Iraq should be no different. Now that it finally has a winning strategy, the Bush administration is in a race against time to beat the insurgency before the public’s patience finally wears out.

STR/AFP/Getty Images

Not invincible: The that insurgents can’t be beaten is a myth, because history shows otherwise.

The cold, hard truth about the Bush administration’s strategy of “surging” additional U.S. forces into Iraq is that it could work. Insurgencies are rarely as strong or successful as the public has come to believe. Iraq’s various insurgent groups have succeeded in creating a lot of chaos. But they’re likely not strong enough to succeed in the long term. Sending more American troops into Iraq with the aim of pacifying Baghdad could provide a foundation for their ultimate defeat, but only if the United States does not repeat its previous mistakes.

Myths about invincible guerrillas and insurgents are a direct result of America’s collective misunderstanding of its defeat in South Vietnam. This loss is generally credited to the brilliance and military virtues of the pajama-clad Vietcong. The Vietnamese may have been tough and persistent, but they were not brilliant. Rather, they were lucky—they faced an opponent with leaders unwilling to learn from their failures: the United States. When the Vietcong went toe-to-toe with U.S. forces in the 1968 Tet Offensive, they were decimated. When South Vietnam finally fell in 1975, it did so not to the Vietcong, but to regular units of the invading North Vietnamese Army. The Vietcong insurgency contributed greatly to the erosion of the American public’s will to fight, but so did the way that President Lyndon Johnson and the American military waged the war. It was North Vietnam’s will and American failure, not skillful use of an insurgency, that were the keys to Hanoi’s victory.

Similar misunderstandings persist over the Soviet Union’s defeat in Afghanistan, the other supposed example of guerrilla invincibility. But it was not the mujahidin’s strength that forced the Soviets to leave; it was the Soviet Union’s own economic and political weakness at home. In fact, the regime the Soviets established in Afghanistan was so formidable that it managed to survive for three years after the Red Army left.

Of course, history is not without genuine insurgent successes. Fidel Castro’s victory in Cuba is probably the best known, and there was the IRA’s partial triumph in 1922, as well as Algeria’s defeat of the French between 1954 and 1962. But the list of failed insurgencies is longer: Malayan Communists, Greek Communists, Filipino Huks, Nicaraguan Contras, Communists in El Salvador, Che Guevara in Bolivia, the Boers in South Africa (twice), Savimbi in Angola, and Sindero Luminoso in Peru, to name just a few. If the current U.S. administration maintains its will, establishes security in Baghdad, and succeeds in building a functioning government and army, there is no reason that the Iraqi insurgency cannot be similarly destroyed, or at least reduced to the level of terrorist thugs.

Insurgencies generally fail if all they are able to do is fight an irregular war. Successful practitioners of the guerrilla art from Nathanael Greene in the American Revolution to Mao Zedong in the Chinese Civil War have insisted upon having a regular army for which their guerrilla forces served mainly as an adjunct. Insurgencies also have inherent weaknesses and disadvantages vis-à-vis an established state. They lack governmental authority, established training areas, and secure supply lines. The danger is that insurgents can create these things, if given the time to do so. And, once they have them, they are well on their way to establishing themselves as a functioning and powerful alternative to the government. If they reach this point, they can very well succeed.

That’s why the real question in Iraq is not whether the insurgency can be defeated—it can be. The real question is whether the United States might have already missed its chance to snuff it out. The United States has failed to provide internal security for the Iraqi populace. The result is a climate of fear and insecurity in areas of the country overrun by insurgents, particularly in Baghdad. This undermines confidence in the elected Iraqi government and makes it difficult for it to assert its authority over insurgent-dominated areas. Clearing out the insurgents and reestablishing security will take time and a lot of manpower. Sectarian violence adds a bloody wrinkle. The United States and the Iraqi government have to deal with Sunni and Shia insurgencies, as well as the added complication of al Qaeda guerrillas.

But the strategy of “surging” troops could offer a rare chance for success—if the Pentagon and the White House learn from their past mistakes. Previously, the U.S. military cleared areas such as Baghdad’s notorious Haifa Street, but then failed to follow up with security. So the insurgents simply returned to create havoc. As for the White House, it has so far failed to convince the Iraqi government to remove elements that undermine its authority, such as the Mahdi Army. Bush’s recent speech on Iraq included admissions of these failures, providing some hope that they might not be repeated.

That’s welcome news, because one thing is certain: time is running out. Combating an insurgency typically requires 8 to 11 years. But the administration has done such a poor job of managing U.S. public opinion, to say nothing of the war itself, that it has exhausted many of its reservoirs of support. One tragedy of the Iraq war may be that the administration’s new strategy came too late to avert a rare, decisive insurgent victory.


Donald Stoker is professor of strategy and policy for the U.S. Naval War College’s Monterey Program. His opinions are his own. He is the author or editor of a number of works, including the forthcoming From Mercenaries to Privatization: The Evolution of Military Advising, 1815-2007 (London: Routledge, 2007).

FOREIGN POLICY welcomes letters to the editor.
Readers should address their comments to fpletters@CarnegieEndowment.org.

http://www.foreignpolicy.com/story/cms.php?story_id=3689&fpsrc=ealert070129

______________________________________________________________________________________
There is hope for success based on the "Troop Surge" because:

21 September 2006

Iraqi Military Takes Charge of Dhi Qar Province

Transfer of security to Iraqis another sign of progress, say U.S. officials

U.S. Ambassador Khalilzad and General Casey
U.S. Ambassador Khalilzad and General Casey attend the ceremony transferring security to Iraqis for Dhi Qar province (DoD photo)

Washington – Coalition forces have turned over security responsibilities for a second southern Iraqi province in what U.S. officials called “another sign of progress toward a stable and secure Iraq.”

In a September 21 ceremony, the responsibility for safeguarding the people of Dhi Qar was returned to the Iraqi government and its civilian-controlled security forces.

“After decades of dictatorship and oppression, the Iraqi people have taken another step toward security self-reliance,” U.S. Ambassador Zalmay Khalilzad and Multi-National Force – Iraq commander Army General George W. Casey said in a joint statement. “With the steadfast support of the coalition, Iraq is on a path to national unity, improved security, and increasing prosperity that benefits all its citizens,” according to the statement.

Home to the ancient Mesopotamian city of Ur, Dhi Qar is especially significant to archeologists, historians and tourists.  Among its landmarks is the Sumerian Ziggurat, an ancient temple built in 2000 B.C.  It also is purported to be the birthplace of Abraham, who figures prominently in Judaism, Christianity and Islam.

Dhi Qar is the second southern Iraqi province in which Iraq forces have taken full control of security. Since July 13, local police and military forces in neighboring al Muthanna province also have had full responsibility for the province's security and have planned and executed their own operations, independent of coalition assistance.  (See related article.)

Since 2003, a coalition task force led by 1,500 Italian troops, along with Romanian, Australian and some British soldiers, has worked closely with the local government in Dhi Qar to train and equip Iraqi army and police units in the area.  In addition, they advise local government officials as well as support public works and construction projects, such as building and repairing schools and medical clinics.

Iraqi and coalition officials agreed on the transfer after assessing the overall security situation in the province, the capability of area Iraqi army and police units to maintain security and the provincial leadership’s ability to take the lead in providing services to local citizens. 

The officials said several other Iraqi provinces also are close to meeting these criteria and will be transferred in the near future.

While the Iraqis will gain a new level of self-reliance in the province, coalition military and police advisers will remain available to support both the security forces and efforts to build the local economy, which will be the bedrock of Iraq’s long-term security, they said.

“As Iraq develops and its needs continue to evolve, so too will the nature of international assistance and investment.  The United States remains committed to the development of Dhi Qar province by providing funding for additional humanitarian relief and reconstruction projects,” the U.S. officials said.

The statement also said the United States has contributed nearly $14 million toward the province’s revitalization under its Economic Support Fund and the Commander’s Emergency Relief Program. 

At the ceremony, coalition officials and Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki said they hope to transfer security responsibilities in all 18 of the country’s provinces to Iraqis by the end of 2008.

The text of the Khalilzad-Casey Statement is available from the Multi-National Force – Iraq Web site.

For more information, see Iraq Update.

(The Washington File is a product of the Bureau of International Information Programs, U.S. Department of State. Web site: http://usinfo.state.gov)

USINFO delivers information about current U.S. foreign policy and about American life and culture. This site is produced and maintained by the U.S. Department of State's Bureau of International Information Programs. Links to other internet sites should not be construed as an endorsement of the views contained therein.
Maliki: Iraq takes control in Dhi Qar province, but "challenges" still lie ahead.

http://www.defenselink.mil/Transcripts/Transcript.aspx?TranscriptID=2367 
__________________________________________________________________
Print E-mail
Friday, 22 September 2006

By Staff Sgt. James Sherrill
124th Mobile Public Affairs Detachment

An Italian Soldier takes in the view atop the Ziggurat of Ur in Iraq's Dhi Qar province. The location, in southern Iraq, is purported to be the hometown of the biblical figure Abraham. Dhi Qar is slated to be transferred to provincial Iraqi control later this month. Al Muthanna, a neighboring province, was the first of Iraq's 18 provinces to achieve this status in July. Department of Defense photo by Air Force Capt. Thomas Montgomery.
An Italian Soldier takes in the view atop the Ziggurat of Ur in Iraq's Dhi Qar province. The location, in southern Iraq, is purported to be the hometown of the biblical figure Abraham. Dhi Qar is slated to be transferred to provincial Iraqi control later this month. Al Muthanna, a neighboring province, was the first of Iraq's 18 provinces to achieve this status in July. Department of Defense photo by Air Force Capt. Thomas Montgomery.
BAGHDAD
 — The Government of Iraq took control of the southern province of Dhi Qar on Thursday in a move Coalition officials called "another sign of progress toward a stable and secure Iraq," placing the country one step closer to full self governance.

Dhi Qar is the second of Iraq’s 18 provinces transferred to provincial Iraqi control. With the change in status, Coalition security forces are helping local police and the Iraqi military take full control of security in the region.

Coalition officials and Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki say they hope to have all 18 of the country’s provinces under Iraqi control by the end of next year.

"Today we received the security file for the province of Dhi Qar which follows the handover of Al-Muthanna," al-Maliki said during the handover ceremony.

"We will continue to receive control of other provinces as we manage to get our country back from the hands of the Ba’ath dictatorship."

Brig. Gen. Carmine De Pascale, right, commander of the Italian Joint Task Force - Iraq, along with British Soldiers, climbs the stairs of the ancient Ziggurat of Ur in Dhi Qar province. Italian troops have shouldered much of the work in preparing the province for transfer to provincial Iraqi control later this month. Department of Defense photo by Air Force Capt. Thomas Montgomery.
Brig. Gen. Carmine De Pascale, right, commander of the Italian Joint Task Force - Iraq, along with British Soldiers, climbs the stairs of the ancient Ziggurat of Ur in Dhi Qar province. Italian troops have shouldered much of the work in preparing the province for transfer to provincial Iraqi control later this month. Department of Defense photo by Air Force Capt. Thomas Montgomery.
According to a report by Agence France Press, al-Maliki acknowledged that despite the progress in the south, stiff "challenges" still lie ahead for Iraq.

"We still have to improve basic services. There are those who work to support terrorists,” he explained. “We tell them that those days are gone."

The U.S. Ambassador to Iraq, Zalmay Khalilzad, and Gen. George W. Casey Jr., the commanding general of Multi-National Force - Iraq, congratulated the Iraqi people in a joint statement on Thursday.

“After decades of dictatorship and oppression, the Iraqi people have taken another step toward security self-reliance," the leaders said. "With the steadfast support of the Coalition, Iraq is on a path to national unity, improved security, and increasing prosperity that benefits all its citizens."

They assured the Coalition would stick by the provincial government and security forces in facing new challenges, even as responsibility for day to day tasks transitioned to Iraqi control.

"Coalition forces stand ready to provide assistance if needed ... As Iraq develops and its needs continue to evolve, so too will the nature of international assistance and investment. The United States remains committed to the development of Dhi Qar province by providing funding for additional humanitarian relief and reconstruction projects." 

The statement noted several other Iraqi provinces are close to meeting the criteria necessary to assume security independence.

Major Gen. Kurt A. Cichowski, a deputy chief of staff for MNF-I, said there are four key conditions to determine a province’s eligibility for transfer: the capability of the Iraqi security forces, threat levels in the province, local government capacity, and the provincial government's relationship with Coalition forces.

“We are always in that process … of evaluating the four areas in all of the provinces. When the conditions are met for the provinces in the remaining areas then they will transfer too,” Cichowski said.

The responsibility for Dhi Qar’s transfer was mostly handled by the Italian contingent there, led by Brig. Gen. Carmine De Pascale, commander of the Italian Joint Task Force – Iraq.

“This result was attained by Dhi Qar provincial authorities and Coalition forces through a long and intense period of sacrifices and efforts,” De Pascale said.

A task force of about 1,500 Italian troops, along with Romanian, Australian and some British Soldiers worked closely with the local government in the province – training and equipping the local Police and Army, mentoring government officials, and organizing construction projects like schools and clinics.

"We will continue the program of peace as we say good bye to the Italian troops," Alwan said. "I call upon the Iraqis to stay together given the sacrifices that they have made."

The Coalition transferred neighboring Al Muthanna province on July 13. Since then, Al Muthanna’s local police and military forces have had full responsibility for the province's security and continue to run operations there without Coalition prodding.

“I wish all the best to the provincial leaders and to the people of Dhi Qar,” De Pascale said.

Dhi Qar is especially important to archeologists, historians and tourists.  It contains the site of the ancient city of Ur, purported to be the hometown of the biblical figure Abraham. Near the ruins of the ancient city stands the Ziggurat of Ur, a towering ancient temple dating back more than 4,000 years.

Iraqis and tourists can freely visit this area, something they could not do under the oppression of Saddam Hussein, said Cichowski.
http://www.mnf-iraq.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=5829&Itemid=128 
______________________________________________
and

Power handover in Iraqi province
Iraqi soldier on parade at the handover ceremony
Dhi Qar was the second Iraqi province to be handed over
UK and Italian forces in southern Iraq have handed over control of the province of Dhi Qar to Iraqi forces.

At a ceremony in the provincial capital, Nasiriya, Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri Maliki described the handover as a "great day".

It is the second of 18 provinces to be handed over, following neighbouring Muthanna in July.

Dhi Qar is one of the country's less troubled provinces, and has been in the British area of control since 2003.

There are reports of a string of insurgency attacks across Iraq which claimed up to 32 casualties. The attacks included:

  • Six officers died in a mortar and gun attack on a police station in west Baghdad
  • A car bomb in a market in north-west Baghdad killed two people
  • At least three died in violence in Baghdad's Doura neighbourhood

Other deadly attacks are reported in Baqouba, Diwaniya, Diyala, Falluja and Mosul.

The continued violence means the handover in Dhi Qar is not being seen as a signal for a reduction in the overall levels of US-led coalition troops in Iraq.

Civilian deaths in Iraq are reaching unprecedented levels, with more than 6,500 people killed in July and August alone, the UN has said.

Emergency plans

The official handover in Dhi Qar took place to the sound of trumpet and drum, the BBC's Ian Pannell in Nasiriya reports.

Map
"Muthanna was first, now comes Dhi Qar to crown this victory, and other provinces will come to crown further victories until we reach our goal," Mr Maliki said.

Maj Gen Richard Sheriff, the commander of British forces in southern Iraq, echoed the prime minister's words.

"The provincial government of Dhi Qar has demonstrated that it is ready and capable of taking on responsibility for its security and government," he said.

Although the Iraqis will be taking over security responsibility for Dhi Qar province, British troops will retain what they are calling "operational over-watch" and coalition troops will be on hand to deal with any security emergency.

Italians leaving

Some 1,800 Italian troops have been responsible for much of the security work in Dhi Qar, including training thousands of Iraqi police and army forces.

Italian soldier secures the base at Nasiriya
Italian soldiers are preparing to leave Iraq
Those Italian troops are expected to return home within eight weeks, a UK military spokesman said.

There will not be any reduction in overall British troop levels, currently running at just over 7,000.

They are still fully engaged in the more troubled regional capital, Basra, where the situation has been worsening in recent months.

There is no indication when some of Iraq's other provinces may follow suit and be handed over.

US military commanders have said they expect to have to keep their own troops at their current high levels of over a 140,000 through next spring, far longer than they had hoped.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/5366270.stm
______________________________________________________________________________________
Blog's editor note: As for success in Fallujah and Mosul. there were not ever enough troops and once they secured a town, they had to rush out to another, leaving the city open to the return of the insurgents...
Iraq: U.S. Troops Surround Al-Fallujah As Offensive Preparations Continue
November 2004
By Ron Synovitz
Iraq -- map
There was heavy fighting today on both the eastern and western fringes of Al-Fallujah as U.S. forces encircled the insurgent-held city over the past 24 hours. Al-Fallujah's main hospital was seized overnight by U.S. troops and their Iraqi allies. Intense U.S. air and artillery strikes continue to target suspected insurgent positions in what is being described as a "preparatory phase" of for a ground assault that the Iraqi interim prime minister now says he has authorized.

Prague, 8 November 2004 (RFE/RL) -- Patrols of U.S. troops -- backed by tanks and close air support -- were battling insurgents on two sides of Al-Fallujah today as a main concentration of U.S. and allied Iraqi soldiers remained poised for and expected ground assault on the city.

As the U.S. troops advanced around the fringes, correspondents reported seeing insurgents fire mortars, rocket-propelled grenade launchers, and heavy machine guns. Correspondents say the insurgent fire was being answered by fierce U.S. artillery barrages and raids by U.S. fighter jets called in by controllers on the ground.

In Baghdad, Iraqi interim Prime Minister Iyad Allawi confirmed today that he has given U.S. forces and their Iraqi allies the go-ahead to conduct major offensive operations in Al-Fallujah.

"I have given my authority to the multinational forces. I have given my authority to the Iraqi forces to spearhead the multinational forces' [operation.] We are determined to clean Fallujah from terrorists. The curfew [declared yesterday as part of a general state of emergency] is intended to protect whoever remained of the Fallujah people -- the decent people of Fallujah," Allawi said.

"Bear in mind that the preparatory phase could last any number of days, or indeed, it could last a matter of weeks."

Some 10,000 U.S. soldiers and a smaller number of allied Iraqi special forces are now dug into siege positions around the city.

Ian Kemp, editor of the London-based military journal "Jane's Defense Weekly," told RFE/RL today that the preparatory phase of a major military is clearly under way. "Bear in mind that the preparatory phase could last any number of days, or indeed, it could last a matter of weeks. The longer the city is sealed off with the insurgents inside, the more difficult it is going to be for them. Eventually, their supplies of food and water are going to dwindle. Their supplies of ammunition are slowly going to be eroded," Kemp said.

With nothing to be gained for the U.S.-led coalition by rushing through the preparatory phase, Kemp said he expects the artillery barrages, air strikes, and armored patrols to continue for some time. "They are not going to move into the city itself until the feel they are going to achieve a tactical advantage on the ground," he said. "Moving into an urban operation -- moving into an urban scenario -- is certainly one of the most difficult forms of warfare. So, certainly, U.S. commanders are not going to move until they feel they are fully prepared and they've done as much damage to the insurgents as is possible by the air strikes, the artillery fire, and patrols into the [fringes of the] city."

U.S. and Iraqi forces captured one objective overnight: Al-Fallujah's main hospital. A television crew filmed the operation as Iraqi special forces stormed the compound.

Allawi said today that four foreign terrorists were captured at the hospital and that 38 other militants were killed.

Pentagon officials say control of the hospital will prevent insurgents from using the facility to disseminate inflated reports about civilian casualties. Last spring, a U.S. offensive was called off before a ground assault was launched after reports from the hospital said some 500 Iraqi civilians had been killed by artillery and air strikes. Washington insists those reports were part of an insurgent propaganda campaign.

There are two stated military objectives of the current operation at Al-Fallujah. One is to allow Iraq's interim government to exert control over the city so that residents can take part in national elections in January. The second is to defeat as many insurgents -- either by killing or capturing them -- as possible.

The senior U.S. Marine commander in charge of operations at Al-Fallujah, Lieutenant General John Sattler, has been giving pep talks since yesterday to both U.S. and Iraqi troops involved in the operation. Today, he spoke with a group of Iraqi special forces that have been training beside the U.S. Marines. "You have displayed your warrior spirit as we have trained together," he said. "And now, we will take all of our spirit into the fight to give Fallujah back to the people of Fallujah."

Other U.S. commanders have been telling troops that an assault on Al-Fallujah could break the will of insurgents across the country. But Kemp said he doesn't think that will be the case.

"Anyone who is hoping that the operation around Fallujah is going to be the final battle is very sadly mistaken because the insurgency is taking place throughout the country. For instance, the [British] soldiers in the Black Watch battle group who were killed last Thursday [4 November] had nothing to do with the insurgents in Fallujah. The various attacks on the Iraqi security services in recent weeks, the attacks by insurgents in the Polish-led sector and the British-led sector -- none of this has anything to do with the insurgents who are actually encircled inside Fallujah," Kemp said.

Pentagon officials say anywhere from 1,000 to 6,000 fighters are trapped in Al-Fallujah. They say those fighters include supporters of former Iraqi ruler Saddam Hussein as well as foreign Islamic militants led by the Jordanian militant Abu Mus'ab al-Zarqawi.

http://www.rferl.org/featuresarticle/2004/11/f29d2002-7151-4453-9e91-97c77a17d3f2.html
_____________________________________________________________________________________
U.S. controls 80% of Fallujah: military

Last Updated: Friday, November 12, 2004 | 9:42 PM ET

U.S.–led forces consolidated their control over 80 per cent of Fallujah on Friday, the U.S. military said, as Iraqi soldiers rushed to quell an uprising in Mosul.

Lt.-Gen. John Sattler, a U.S. marine commander, said that troops had cornered insurgents fighting in Fallujah's southwest section and occupied four-fifths of the city by late Friday afternoon.

Iraqi troops searching from house to house discovered hoards of weapons: AK-47 assault rifles, rocket-propelled grenade launchers, body armour and rifles.

US Marines capture Iraqi men in the center of Fallujah, Iraq.(AP Photo)
US Marines capture Iraqi men in the center of Fallujah, Iraq.(AP Photo)

Some houses have been completely booby-trapped.

U.S. marines were seen leaping from roof to roof, carrying sledgehammers and plastic explosives to blast open doors.

 
An Iraqi family who tried to flee fighting in Fallujah, shelter next to a wall(AP Photo)
An Iraqi family who tried to flee fighting in Fallujah, shelter next to a wall(AP Photo)

Troops allowed women, children and old people out of the city on Friday, but continued to prevent men aged 15 to 55 from leaving. Many of the city's 200,000 inhabitants fled before the offensive began Monday.

"You can't tell who's who," said one U.S. officer.

Roads and bridges leading out of Fallujah – dubbed the city of mosques – remained closed.




Some marines say the fight against thousands of insurgents has been easier and faster than expected.

"I don't know if [the insurgents] ran, but you can see all the weapons on the ground," Cpl. Jeremy Mueller told Associated Press.

"I guess they're pulling back into the centre of the city, where they must have stockpiles. But they won't carry their guns, because they know if we see them, we'll shoot them," he added.

A top U.S. commander in Fallujah said the assault on the city was running ahead of schedule, but didn't predict how long it would last.

As many as 600 Iraqi insurgents, 22 U.S. soldiers and five Iraqi soldiers have been killed in Fallujah since Monday.

Iraqi troops rush to quell Mosul uprising

The Iraqi government sent reinforcements to Mosul Friday to stop a deadly militant uprising.

Eyewitnesses report that men with automatic weapons and rocket-propelled grenade launchers were roaming the city streets.

Other reports said that police in Mosul had abandoned their stations to militants. The Iraqi government later fired the city's police chief.

The head of the city's anti-crime task force was also killed Friday.

On Thursday, insurgents attacked nine police stations and clashed with U.S. troops on a number of bridges in the city.

Mosul's governor imposed a curfew on the city, which is about 350 kilometres north of Baghdad, on Wednesday as increasing numbers of insurgents roamed the streets of the city.

U.S. officials believe this uprising may be in support of the resistance in Fallujah.

http://www.cbc.ca/world/story/2004/11/12/fallujah_us041112.html

Fallujah operation to end Sunday: Allawi

Last Updated: Sunday, November 14, 2004 | 5:02 PM ET

The U.S. military declared Saturday that after six days of strategic and intense fighting, the city of Fallujah is occupied.

Iraq's interim Prime Minister Ayad Allawi says operations in Fallujah should be complete by Sunday, "with a clear-cut victory over the insurgents and the terrorists."

The U.S. halted artillery and air strikes Saturday to prevent friendly-fire accidents while U.S. and Iraqi forces scour the streets and homes for insurgents dressed in Iraqi National Guard uniforms.

An Iraqi family in Fallujah(AP Photo)
An Iraqi family in Fallujah(AP Photo)

The plan calls for house-to-house checks for weapons, insurgents and boobytraps.

Iraqi officials said their mission to free Fallujah of insurgents has been accomplished, but admit to two failures: the inability to capture Jordanian terror mastermind Abu Musab al-Zarqawi and Sheik Abdullah al-Janabi.

The offensive against Fallujah has killed 24 U.S. troops and an estimated 1,000 insurgents. Five Iraqi government soldiers have also been killed.

More than 400 U.S. wounded have been airlifted to Germany.

Civilian casualties are not known. While many of Fallujah's residents fled before the well-publicized attack, there have been concerns for those who remained. A Red Crescent relief convoy made its way into the city on Saturday.

U.S. officers counter that subduing and clearing Fallujah of remaining insurgents may take several days, an effort made more difficult now that a number of U.S. and Iraqi troops have been diverted to Mosul to contain an uprising.

One U.S. infantry division was relocated to Mosul after insurgents attacked police stations, bridges and government buildings in that city Thursday.

The region's governor blames the Mosul uprising on the "betrayal of some policemen," who, according to eyewitnesses, abandoned their stations to militants. That led to the firing of the city's police chief.

http://www.cbc.ca/world/story/2004/11/13/mosul041113.html

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Vince Foster Dead Because Of Connections To Hillary's CDF And Wanta Money?

 Former Ambassador Says
Vince Foster Was Murdered
Leo Wanta - 'The 27.5 Trilllion Dollar Man - Part 5

Leo Wanta gave Foster $250 million earmarked for Hillary Clinton's
slush fund disguised as the Childrens' Fund. Foster later turned up dead and Wanta ended up in a Swiss dungeon for 134 days.

By Greg Szymanski
4-4-6
 
Former Ambassador Leo Wanta, jailed for years and framed by the Bush and Clinton crime families, said during a recent radio interview there is no doubt in his mind Vince Foster, chief White House counsel to President Clinton, was murdered only weeks after giving Foster $250 million dollars earmarked for the Childrens' Defense Fund.
 
Wanta also said Monday on Greg Szymanski's nightly edition of the Investigative Journal that he was aware Foster was about to testify against Clinton, providing another motive for Foster's untimely death.
 
Although Wanta had no idea what The Children's Fund was all about, later a financial investigator, Marco Saba of the Organized Crime Observatory (OBO) in Switzerland wrote this about turned out to be a secret fund:
 
"One component of this information concerns the activities of the CIA operative known as Mrs Hillary Rodham Clinton. For some years prior to the elevation of her husband, Bill, a CIA operative like his ''CIA wife'', Hillary had been in control of an organization calling itself the Childrens' Defense Fund. Executive Order 12333 (1981) of President Reagan, the US intelligence services were authorized to operate what became known as Title 18, Section 6 USG corporations for intelligence purposes, and to deny any intelligence community connection (that is, to lie about their real purpose).
 
"Some of these entities have touchy-feely, welfarish titles, like The Childrens' Defense Fund. It is alleged, un the basis of intelligence community leakages, that Hillary became accustomed to treating this fund as her own private slush fund."
 
Besides meeting with Foster, Wanta was in Switzerland on an official business to arrest the tax-evading criminal Marc Rich. But instead of bringing him to justice, Wanta was double-crossed by Clinton as Rich was allowed to escape on a tip by Israeli Mossad agents and Wanta instead was locked-up in a Swiss dungeon for 134 days.
 
Wanta's arrest, for no apparent reason, was met with strong opposition from Israeli leader Itzhak Rabin and Foster, both objecting to the Department of State. It's interesting to note both  Rabin and Foster were subsequently killed, Foster on July 20, 1993 and Rabin assassinated in 1995.
 
"Foster was a religious man, happily married and why would anyone want to commit suicide after returning with 250 million," said Wanta. "There is no doubt in mind he was murdered as where some of my other business and political associates who were trying to do the right thing while honorably serving their country."
 
Regarding the other deaths, Wanta was referring to his business partner, Kok Howe Kwong, and other associates like Freddie Woodruff and Francois de Grosseurve, all found dead, according to Wanta, "strangely for their personal belief in our Great Nation, but by betrayal of others with falsehoods and malice," pointing the finger in the direction of George H. Bush and Clinton.
 
The situation in the early 1990's became ugly when Illuminati banksters set their sights on ripping-off vast sums of money in Wanta's control after appointed legal guardian by President Ronald Reagan earmarked for the American people, not private bank accounts
 
And now, years later, after Wanta spent a lengthy, "trumped-up" prison sentence and now released on house arrest, the criminals within the government are still trying to get at the money killing before it ever can be released safely into the hands of the American people.
 
The reason officials want Wanta out of the way is that he is legally holding the financial "golden keys" to a vast sum of made right after the Cold War after he and others on behalf of President Ronald Reagan were assigned to destabilize the Russian Ruble. The profits have now grown to approximately 27.5 trillion and Wanta has been legally appointed trustee by a 2003 federal court ruling out of Alexandria, Virginia.
 
Interviewed March 23 and again on April 3 on Greg Szymanski's radio show, The Investigative Journal, Wanta said he and Foster, as well as many other patriots working in the best interests of the U.S., were essentially double-crossed, Foster being murdered for "knowing too much" and Wanta being shackled and hidden away in a Swiss dungeon and then sentenced to 22 years for a bogus Wisconsin state income tax evasion charge.
 
Recently released and still under house arrest with 10 years remaining on his sentence, an unexpected 2003 decision by a federal judge ruled he was legal trustee of 27.5 trillion, blocking any efforts for others in government to steal the large sum of money, now held in various overseas accounts under the name of Ameri-trust.
 
 For rest of story and more informative articles, go to www.arcticbeacon.com
 
 

Disclaimer

Email This Article

http://www.rense.com/general70/formerambassadorsays.htm
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Former Ambassador Who Met With Vince Foster Days Before He Turned Up Dead Claims He Was Murdered

Leo Wanta gave Foster $250 million earmarked for Hillary Clinton's slush fund disguised as the Childrens' Fund. Foster later turned up dead and Wanta ended up in a Swiss dungeon for 134 days.

4 Apr 2006

Former Ambassador Leo Wanta, jailed for years and framed by the Bush and Clinton crime families, said during a recent radio interview there is no doubt in his mind Vince Foster, chief White House counsel to President Clinton, was murdered only weeks after giving Foster $250 million dollars earmarked for the Childrens' Defense Fund.

Wanta also said Monday on Greg Szymanski's nightly edition of the Investigative Journal that he was aware Foster was about to testify against Clinton, providing another motive for Foster's untimely death.

Although Wanta had no idea what The Children's Fund was all about, later a financial investigator, Marco Saba of the Organized Crime Observatory (OBO) in Switzerland wrote this about turned out to be a secret fund:

"One component of this information concerns the activities of the CIA operative known as Mrs Hillary Rodham Clinton. For some years prior to the elevation of her husband, Bill, a CIA operative like his ''CIA wife'', Hillary had been in control of an organization calling itself the Childrens' Defense Fund. Executive Order 12333 (1981) of President Reagan, the US intelligence services were authorized to operate what became known as Title 18, Section 6 USG corporations for intelligence purposes, and to deny any intelligence community connection (that is, to lie about their real purpose)."

"...It is alleged, on the basis of intelligence community leakages, that Hillary became accustomed to treating this fund as her own private slush fund."

Besides meeting with Foster, Wanta was in Switzerland on an official business to arrest the tax-evading criminal Marc Rich. But instead of bringing him to justice, Wanta was double-crossed by Clinton as Rich was allowed to escape on a tip by Israeli Mossad agents and Wanta instead was locked-up in a Swiss dungeon for 134 days.

Wanta's arrest, for no apparent reason, was met with strong opposition from Israeli leader Itzhak Rabin and Foster, both objecting to the Department of State. It's interesting to note both Rabin and Foster were subsequently killed, Foster on July 20, 1993 and Rabin assassinated in 1995.

"Foster was a religious man, happily married and why would anyone want to commit suicide after returning with 250 million," said Wanta. "There is no doubt in mind he was murdered as where some of my other business and political associates who were trying to do the right thing while honorably serving their country."

Regarding the other deaths, Wanta was referring to his business partner, Kok Howe Kwong, and other associates like Freddie Woodruff and Francois de Grosseurve, all found dead, according to Wanta, "strangely for their personal belief in our Great Nation, but by betrayal of others with falsehoods and malice," pointing the finger in the direction of George H. Bush and Clinton.

The situation in the early 1990's became ugly when Illuminati banksters set their sights on ripping-off vast sums of money in Wanta's control after appointed legal guardian by President Ronald Reagan earmarked for the American people, not private bank accounts

And now, years later, after Wanta spent a lengthy, "trumped-up" prison sentence and now released on house arrest, the criminals within the government are still trying to get at the money killing before it ever can be released safely into the hands of the American people.

The reason officials want Wanta out of the way is that he is legally holding the financial "golden keys" to a vast sum of made right after the Cold War after he and others on behalf of President Ronald Reagan were assigned to destabilize the Russian Ruble. The profits have now grown to approximately 27.5 trillion and Wanta has been legally appointed trustee by a 2003 federal court ruling out of Alexandria, Virginia.

Interviewed March 23 and again on April 3 on The Investigative Journal, Wanta said he and Foster, as well as many other patriots working in the best interests of the U.S., were essentially double-crossed, Foster being murdered for "knowing too much" and Wanta being shackled and hidden away in a Swiss dungeon and then sentenced to 22 years for a bogus Wisconsin state income tax evasion charge.

Recently released and still under house arrest with 10 years remaining on his sentence, an unexpected 2003 decision by a federal judge ruled he was legal trustee of 27.5 trillion, blocking any efforts for others in government to steal the large sum of money, now held in various overseas accounts under the name of Ameri-trust.

"I don't think they ever expected the decision and they have been trying to get me out the way so they can get the money before I put it back in the U.S. Treasury," said Wanta, who has also documented that during his prison stay more than $756 billion dollars has been pilfered from the fund by crooked bankers and politicians. The only hope we have in saving our country is to change the private Federal Reserve banking system like President Kennedy wanted to do before he was killed."

In the simplest of terms, as the dust has finally settled from the Cold War, the issue of the 27.5 trillion held by Wanta in trust for the American people still remains in limbo. According to Wanta, though, the issue is simple: change the banking laws so the money can be used for the people, not put into accounts of criminals.

According to Saba of the OBO, who investigated and traced Wanta's behind the scenes accounting of how some of the money has already been misappropriated, it's easy to see why Illuminati banksters want to get their dirty hands on the money before it gets into the hands of American people.

Here is a small portion of Saba's article about what he calls the "biggest bank heist in world history."

THE STALINESQUE ANO CALIGULA-LIKE PURGE

"In the meantime, the high-level crooks -- who are known to be most uneasy at the continuing leakage of information which threatens their exposure, ...have resorted to the ultimate sanction in innumerable cases -- have procured that dose on 500 operatives, lawyers and others have been ''taken down'' (liquidated, ''suicided'', placed under house arrest, jailed on trumped-up charges, or dismissed) in a Stalinesque purge of those considered a threat to the continued cover-up of crimes referred to generically as the Iran-Contra scandal, which in fact covers a far widen spectrum of serial illegality than its name implies. It also covers ''legitimate'' intelligence Financial Warfare operations in which Leo Wanta was extensively involved, and its operational codename was the name of his primary Title 18, Section 6 corporation, New Republic/USA Financial Group, and its several affiliates."

"One method that Leo Wanta says is being used to hide all trace of some of the original alleged embezzlements, is that stolen banking or 138 Treasury instruments are being used and re-used as collateral for bank loans. The effect of this ruse is to ensure that the original embezzled instrument is permanently in the custody of financial institutions, and thus beyond the scrutiny of the authorities -- not that this is likely, since, as Leo Wanta told your correspondent finally on 25th April, US Treasury officials are complicit in the vast cover-up operation which has continued ever since the main alleged embezzlements took place in the early 1990s."

 
Short note about the author Greg Szymanski
To learn more about the Leo Wanta saga and other stories vital to our world, go to independent journalist Greg Szymanski's http://www.arcticbeacon.com .

http://www.eioba.com/index.php/page,Articles.PrintArticle/articleID,67706
_____________________________________________________________________________________
www.stewwebb.com

stewwebb@sierranv.net

Jun 2 2002
HILLARY AND BILL CLINTON AND THE SET UP OF LEO WANTA INTERVIEW:  HE BLOWS THE LID

Iran/Contra, Vince Foster, George H.W. Bush, James Baker, Mickey Cantor, Bob Nash, Barry Seals, Webb Hubbell, DCI Bill Casey, Chinese Secret Service, AmeriTrust, Children's Defense Fund, Bill Casey, and Indep. Prosecutor Ken Star cover-up.

9-21-97 Tom

TOM: Are you under house arrest in Wisconsin?
WANTA: Yes. It's illegal.

T: When did you go to work for the U.S. government?
W: September 20, 1963.

T: In what capacity were you hired?
W: DEA and CIA with Senator Alexander Wiley(R-WI) as my sponsor.

T: What were your overall project jobs?
W: Aerospace, munitions, and currency.

T: When did you go to work for the Republican Party?
W: 1965.

T: Did you work for the Nixon campaign in 1968?
W: Yes, with Ray Fleming in communications.

T: Did you play a role in the Indochina conflict?
W: Yes, in tank projects and "B" bombers.

T: What was your capaciaty or role with the president?
W: I worked in the Department of Defense.

T: Did this role continue in the Carter Administration?
W: Yes. It was non-political. My skills were in demand.

T: In 1980 when President Reagan was elected, did your role in government
expand?
W: Yes, I went to work for Jim Baker who helped me get work with Bill Casey
in the CIA special operations branch -- Black Ops.

T: What role did Vice President George Bush play?
W: He was the Supervisor of Record.

T: Please explain your operation in the old Soviet Union.
W: We dealt with the fusion bomb and the destabilization of the Soviet
economy. My partner was Kok Howie Kwong of the Chinese Secret Service.

T: The Chinese worked with the United States in the ruble destabilization?
W: You bet!

T: You were detained in Switzerland on July 7, 1993?
W: Yes. The Swiss police arrested me on Wisconsin State tax charges.

T: What happened next?
W: I spent 130 days in a dungeon.

T: What happened next?
W: Prime Minister Rabin of Israel wrote a letter to the Swiss demanding my
release, given I was chairman of the AmeriTrust account.

T: What happened next?
W: The Swiss government released me and I was sent to New York state.

T: What happened next?
W: The federal judge in New York state released me, but I was arrested by
the state of Wisconsin on the steps of the federal courthouse as I left the
building.

T: This is while you were still Somalian Ambassador to Switzerland?
W: Yes, of course. I had previously been Ambassador to Canada.

T: You were in Switzerland to execute a 70 billion dollar credit for the
U.S. Treasury?
W: Yes. Along with Vince Foster and Geneva Farrell. We were to meet at the
Hotel Dekpix in Switzerland.

T: What was the role of George Bush in the AmeriTrust account?
W: Bush felt he could never lose the election and would be able to grab(??)
all the money himself.

T: Of course, Clinton won the election.
W: Yes. And Vince Foster and Mickey Lee Cantor called me and drew up an
instrument for $250,000,000 for the credit of the Children's Defense Fund.

T: What about the rest of the fund?
W: There was $210 billion in the account, $250 million to the Children's
Defense Fund, $70 billion was to be assigned to the White House, and some
to be directed to foreign nations.

T: Why was Vince Foster silenced?
W: He was upset about me and felt the AmeriTrust funds were being misdirected.

T: What was Foster's role with Bill Casey?
W: The Contra/arms laundering in Arkansas.

T: What is your understanding of the role of Ken Starr?
W: Protect the Clintons.

T: Explain to us your meeting with John Brown of Little Rock, Arkansas.
W: Mr. Brown drove up to Lacrosse, Wisconsin and said he was a Registered
Agent of Ken Starr. He demanded that I give him documents in my possession.

T: Did you give him the documents?
W: Yes. I was under house arrest and felt a great deal of pressure.

T: What were the documents about?
W: They were files relating to Mena, the DEA, Barry Seal, and the Chinese
COLA accounts.

T: What do you know about Mena?
W: It involved the Arkansas Development Finance Authority run by Bob Nash
which used Mitsui Mfg Bank to launder Japanese yen.

T: What else do you know about Mena?
W: It involved Bill Clinton, George Bush, Vince Foster, Bill Hakr and Webb
Hubbell. Japanese yen was laundered through the Bank of China in exchange
for U.S. dollars.

T: What else should we know about Mena?
W: Of course Barry Seal was the pilot bringing in the drugs. He reported to
Bill Casey.

T: Did George Bush know about the murder of Barry Seal?
W: You bet!

T: What about the arms operation in Arkansas?
W: Arms were shipped through Honduras through the Chinese COLAs accounts.
My partner was eventually murdered with the help of Chinese Intelligence.

T: That partner was Kwong?
W: Yes.

T: What was the role of Hillary Clinton?
W: She was president of Standard LaFarge and helped launder the arms
profits through its headquarters in Quebec, Canada.

T: There is a hearing due on the 23rd of September, 1997.
W: I am hoping that my attorney's request for a summary judgment will be
accepted.

T: That would lead to your release?
W: Yes, I hope.

T: Would you testify before the Senate Intelligence or Banking Committee?
W: Certainly.

T: Thanks for your cooperation.


All logos and trademarks in this site are property of their respective owner.
FAIR USE NOTICE: This site contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic, democracy, scientific, and social justice issues, etc. We believe this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. For more information go to: www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
http://www.stewwebb.com/Money%20Laundering%20Leo%20Wanta.html
__________________________________________________

How much do you know about First Lady Hillary Clinton?

  

1. Hillary Rodham Clinton has said she grew up in a family that looked like it came from what popular 1950s sitcom?
"Leave It To Beaver"
"Father Knows Best"
"I Love Lucy"
"The Howdy-Doody Show"


2. When did Ms. Clinton make the following statement? "We're not interested in social reconstruction; it's human reconstruction."
At the 1992 Democratic Convention
At a 1973 board meeting of the Children's Defense Fund
At her 1969 Wellsley College graduation address
At a 1996 campaign stop in Ithaca, New York


3. Of what job did Hillary Clinton say "Never have I been prouder to be a lawyer and to be an American. . ."?
Her work as head of the 1993 President's Task Force on Health Care Reform
Her work as chairperson of the Children's Defense Fund board of directors
Her work as assistant professor at the University of Arkansas Law School
Her work as staff counsel to the House Judiciary Committee during Watergate


4. What step did Hillary Rodham take to improve voter perceptions of her husband during the 1982 Arkansas gubenatorial campaign?
She promised to hold more teas in the Governor's Mansion
She worked to end the Clinton investment in Whitewater
She changed her last name to Clinton, and used her maiden name only in her work as a lawyer
She worked to create a legal-aid society at the University of Arkansas at Fayetteville


5. While running for president in 1992, what slogan did Bill Clinton use to include Hillary Clinton in the idea of a Clinton presidency?
"Two for the price of one!"
"In with the new, out with the old!"
"Don't stop thinking about tomorrow!"
"America's future belongs to women!"


6. During the 1992 campaign, Mrs. Clinton remarked that she had chosen to have a career as a lawyer rather than which of the following activities?
Stay at home, bake cookies and have tea parties
Run a Meals-on-Wheels program in Little Rock, Arkansas
Become an artist and travel the world
Join the Peace Corps


7. True or False: As head of the Presidential Task Force on Health Care Reform, Hillary Rodham Clinton proposed levying a 45 percent tax on retail tobacco products to fund a new national health care program.
True
False


8. As part of what political scandal did the Senate Whitewater committee look into whether Hillary Clinton had attempted to conceal certain White House records?
Travelgate
The Vince Foster suicide
The campaign finance scandal
The Monica Lewinsky scandal


9. In a January 1998 NBC interview, Mrs. Clinton charged that the uproar over Monica Lewinsky was the result of what?
President Clinton's "poor judgement"
The media's "debilitating hunger for sex scandals"
A "vast, right-wing conspiracy"
A "critical lapse" in White House security


10. Hillary Clinton was riding high in public opinion polls by the time the House Judiciary Committee began to consider articles of impeachment for President Clinton in late 1998. How high did Mrs. Clinton's approval ratings stand by the November mid-term elections?
40 percent
70 percent
15 percent
54 percent

http://www.time.com/time/moy/hrandomquiz.html

___________________________________________________________________________

AllPolitics - Whitewater - Cast of Characters

Vincent Foster: A longtime Arkansas associate of the Clintons, Foster came to ... Susan Thomases: A close friend and former Children's Defense Fund ...
www.cnn.com/ALLPOLITICS/resources/1999/whitewater/players.html - 46k -
Cast of Characters

ainley Neal Ainley: The government's star witness in the second Whitewater trial, Ainley was formerly president of Perry Bank and pled guilty to two misdemeanors. He told jurors he saw documents revealing that the defendants, Robert Hill and Herby Branscum, reimbursed themselves for political donations to Clinton's gubernatorial campaign. Defense attorneys dismissed Ainley as a scoundrel simply trying to cut a deal to get a lighter sentence for his own crimes.

altmanRoger Altman: Formerly deputy Treasury secretary, Altman resigned Aug. 29, 1994 following revelations he tipped the White House off to criminal referrals made by Resolution Trust Corp. investigators related to Madison Guaranty. Altman, a college friend of Clinton's, angered both Republican and Democratic senators after giving conflicting testimony about White House-Treasury contacts.

ben-veniste Richard Ben-Veniste:Ben-Veniste was counsel for the Democratic members of the Senate Whitewater Committee.

branscum Herby Branscum, Jr.: A longtime political supporter of Bill Clinton, small-time banker Branscum was one of two defendants in the second Whitewater trial, charged with 11 counts of misusing bank funds for political purposes. The jury acquitted both Branscum and Robert Hill on four charges and deadlocked on the rest. Starr decided not to retry.

carville James Carville: The Democratic strategist who helped orchestrate Clinton's 1992 campaign, Carville threatened in late 1996 to mount an aggressive campaign to counter what he has termed Starr's "Republican effort to harass the president, the first lady and their friends." Though he backed down a bit, Carville remains the Clintons' preeminent political pit bull and stridently defended the Clintons and attacked Starr during the Monica Lewinsky investigation and subsequent impeachment of the president.

chertoff Michael Chertoff: The counsel retained by the Republican side of the Senate Whitewater probe, Chertoff is a New York lawyer specializing in government corruption cases. Democrats cried foul after Chertoff questioned the president's ethics during appearances on behalf of GOP nominee Bob Dole during the presidential campaign.

clinton Bill Clinton: The president has now testified under oath in two Whitewater cases tried by Starr and his team. In the first, Clinton steadfastly contradicted the government's star witness, banker David Hale, who said Clinton had pressured him to make an illegal $300,000 loan. After supporting Clinton's denial, James McDougal is reportedly now corroborating Hale. Starr is also investigating Travelgate (the Clinton Administration's firing of seven longtime travel office workers) and the FBI files flap (the improper collection of some 900 FBI background files). During his presentation before the House Judiciary Committee over the Monica Lewinsky investigation, Starr said that he did not have enough evidence to present reports to Congress on Whitewater, Travelgate and the FBI files affair but that the investigations are continuing.

hillary clinton Hillary Clinton: She made history as the only first lady to appear before a federal grand jury, which she did in January 1996 after being subpoenaed by Starr to help explain the mysterious appearance of her long-sought Whitewater billing records in a book room in the Clintons' White House residence. Mrs. Clinton was reportedly a major focus of Starr's investigation, and figures prominently in Whitewater, Travelgate, and the FBI files flap. Starr's investigations into those matters remains ongoing.

damato Alfonse D'Amato: Chairman of the Senate Banking Committee, the New York Republican senator chaired the $1 million, 14-month Senate Whitewater Committee investigation. The proceeding produced a few fireworks, most notably over the mysterious appearance of Hillary Rodham Clinton's Whitewater legal records, but no conclusive evidence of wrongdoing. He was defeated for re-election in 1998 by Democratic Rep. Chuck Schumer, who was on the House Judiciary Committee during President Bill Clinton's impeachment and became a senator during the 1999 Senate trial.

Davis Lanny Davis: Davis was the White House's pointman for all matters scandalous during his tenure. He took the job over from Mark Fabiani and Jane Sherbourne, who left the administration at the end of Clinton's first term. Davis has since left the administration but often appeared as a television commentator during the Lewinsky scandal.

W. Hickman Ewing, Jr.: The lead prosecuting attorney in the second Whitewater trial, Ewing heads the Little Rock investigation into Whitewater. He testified during Susan McDougal's trial on criminal contempt and obstruction charges relating to her refusal to testify. In his testimony, he said that he wrote a "rough draft indictment" of first lady Hillary Rodham Clinton after he doubted her truthfulness in a deposition.

fiske Robert Fiske: The first Whitewater independent prosecutor, Fiske, a New York attorney with a reputation for even-handedness, was appointed in January 1994. His investigation, which critics called lackluster, focused on longtime Clinton associate and White House counsel Vincent Foster's July 1993 death, which Fiske ruled a suicide.

foster Vincent Foster: A longtime Arkansas associate of the Clintons, Foster came to Washington in 1992 to become White House counsel. In July 1993, he committed suicide, an event which sparked new and intense interest in Whitewater. Critics of the administration suspected Foster was depressed over legal issues dogging the Clintons, including Whitewater and Travelgate. What Foster may have done with the Clintons' legal records, and whether documents were removed from his office in the hours following his death, has been the source of intense speculation.

Mark Geragos: Geragos was Susan McDougal's defense attorney during her 1998 trial in which she was acquitted on charges that she embezzled her former employers, conductor Zubin Mehta and his wife, Nancy. Geragos also defended McDougal during her latest trial on criminal contempt and obstruction charges.

haleDavid Hale: -- The government's star witness in the first Whitewater trial, Arkansas banker David Hale made the salacious claim that Clinton, in the 1980s, conspired with him and Whitewater partner Jim McDougal on an illegal $300,000 loan. Then-Arkansas Gov. Jim Guy Tucker and James and Susan McDougal were convicted in that trial. Hale himself pleaded guilty to two felony counts of defrauding the Small Business Administration and served 21 months of a 28-month sentence. He once predicted that Starr would indict Hillary Clinton, and once told an interviewer he had only told investigators "a small, small part" of the whole Whitewater saga, and that "a lot more information will come out by the time this investigation is all over." In 1999, Hale was sentenced to 21 days in prison after pleading guilty of lying to state regulators about the solvency of his insurance company.

Robert Hill: Along with co-defendant Herby Branscum Jr., Hill was charged with 11 counts of misusing bank funds for political purposes in the second Whitewater trial. Prosecutors suggested Clinton rewarded Hill with a plum Arkansas state job in return for political donations. The jury acquitted both Branscum and Robert Hill on four charges and deadlocked on the rest. Starr decided not to retry.

hubbell Webster Hubbell: A former Rose Law Firm partner of Hillary Rodham Clinton and a golfing buddy to Bill, Hubbell was Starr's first prey, pleading guilty in late 1994 to bilking the Rose firm of hundreds of thousands of dollars in fraudulent billings. The former No. 3 person at the Justice Department, Hubbell recently completed an 18-month jail sentence, but has frequently been summoned to testify before Whitewater federal grand juries or Capitol Hill committees, though he has frequently cited memory lapses on key issues. Senate Whitewater investigators believe Hubbell lied about his involvement with a deal called Castle Grande, and referred him to Ken Starr for possible criminal investigation. Tax evasion charges filed by Starr were dismissed by a federal judge who concluded that the tax evasion case went beyond Starr's mandate to investigate the Whitewater land deal. But Starr appealed and a federal appeals court ruled that the judge overreached his authority when he threw out the charges. In November 1998, Starr got a third indictment alleging that Hubbell lied to federal regulators about the work he and Mrs. Clinton did for a failed Arkansas savings and loan association owned by the Clintons' Whitewater partner, James McDougal. The indictment also alleges that he committed perjury while testifying before the House Banking Committee during nationally televised Whitewater hearings.

huber Carolyn Huber: Practically family to the Clintons, this diminutive longtime aide discovered HillaryClinton's long-sought Whitewater billing records in a book room off the Clintons' White House residence. Not realizing their importance, she told investigators, she initially filed them away. After realizing their sought-after-status, she turned them over to White House lawyers who, in turn, delivered them to Whitewater investigators.

ickes Harold Ickes: Formerly deputy chief of staff, Ickes was referred to Ken Starr for possible criminal investigation by Senate Whitewater investigators, who believed he misled them about the statute of limitations for pursuing possible crimes committed by the Rose Law Firm. Ickes also participated in a phone conversation with George Stephanopoulos and Roger Altman protesting the selection of Republican lawyer Jay Stephens to head the RTC investigation of Madison. Forced out of office at the behest of incoming chief of staff Erskine Bowles, Ickes was asked initially to head the White House Whitewater response team.

David Kendall:Kendall is the Clintons' personal lawyer for Whitewater matters. A Rhodes scholar and Yale law school graduate, just like Clinton, Kendall practiced civil rights law before joining the elite Washington, D.C., firm of Williams & Connolly. His biggest triumph there was in a case defending The Washington Post against libel charges filed by Mobil Oil. The judge who wrote the decision was a young U.S. Court of Appeals judge named Ken Starr. Representing the Clintons, Kendall has been forced into a more public posture than is customary for a Williams & Connolly lawyer; in June 1996, he derided Sen. Alfonse D'Amato's Senate Whitewater committee as "a partisan kangaroo court." He was thrust into an even more public role when he successfully defended the president during the impeachment trial in the Senate. He also questioned the independent counsel during Starr's appreance before the House Judciary Committee in late 1998 before Clinton was impeached.

William Kennedy: Starr may be investigating Kennedy, formerly a White House counsel, on allegations he improperly used the FBI to trump up charges against the White House travel office staff. In the FBI files matter, Kennedy took responsibility for hiring Craig Livingstone, the former White House security office head who oversaw the improper collection of some 900 background files.

Jim Leach: Leach, an Iowa House Republican, accused the RTC of stonewalling on Whitewater documents in March 1994 during a floor speech. In July 1995, as the new chairman of the House Banking committee, Leach led a new set of House hearings into White House-Treasury contacts which featured Jean Lewis' dramatic allegations of administration interference.

Jean Lewis: Formerly on the Resolution Trust Corporation team investigating Whitewater and Madison, Lewis resigned after telling House lawmakers there was "a concerted effort to obstruct, hamper, and manipulate the results of our investigation of Madison" by top RTC officials. Testifying under oath, Lewis said her superiors at RTC altered criminal referrals she prepared.

Bruce Lindsey: A longtime Arkansas associate, Lindsey attended Georgetown University with Bill Clinton and came to the White House where he has functioned a top if somewhat inconspicuous political advisor. He became noticed more after Starr named him an unindicted co-conspirator in the second Whitewater trial, on allegations Lindsey arranged meetings between then-Gov. Clinton and Arkansas banker Robert Hill, one of the defendants.

James McDougal: Bill and Hillary Clinton Whitewater partner, McDougal was convicted in the first Whitewater trial of essentially using his now-defunct savings and loan, Madison Guaranty, as a piggy bank for his various business schemes, among them the Whitewater land development. After being convicted on 18 felony counts, McDougal began to cooperate with Starr's investigation in August 1996 in exchange for a reduced prison sentence. Initially facing 84 years, he was sentenced to a three-year term. McDougal died March 8, 1998 of an apparent heart attack while incarerated at a Bureau of Prisons medical facility in Fort Worth, Texas.

Susan McDougal: She was convicted along with her former husband James and former Arkansas Gov. Jim Guy Tucker in the original Whitewater case. But before she began serving her two-year sentence, she was slapped with another 18 months' worth of jail time for contempt of court after refusing to testify before Starr 's Little Rock federal grand jury. In 1998, a federal judge, citing medical reasons, reduced her two-year sentence to time served and she was released from prison. She was acquitted in November 1998 of charges that she embezzled from her former employer, conductor Zubin Mehta. In numerous jailhouse interviews, Mrs. McDougal has said Starr is unscrupulously pursuing Clinton for partisan ends.Before her 1999 trial on criminal contempt and obstruction charges, she said Starr was on a "personal vendetta" against her.

Mack McLarty: Former White House chief of staff, McLarty denied Hillary Clinton was behind the firing of the White House travel office staff, though his notes cited "HRC pressure" regarding Travelgate. In a letter to Ken Starr, House Government Reform and Oversight chairman William Clinger (now retired) said McLarty may have committed perjury regarding Travelgate and the FBI files matter. McLarty was later named by President Clinton as special envoy to the Americas. He left the administration in June 1998.

Bernard Nussbaum: Hillary Clinton's former boss on the Senate Watergate Committee, Nussbaum joined the Clinton Administration as White House counsel. He reluctantly resigned over allegations of improper contact with officials investigating the Clinton's involvement with the failed Madison Guaranty. Nussbaum was subsequently ensnared in the FBI files flap, and Starr was following up on a Republican congressional report which said Nussbaum may have perjured himself to hide an "aggressive damage-control operation" that obscured the involvement of top adminstration officials.

Charles C. F.Ruff: -- Becoming President Clinton's fifth White House counsel in January, Ruff, a former Watergate prosecutor, took over the job from Jack Quinn who resigned in December 1996. Ruff defended the Clintons throughout the Whitewater scandal and was one of President Clinton's main defense attorneys when he was impeached by the House of Representatives for the Monica Lewinsky affair. He also helped successfully defend the president against conviction in the Senate.

Paul Sarbanes: A Democratic senator from Maryland, Sarbanes was the ranking member of the Senate Whitewater Committee. He and his Democratic colleagues concluded the Clintons and their associates had not engaged in any wrongdoing.

starr Ken Starr: Formerly the solicitor general for President George Bush, Starr replaced New York attorney Robert Fiske as independent counsel in August 1994. Though he has had a reputation for fairness, Starr, a Republican, has been pounded by critics who say he is motivated by politics. Starr may not have helped his image by maintaining private clients with interests opposed to the Clinton Administration, and by addressing conservative groups. Perhaps even more damaging was his flip-flop over a possible departure from the Office of the Independent Counsel in 1997. After word leaked he had accepted the deanship of Pepperdine law school, Starr reversed himself four days later and promised to remain with the investigation. His investigations of Clinton were expanded in January 1998 to cover the Monica Lewinsky affair. After nearly a year of investigation, Starr turned in a referral to Congress on his probe, which led to the impeachent of the president by the House of Representatives. Clinton was acquitted of the impeachment charges in the subsequent Senate trial.

Julie Hiatt Steele: Steele testified in Susan McDougal's criminal contempt and obstruction trial because she also is under indictment by Starr and claims, like McDougal, that Starr's prosecutors wanted her to lie. Steele became involved in Starr's investigation into the Monica Lewinsky affair after she initially backed allegations by White House volunteer Kathleen Willey that President Bill Clinton made an unwanted sexual advance toward Willey. But Steele later retracted her story in an affidavit filed in the Paula Jones sexual harassment lawsuit and during testimony before two federal grand juries. She was then indicted by Starr and has pleaded innocent to three counts of obstruction of justice and one count of making a false statement.

Josh Steiner: Formerly Treasury chief of staff at the tender age of 28, Steiner essentially told Senate investigars he had lied to his diary, which said Clinton "was furious" at Roger Altman's decision to recuse himself. "Persuaded George [Stephanopoulos] that firing him [the RTC investigator] would be incredibly stupid and improper," the notes read. "I wish that my diary was more accurate," Steiner told incredulous Republicans and sympathetic Democrats.

Susan Thomases: A close friend and former Children's Defense Fund colleague of Hillary Clinton, Thomases, a New York corporate attorney, was brought on to help the Clintons respond to Whitewater inquiries in 1992. Senate Whitewater investigators grilled her on the handling of the contents of Vincent Foster's office immediately following his death, and, citing 184 instances where she claimed memory lapse, referred Thomases to Ken Starr for possible criminal prosecution.

Jim Guy Tucker: Convicted of bank fraud in the first Whitewater trial, Tucker resigned as Arkansas governor shortly after the verdict came down May 28, 1996. He was sentenced to four years' probation and probably escaped jail time because of his failing liver. But he got a transplanted liver in December 1996. Tucker then plead guilty Feburay 1998 to not disclosing the sale of a Florida cable television business when filing for bankruptcy in Texas in the 1980s in a case brought by Whitewater Independent Counsel Ken Starr.

Maggie Williams: Formerly the first lady's chief of staff, Williams was grilled by Senate Whitewater investigators on whether she shepherded documents out of Vincent Foster's office the night he died. Williams volunteered for and passed two lie detector tests backing up her statements, and though Senate Whitewater investigators were suspicious, they did not refer Williams to Ken Starr for possible criminal investigation

http://www.cnn.com/ALLPOLITICS/resources/1999/whitewater/players.html


 
Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Will You Read This In The Main Stream Media? "Arab states fear Iraq-style democracy -- PM"

 
Breaking News / World

Arab states fear Iraq-style democracy -- PM


Agence France-Presse
Last updated 09:38pm (Mla time) 02/06/2007

BAGHDAD -- Iraq's embattled Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki charged Tuesday that some Arab countries were afraid of democracy because they mimicked the dictatorship of the late Saddam Hussein.

"I know why they oppose us, because they fear extension of democracy to their shores. They have this fear because they are a copy of the dictatorship which ruled Iraq," Maliki told Iraqi military commanders.

Stressing that Iraq was a unified state, Maliki urged its neighbors to solve their own issues before meddling in Iraqi affairs, without naming any countries.

"Let the Arab countries look at their own people first. I urge them to see how they treat their majority and minority before they talk about our people," he said in an address broadcast on state-run Al-Iraqiya television.

"We are unified, be it Shiites, Sunnis or Kurds and Christians. In fact the terrorists are unifying us in blood as they kill everybody," Maliki said in a stern tone.

The Iraqi premier warned Arab nations to stop aiding "terrorists" who have unleashed a wave of bloodshed in Iraq.

"We were hoping that our brothers in neighboring countries will be happy after our liberation from dictatorship, but unfortunately it seems they prefer to live with dictatorship in the region."

"There are efforts going on to interfere and smuggle weapons to terrorists. We have talked about it repeatedly and we are not going to stay silent."

The United States has regularly charged that Iran and Syria were helping militias and foreign fighters to fuel violence in Iraq that has left tens of thousands of people dead in the war-torn country.

http://newsinfo.inquirer.net/breakingnews/world/view_article.php?article_id=47891
Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Suicide Blasts Galore In And Around Islamabad. Why? Jihad? Two-Faced Ahmedinejad Makes Nice With Musharraf?

 Two killed in suicide blast at Islamabad airport ISLAMABAD, Feb 6 (Agencies) A suicide bomber blew himself outside Pakistan's Islamabad International airport Tuesday, killing himself and two security officials posted there, a local private TV channel and security officials said. The attacker was heading towards the VIP section of the airport and began firing when security staff stopped him, an airport security official said. ”Police have cordoned off the airport over fears of further attacks, the official added. (First Posted @ 21:54 PST Updated @ 22:26 PST)

http://www.dawn.com/2007/02/06/welcome.htm
______________________________________________________________________________________
Jihad only way to resolve Kashmir issue, says Qazi  February 6, 2006

By Muhammad Anis

ISLAMABAD: President of the Mutahidda Majlis-e-Amal (MMA) and Amir of Jamaat-e-Islami (JI) Qazi Hussain Ahmad Monday said Jihad was the only solution to Kashmir issue.

“The occupied Kashmir can be freed only through Jihad and not by negotiations,” Qazi said while addressing a big Kashmir rally in front of the President House here on Kashmir Solidarity Day.

Qazi said they would defy a ban on the collection of fund for Kashmir Jihad and now every worker would collect funds for Kashmiri freedom fighters. Chairman Pakistan Therik-e-Insaf Imran Khan also addressed the rally and strongly criticised government’s Kashmir policy. Other MMA leaders Maulana Abdul Ghafoor Haideri, Maulana Anas Noorani, Mian Muhammad Aslam MNA, JI Amir Islamabad Syed Muhammad Bilal and others also addressed the gathering which included many women and children.

Veteran Kashmiri leader Syed Ali Geelani addressing the rally by telephone maintained that Kashmiris would continue their struggle untill the achievement of their ultimate goal. Earlier, the participants marched from China Chowk up to the Parade Avenue in front of President House. They were carrying banners shouting slogans in support of Kashmiris’ right to freedom and against government’s Kashmir policy.

Qazi said it was Jihad waged by the Pakhtoons of tribal areas that resulted in the freedom of seven districts of Kashmir in 1947. Criticising government’s Kashmir policy, Qazi said General Musharraf wants to hand over Kashmir to India, alleging that he was misguiding the nation on the Kashmir issue.

He maintained that Syed Ali Geelani was true leader of Kashmiris and he was leading the struggle in the right direction. He said it is time for General Musharraf to decide whether he wants to be with the people of Pakistan or to join ranks sith America.
http://www.thenews.com.pk/top_story_detail.asp?Id=5673

________________________________________________________________
High alert in capital after suicide bombing threats
February 6, 2007

By Umar Cheema

ISLAMABAD: Security forces have been put on high alert following intelligence reports that tribal militants are planning to hit the federal capital with Iraq-style suicide bombings, The News has reliably learnt.

Officials told The News that the federal capital is facing serious threats from Baitullah Mehsood-led tribal militants. The intelligence reports sent to police authorities reveal that the tribal militants are likely to hit the capital this week with explosive-laden cars and trucks.

Vehicles carrying ammunition are headed towards Islamabad, say reports. Therefore all vehicles, especially those coming from the NWFP, are being searched at all entry points. Inspector-General of Islamabad Police confirmed having received threats of suicide bombing.

“Yes, there are intelligence reports indicating threats of suicide bombing in the capital. Maximum security measures have been taken and we are in regular contacts with the intelligence agencies,” Ch Iftikhar, IGP Islamabad, told The News. He also confirmed that the threats this time are about suicide bombing through cars and vehicles. The IGP, however, did not confirm that the threats were from tribal militants. Given the sensitivity of the situation, he declined to disclose details of the security measures being taken.

Security experts believe that the militants seem to have changed their plan of action regarding suicide bombing after they failed to cause colossal damage by sending on-foot bombers. Three-door Pajeros and Benjo cars, frequently in use in tribal areas, are likely to be used for suicide bombing, a report said.

A 3-door Pajero was earlier used in suicide bombing in Tank. Likewise a Benjo car was used in the suicide attack at the US consulate in Karachi on March 2, 2006, shortly before Bush’s arrival in Pakistan. The car was transported from tribal area to Karachi, the report said.

Security bosses are trying to explore the linkages between the Lal Mosque administration and tribal militants planning to hit the capital at a time when mosque leaders and the government are in an eyeball-to-eyeball confrontation with each other.

The suspicion in this regard arose after the authorities came to know that 53 students of the local Taliban-administered seminaries arrived from Mardan to join the Lal Mosque administration in its resistance against the government over the demolition of mosques. The police, however, did not let them reach Lal Mosque and arrested them at a check post en route.

Well-placed officials in the interior ministry said the operation against mosque administration would be launched soon. “It would be launched sooner than later,” top officials of the ministry said.

Since the government is planning an effective and ‘result-oriented’ operation, it has decided to call additional troops from Rangers, and provincial police departments. “Since there are many girls (of Jamia Hafsa) involved in the row over demolition issue, we need more lady police,” top officials said. They said Rangers, elite force and rapid squad would also be called soon to help the capital police in making the operation against mosque administration successful.
http://www.thenews.com.pk/top_story_detail.asp?Id=5667
____________________________________________________________
Two tribal elders killed in Bajaur blast     February 6, 2007

By our correspondent

KHAR, Bajaur Agency: Two pro-government local tribal elders were killed in a remote-controlled bomb blast here on Monday. The incident occurred at Charmang Babra when local chieftain Malik Kameen and two other tribal elders were driving in a car. The explosive device went off when the elders reached the site, killing Malik Kameen and Jabbar Khan. Another occupant of the car, Azim Khan, sustained injuries in the blast and was shifted to Peshawar for treatment. It is to be mentioned that an unidentified body had been recovered from the house of Malik Kameen a few days back while his grandson was also killed in exchange of fire. The local elder had also received threatening letters on various occasions.

Agencies add: While it was unclear who carried out the bombing, the slain men were supporters of government efforts and often attended meetings with government authorities, said Mamoor Khan, an area security official.

The officials said the elders were apparently targeted for supporting Islamabad’s efforts to purge the semi-autonomous frontier region of Taliban and al-Qaeda militants who fled Afghanistan in 2001. The bombing came amid a spike in militant-linked violence in the tribal regions along the border with Afghanistan
.

http://www.thenews.com.pk/top_story_detail.asp?Id=5662
____________________________________________________________

Two killed by suicide bomber

30jan07

A SUSPECTED suicide bomber blew himself up near a checkpoint in restive northwestern Pakistan overnight, killing two people including a policeman, officials said, as militants launched a separate rocket attack on a mosque.

The attacks were the latest in a string of violence in the area, which suffered two suicide bombings over the weekend as the region remained on high alert during a an important Shiite religious event.

Six people including two policemen were also injured in the suicide attack at the police checkpost near Liaqat Park in Dera Ismail Khan in North West Frontier Province, police officer Aslam Khattak said.

"A man blew himself up when he was stopped by the police. One officer was killed and seven people were injured in the attack," Officer Khattak said.

Police officer Hammad Ahmed said a civilian who was wounded in the attack later died in hospital.

Officer Khattak said the suspect wanted to enter the city and target a Shiite Muslim procession.

"He was clad in a chaddar (shawl) and was trying to get past the checkpost quickly but a policeman tried to stop him for search when the explosion occurred."

Among the two policemen injured, one was in a critical condition, Officer Khattak said.

Later, at least 12 people were injured when two rockets fired by suspected militants struck near a Shiite mosque in the northwestern city of Bannu overnight, police said.

"Twelve people were wounded in the rocket attacks, which apparently targeted a Shiite worship place in the city," a senior police officer said by telephone.

Pakistan is on a high security alert as the Muslim Shiite minority commemorates the 7th century martyrdom of Prophet Mohammed's grandson Imam.

On Sunday, a suicide bomber targeted a police contingent maintaining security in the provincial capital of Peshawar, killing 14 people including six police officers.

A day earlier a suicide bomber blew himself up outside a top hotel in the capital Islamabad, killing himself and a security guard who prevented him from entering the premises.

Security sources said six Islamic militants had been arrested during raids in Dera Ismail Khan in the past two days.

The suspected militants were linked to wanted Taliban commander Baitullah Mahsud, operating in South Waziristan tribal district where Pakistani forces are battling Taliban and al-Qaeda militants.

Sectarian literature and a computer disk showing militants slaughtering two suspected government spies were recovered from the suspects' custody, a security official said.

"We believe the group was planning suicidal attacks in the country," said the official, who could not be named. The suspects were later transferred to Islamabad for interrogation.

Police further heightened security in the port city of Karachi following reports a gang of suicide bombers were in the city to target Shiites, a senior Karachi police official said.

"There is a credible information that at least three to four suicide bombers are in Karachi and they may target Shi'ite mosques, their leaders and processions," the official said.

Some 15,000 police and paramilitary troops as well as hundreds of plain-clothes intelligence personnel have been deployed in the country's commercial hub to maintain security.
http://townsvillebulletin.news.com.au/common/story_page/0,7034,21140543%255E1702,00.html
___________________________________________________________________
Suicide bomber kills 2 police officers in Pakistani city

Last Updated: Monday, January 29, 2007 | 6:57 AM ET

A suicide attacker detonated a bomb in a street in the northwestern city of Dera Ismail Khan on Monday, killing two policemen, an official said.

Seven people, including policemen and civilians, were wounded in the bombing in downtown Dera Ismail Khan, said Sarfaraz Khan, a senior police officer in the city.

Police had stepped up security for a Shia Muslim procession.

Last week, a suicide bomber blew himself up at a Marriott Hotel in Islamabad. A hotel security guard was also killed in the explosion, which happened near a side entrance that leads to the hotel nightclub.

Seven other people were wounded in the blast.

Government officials blamed "anti-state elements who want to create unrest."

http://www.cbc.ca/world/story/2007/01/29/pakistan-suicide.html
______________________________________________________________________________________

Pakistan probes suicide bomb blast

POSTED: 7:15 a.m. EST, January 28, 2007

Story Highlights

• 15 people killed, 30 wounded
• No group has claimed responsibility
• Most victims are police, including chief
• Blast comes during religious festival

PESHAWAR, Pakistan (Reuters) -- Pakistani police were on high alert in Peshawar on Sunday, as more than 2,000 people gathered for funerals of a police chief and fellow officers among 15 victims of a suicide bomb attack in the northwestern city.

About 30 people were wounded in the blast on Saturday evening, that went off shortly before Shiite Muslims, observing their holiest month of Moharram, were to begin a procession in the heart of North West Frontier Province's capital.

Badshah Gul Wazir, provincial Home Secretary, described how the suicide attacker had struck as police came out of a Shiite religious center before the procession was due to begin.

"The man was standing in the street and as police came out of the Imambargah, he made his way into the police team and blew himself up," Wazir said.

Peshawar police chief Malik Mohammad Saad, along with several fellow officers assigned to guard the Shiite procession, was among those killed.

"According to the last information we received, 15 people including the suicide bomber have been killed and some 30 wounded, some of them critically," Wazir said.

Mourners attending the police funerals were frisked before being allowed into the enclosure where prayers were held, while traders and shopkeepers closed in protest against the attack.

It was unclear who was behind the explosion, but Pakistan has been braced for a fresh outburst of sectarian violence during Moharram, when the country's Shiite minority mourns the death of one of the heroes of its sect.

Peshawar, home to a large Afghan refugee community, also suffered a wave of suicide attacks late last year, that analysts believe were a spill over from a conflict in tribal lands, where the army is fighting pro-Taliban militants and al Qaeda.

Second day running

The Peshawar blast came a day after another suicide bomber killed a security guard and himself outside Marriott hotel in a high-security zone of the Pakistani capital of Islamabad.

A report in "The News" daily said intelligence agencies suspected Friday's attack in Islamabad may have been carried out by Al-Furqan, a splinter group of Jaish-e-Mohammad, one of the most feared militant groups fighting Indian rule in Kashmir.

Al Furqan is believed to have forged links with al Qaeda, and is more anti-Western than Jaish.

But the motive for the blast at the Marriott remains unclear, as the hotel, which is frequented by western diplomats and businessmen, was also holding a reception later that day for the Indian High Commission to celebrate Republic Day.

The explosion on Saturday night in Peshawar occurred just meters away from Qasim Ali Khan mosque, the largest Sunni mosque in the city, and the Shiite community center, which had just been visited by the police caught in the explosion.

Police had found the remains of the suspected suicide bomber but had not identified what group he might belong to.

The timing and location made it possible that the motive was sectarian, but the slaying of the chief of police raised possibilities that it was militant groups, possibly sympathetic with al Qaeda or the Taliban, who want to destabilize President Pervez Musharraf's government.

While the sectarian conflict between Sunni and Shiite extremist groups harks back to the 1980s, some of the most feared Sunni groups have forged links with Osama bin Laden's al Qaeda.

Al Qaeda has used such groups as foot soldiers in attempts to assassinate Musharraf and Prime Minister Shaukat Aziz.

But there is also the possibility that the attack was revenge for the Pakistan army's air strike earlier this month on a militant base in South Waziristan, a semi autonomous tribal region on the frontier with Afghanistan, where Taliban and al Qaeda count on support from tribesmen.

Copyright 2007 Reuters. All rights reserved.This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten, or redistributed.

Via CNN http://www.cnn.com/2007/WORLD/asiapcf/01/28/pakistan.bomb.reut/index.html?section=cnn_latest
____________________________________________________________
Suicide bomber strikes at Shiite mosque in Pakistan

Paramilitary forces in armored vehicles were deployed to patrol Peshawar after the attack that came as Pakistan's minority Shiites started to commemorate their most important religious festival of Ashoura, often a target for sectarian violence.

Analysts say the alarming Sunni-Shiite fighting that has brought chaos to Iraq risks igniting tensions between the sects in other Muslim countries such as Pakistan.

President Gen. Pervez Musharraf, a key U.S. ally in fighting al-Qaida, condemned the "terrorist attack" and ordered an immediate inquiry, the state-run Associated Press of Pakistan reported.

The blast went off on a street corner in the crowded Qissakhwani Bazaar in an old quarter of Peshawar, the main city in northwestern Pakistan, about 200 meters (656 feet) from the Imam Barga Najmul Hassan mosque from where Shiites had been preparing to start a procession.

Other officers restrained angry Shiites who gathered nearby, chanting religious slogans.

Police official Aziz Khan said 15 people were killed in the blast and more than 30 were wounded. Most of the victims were police and municipal officials who were clearing the route for the Shiite procession.

Provincial police chief Sharif Virk said city police chief Malik Saab was among the dead.

At the bomb site, investigators found what appeared to be two detached legs from a suicide attacker, police officer Raza Khan said. Remnants of a suicide belt with pieces of metal and a grenade were also found, said a senior police officer who requested anonymity because he was not authorized to talk about the investigation.

Aziz Khan had been on duty near the mosque when the bomb went off.

"I was shocked by a big explosion. I thought my eardrums had burst. Then there were flames and the people were in panic. I remembered that there was a police contingent, so I went to see what had happened to my colleagues. Many were wounded in a bad way," he said.

The dead and wounded were brought to Peshawar's Lady Reading hospital, where hundreds of people crowded seeking news on loved ones. By loudspeaker, hospital officials appealed for calm and blood donations.

There was no immediate claim of responsibility, but suspicion will likely fall on Sunni extremists.

This weekend marks the start of the festival of Ashoura, when Shiites mourn the 7th century death of the prophet Muhammad's grandson, Imam Hussein. Commemorations are planned over the next few days, culminating in processions on Monday and Tuesday by devotees who flail their backs with blades and chains.

Pakistan has a history of sectarian violence.

Shiites represent about 20 percent of Pakistan's Muslims, and Sunnis about 80 percent. Most Shiites and Sunnis co-exist peacefully, but militant groups on both sides are blamed for sectarian attacks that claim scores of lives every year.

Talat Masood, a political and defense analyst, said Shiite processions have been targeted in the country in recent years. But he said the sectarian violence in Iraq could galvanize sectarian militant groups in Pakistan, fueling further unrest.

"The increasing sectarian violence in Iraq will definitely add tension here, and I think it is going to reunite sectarian elements, who have targeted each others worship places in the past," he said.

The Sunni-Shiite schism over who was the true heir to Islam's Prophet Muhammad dates back to the seventh century.

The attack happened as a U.S. congressional delegation visited Islamabad, about 150 kilometers (90 miles) from Peshawar, and met President Musharraf. Talks were expected to touch on cooperation against Taliban and al-Qaida militants and U.S. aid to the South Asian country, officials said.

Associated Press writers Matthew Pennington and Munir Ahmad contributed to this report.
http://www.iht.com/articles/ap/2007/01/27/asia/AS-GEN-Pakistan-Bomb-Explosion.php
__________________________________________________________________

Pakistan declares red alert after blast

Press Trust of India   Islamabad, January 27, 2007|
http://www.hindustantimes.com/news/7598_1912827,000500020000.htm


2 killed in Islamabad blast, no Indian hurt

Islamabad/New Delhi, Jan 26 (IANS) No Indian was hurt in an explosion in the parking lot of a five-star hotel in Islamabad Friday that killed two people hours before the Indian High Commission was to hold a Republic Day reception there.

"No Indian has been injured," an official told IANS in New Delhi.

"It's for the Indian High Commission in Islamabad to take into account local security conditions and decide whether to go ahead with the reception or not," the official said.

At least two people were killed and seven injured in the explosion apparently triggered by a suicide bomber in the parking lot of the Marriott hotel that is frequented by diplomats, politicians and businessmen.

Pakistan President Pervez Musharraf immediately condemned the attack and ordered an inquiry.

Earlier, on the occasion of India's 58th Republic Day, Musharraf and Prime Minister Shaukat Aziz sent messages of felicitations to their Indian counterparts, A.P.J Abdul Kalam and Manmohan Singh respectively.

"They have expressed their good wishes to the people of India and hoped for better relations between the two countries," Pakistan's deputy high commissioner to India Afrasiab told IANS in New Delhi.

He, however, refused to speculate on the forces behind the explosion in Islamabad.

Interior Minister Aftab Ahmad Khan Sherpao told reporters: "The suicide bomber blew himself up after a hotel security guard stopped him when he was trying to get inside the building.

"Whoever committed this act is an enemy of the state," he added.

No responsibility for the blast was immediately claimed.

Unconfirmed reports, however, put the toll at three, including the bomber and two guards. The bombing also damaged some cars. Police cordoned off the area and launched investigation into the blast.

Some Indian officials were inside the hotel when the blast occurred in mid-afternoon.

The remains of the bomber showed that he was a young man, clean-shaven and wearing the traditional Pakistani shalwar kamiz (long shirt and trousers), DPA quoted officials as saying.

The explosion came just days ahead of the Muharram holidays Jan 29-30.

Television footage showed bits of flesh scattered on the ground and a parked vehicle with its windows completely blown out.

The hotel, located in a high security zone among government buildings and diplomatic missions, had witnessed a blast in October 2004 that injured seven people including a US diplomat and two Italians.

Xinhua adds: The government had made tight security arrangements for the holidays and Friday's bombing has caused panic and fear.

Authorities have declared high alert in Karachi, Peshawar and other cities.


http://www.indianmuslims.info/news/2007/january/26/muslim_world_news/2_killed_in_islamabad
_blast_no_indian_hurt.html


Related News

'Suicide blast' at Pakistan hotel
Scene of the blast
Hotel staff cover one of the bodies
A suicide bomber has killed himself and one other at a top hotel in Pakistan's capital, Islamabad, officials say.

Police have sealed off the blast area in the car park of the Marriott hotel.

"It was a suicide attack. The bomber and one security official of the hotel were killed," Interior Minister Aftab Sherpao told Reuters news agency.

The Marriott is located near government buildings and diplomatic missions. Police say at least five people hurt in the explosion were taken to hospital.

'Huge bang'

Witnesses say the bomber tried to enter the hotel through a back door that is used by staff.

It was a huge bang - we rushed outside and there was chaos
Hotel guest Mohammed Aamir

He was stopped by the security guard and detonated his explosives after a scuffle.

The BBC's Barbara Plett at the scene says part of the hotel and a number of cars were also damaged.

Frightened hotel guests spoke of chaos after the explosion, which could be heard in other parts of the city.

"I was taking lunch at the Royal Elephant Thai restaurant inside the Marriott when the entire restaurant was shaken by a bang," one guest, Mohammed Aamir, told the AFP news agency.

"It literally shook us out of our seats. It was a huge bang. We rushed outside and there was chaos."

The city's Poly Clinic hospital said it was treating four of those injured in the explosion.

"One is serious and three others have minor injuries," doctor Murtaza Nadeem told AFP.

Security

The Marriott was due to host a reception later on Friday marking the 58th Republic Day of Pakistan's neighbour and rival, India. It is not clear if there is any link with the bombing.

Some observers say the bomber may have been trying to target a bar in the hotel's basement where Westerners and other foreigners gather.

But they point out that if he had wanted to inflict maximum damage he would have entered by the front door, although it is much more heavily guarded.

Security at the Marriott is tight, with guests and vehicles subjected to checks. An explosion at the hotel in October 2004 injured five people.

The US embassy warned its staff to stay away from the Marriott after the blast, even though it was blamed by Pakistan's authorities on an electrical short circuit.

Bombings are fairly frequent in Pakistan, and are often blamed on Islamic militants angered by President Musharraf's support for the US-led "war on terror" and by his efforts to make peace with India.

But there have been few attacks in the purpose-built capital itself, where security is easier to maintain.

High security alerts were called in the cities of Karachi and Peshawar following Friday's blast.

There has also been a security alert in Islamabad, related to army operations in the tribal areas near the Afghan border and threats by the militants there to avenge them.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/6301547.stm
__________________________________________________________________


Warden Message: Islamabad Marriott Hotel Attack

Consular Affairs Bulletins

South / Central Asia - Pakistan
26 Jan 2007

U.S. Embassy Islamabad released the following Warden Message on January 26, 2007:

According to Pakistani police and media reports, a suicide bomber on foot detonated a bomb outside the Marriott Hotel in Islamabad on Friday afternoon. Currently, one person is confirmed dead and several are wounded.

The Embassy strongly advises all Americans to avoid the area, exercise caution, and limit unnecessary travel.

For the latest security information, Americans traveling abroad should regularly monitor the Department's Internet web site at
http://travel.state.gov where the current Worldwide Caution Public Announcement, Travel Warnings and other Public Announcements can be found. Up to date information on security can also be obtained by calling 1-888-407-4747 toll free in the United States, or, for callers outside the United States and Canada, a regular toll line at 1-202-501-4444. These numbers are available from 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday (except U.S. federal holidays).

U.S. citizens may contact the American Citizens Services Units of the Embassy or the Consulates General for further information. Each of the telephone numbers listed below is available 24 hours a day for emergency services.

Contact information follows for all four posts in Pakistan:

The U.S. Embassy in Islamabad is located at Diplomatic Enclave, Ramna 5; telephone (92-51) 208-0000; Consular Section telephone (92-51) 208-2700; fax (92-51) 282-2632, website:
http://islamabad.usembassy.gov.

The U.S. Consulate General in Karachi, located at 8 Abdullah Haroon Road, closed its public operations indefinitely due to security concerns. U.S. citizens requiring emergency assistance should call the consular section in Karachi. Their telephone is (92-21) 520-4200 (after hours: 92-21-520-4400; fax 92-21-568-0496, website:
http://usembassy.state.gov/karachi.

The U.S. Consulate in Lahore is located at 50- Sharah-E-Abdul Hameed Bin Badees, (Old Empress Road) near Shimla Hill Rotary, telephone (92-42) 603-4000 or 603-4250, fax (92-42) 603-4200, website:
http://lahore.usconsulate.gov. Email address: acslahore@state.gov.

The U.S. Consulate in Peshawar is located at 11 Hospital Road, Cantonment, Peshawar; telephone (92-91) 526-8800; fax (92-91) 527-6712, website:
http://Peshawar.usconsulate.gov.

https://www.osac.gov/Reports/report.cfm?contentID=62540

___________________________________________________________________________

Accord with Iran on action plan for Muslim world: Need stressed for early work on pipeline


TEHRAN, Feb 5: President Pervez Musharraf on Monday held talks with Iranian leaders and proposed a plan of action aimed at bringing about unity in the ranks of Muslims and to address major issues confronting the Muslim world such as Palestine, Iraq, Lebanon and Afghanistan.

He met President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad and Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei during his one-day visit to the Islamic republic.

In his talks with President Ahmedinejad at the presidential complex in Tehran, President Musharraf said unity in the ranks of the Ummah would defuse tension between Iran and the US. Their formal talks lasted about 75 minutes followed by a one-to-one meeting.

Mr Ahmedinejad welcomed the plan of President Musharraf and assured him of all possible help for the success of the plan. Giving details of the talks, Pakistan's Ambassador to Iran Shafqat Saeed said bilateral matters between Pakistan and Iran, particularly the gas pipeline project, were also discussed.

The Iranian president expressed Iran’s willingness to initiate the implementation of the project immediately.

Since the two countries have worked out the pricing mechanism, Iran and Pakistan will soon discuss early implementation of the pipeline project.

Later, the Iranian President hosted a luncheon in the honour of the president and members of his delegation. After the lunch, President Musharraf, accompanied by President Ahmedinejad, met Ayatollah Ali Khamenei.

He briefed the Ayatollah on Pakistan's stance on problems being faced by the Muslim world. President Musharraf stressed the need for unity and cooperation among the Muslim states, saying it was key to restoration of peace and stability in the Middle East.

Voicing satisfaction over the agreement between Tehran and Islamabad on price coding for Iran's gas, President Musharraf expressed the hope that in near future, operations would be launched to lay the Iran-Pakistan-India gas pipeline. Appreciating the purpose of President Musharraf’s visit, Ayatollah Khamenei said all political and economic capacities should be utilised to further expand ties between Iran and Pakistan given abundant cultural, historical and religious commonalties between the two countries. He said energy was the issue of the world at present and in future.

“Iran is rich in gas and ready to allow Muslim brotherly states, including Pakistan, to benefit from its reserves and facilities,” he said, referring to the Iran-Pakistan-India pipeline project.

Describing unity as the most important need of the Muslim world, Ayatollah Khamenei said enemies of Muslim nations saw their interests in sowing discord among them.

He said the establishment of Zionist regime was an attempt by the camp of arrogant powers to sow discord within the Muslim world.

“Israel has thus far been the main factor behind discord among Muslim nations and will follow the same policy from now on.

“The US and the UK’s support for the Zionist regime has paved the way for continued crimes of this regime against the oppressed Palestinian nation. Any Middle East plan will be successful only when it prevents the US bullying and puts an end to Zionist crimes,” he said.

Ayatollah Khamenei said the key to Palestinian problem was taking realities of the region into consideration.

“Israel's weakness, well proved in the war on Lebanon, all Muslim nations’ hatred and resentment against Israel, resistance of the Palestinian nation and Hamas government against Zionists are all realities which would help forge deep understanding of the Palestinian problem and its settlement,” he said. He said a dangerous plan was being enforced in Iraq and certain other states and Muslim nations, through their unity and vigilance, should foil such conspiracies of the foreigners.—Agencies
http://www.dawn.com/2007/02/06/top1.htm
___________________________________________________________________________

Iran ready to implement IPI project: Ahmedinejad  February 6, 007
Tehran lends support to Musharraf’s ME plan; president arrives in Ankara
TEHRAN: President Pervez Musharraf on Monday proposed a plan of action to bring about unity in the ranks of the Ummah and to address major issues in the region, particularly Palestine, Lebanon and Iraq.

Iran, meanwhile, expressed willingness to initiate implementation of a multimillion-dollar gas pipeline project immediately. President Musharraf, in his talks with his Iranian counterpart Mahmoud Ahmedinejad at the presidential complex in Teheran said unity among the ranks of Muslim Ummah will also defuse confrontation between Iran and the United States.

Musharraf is visiting Iran and Turkey to discuss with them the situation in Middle East, particularly with a view to resolve the issue of Palestine. The two leaders held formal talks lasting about 75 minutes. These were followed by a one-on-one meeting that covered wide-ranging issues.

The Iranian president welcomed the plan and assured Musharraf of all possible assistance on the part of Iran to make it a success. Giving details about the talks Pakistan’s ambassador to Iran Shafqat Saeed said bilateral matters between Pakistan and Iran, particularly the Iran-Pakistan-India (IPI) gas pipeline project were also discussed.

Ahmedinejad expressed the willingness to initiate implementation of the project immediately. Since the two countries have worked out the pricing mechanism Iran and Pakistan will discuss an early implementation of the pipeline project.

The two leaders also discussed other regional issues, including security in the Gulf and Afghanistan. Later, the Iranian president hosted a luncheon in the honour of Musharraf and members of his delegation. After the lunch, Musharraf along with the Iranian president, met the Iranian supreme leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei.

During the meeting, the president also reviewed the problems facing the Muslim Ummah. He apprised him of his recent visit to Arab and South Eastern countries. The supreme leader welcomed Pakistan’s efforts to strengthen unity amongst the Muslim countries.

ISNA news agency reported that Khamenei told Musharraf: “Israel has been the main reason for divisions among Islamic nations. “Any plan about the situation in the Middle East will be successful when it stops the bullying of the US in the region and puts an end to the Zionist crimes.”

Iran has accused both the United States and Israel of fomenting division in Iraq and Lebanon, a charge levelled back at Tehran by Washington. “This dangerous plan is under operation in Iraq and some other countries, and the Islamic countries and nations must make this plot fail by alertness and unity,” Khamenei said of divisions between Shias and Sunnis.

Meanwhile, Iran and Pakistan agreed on the price of gas that Iran plans to transport to Pakistan and India, state-run media reported on Monday. The preliminary agreement on the gas price was announced byIran’s Oil Minister Kazem Vaziri Mahaneh as President Pervez Musharraf held talks with his Iranian counterpart in Tehran. “Agreement has been reached over the price of gas through thepeace pipeline,” the official Islamic Republic News Agency quotedMahaneh as saying. No other details were provided about the deal, including the price of gas that the two countries had agreed upon.

President Musharraf later Monday arrived in Ankara, the latest in a series of trips to Muslim countries designed to inject new life into peace efforts in the Middle East. President Musharraf was scheduled to meet his Turkish counterpart Ahmet Necdet Sezer on Monday evening and Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan on Tuesday. Musharraf has been promoting the idea of a forum of Muslim nations to give them a role in trying to resolve the conflicts in Iraq, Lebanon and the Palestinian territories.

Turkey which enjoys friendly ties both with Palestinians and Israel has long said that it was ready to help negotiate peace in the Middle East. It is unclear what proposals might emerge from Musharraf’s discussions, or how they relate to efforts by the so-called Quartet — the UN, US, European Union and Russia — to revive stalled peace talks between Israel and the Palestinians.

Pakistan, which has no formal diplomatic ties with Israel, backs the creation of a Palestinian state with Jerusalem as its capital. Iran does not recognise Israel and has called for its destruction.

http://www.thenews.com.pk/top_story_detail.asp?Id=5659

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

In Search Of Truth and Connections: Leo Wanta the $27.5 Trillion Dollar Man, Frank B. Ingram, Clinton, Bush(s) White Houses, and the Henry Paulson, Cheney German Subpoenas


United States of America Government            
U. S.  President William Jefferson Clinton     
U. S.  Vice President Albert Gore, Jr.
U. S.  Attorney General Janet Reno            
United States Senate                          
United States House of Representatives        
U. S.  Department of  State                   
United States Department of the Treasury   



AmeriTrust Corporation, Inc
4000 Steeles Avenue, West #221
Woodbridge, Ontario, Canada L4L 4V9
Telecopier : 905.851.5108

       PLEASE FILE AT ONCE

EMBARGO until December 04, 1998 - 12:01am
Dossier No. : JAN/48/95
Distribution:       Judicial Court Exhibit

United States of America Government            Attn: The Honorable,
U. S.  President William Jefferson Clinton     Jacques ANTENEN
U. S.  Vice President Albert Gore, Jr.
U. S.  Attorney General Janet Reno             CANTON DE VAUD
United States Senate                           Juge D'Instruction
United States House of Representatives         Du Canton De Vaud
U. S.  Department of  State                    Valentin  34
United States Department of the Treasury       1014 Lausanne
Internal Revenue ServiceSwitzerland
Central Intelligence Agency
U. S. Federal Bureau of Investigation
New Republic/USA Financial Group, Ltd  Gesellschaft (Austria)
AmeriTrust Corporation, Inc. / AmeriTrust  (Suisse)  Societe
WhiteCloud Petroleum Corporation  (Delaware)

To:
Carrard, Paschoud, Heim  &  Associes
Avocats au Barreau
8,  rue de la Grotte
1003,  Lausanne,  Switzerland
Telefon : 41 21 341 90.40
Telefax : 41 21 341.90.50

Attention of :-    Monsieur Felix Paschoud,   Avocat

In the matter of:   AmeriTrust Corporation account / Ambassador Leo
   Emil Wanta,  SDR Diplomatic Passport No. 04362 /
   Ambassador Giovanni Ferro,   dated November 23,
   1998,   received November 27, 1998  -  as to Suisse
   Court Examination,  scheduled for  04 December 1998
   with The Honorable,  J Antenen,  under the Dossier No.
   JAN/48/95,  Canton de Vaud,  Juge  D'Instruction,
   Valentin 34,  1014  Lausanne, Switzerland, regarding
   the  following  pertinent  classified  and sensitive
   USGovernment  (USG)  information Ö..

   1/20



Our corporate response,  however,  will be pursuant to the United States of
America,  U. S.  House of Representatives H. R. 3723 law as shown below:-

WHEREAS, The President of the United States of America,  having signed
H. R. 3723  on October 11, 1996,  has protected this transaction by allowing
Corporations the right to declare their Contracts, Clients, Internal Procedures
and Information, and the transactions they engage in as a Corporate or Trade
Secret fully protected  under the Economic and Industrial Espionage Laws of
the United States of America  and the International Economic Community.

INASMUCH,  the names,  identities,  bank coordinates and other identifying
information of persons or entities that are party to this transaction, contained
herein,  or learned hereafter,  shall be a Corporate Trade Secret that shall not
be disseminated other than as provided for herein,  or as allowed under
applicable law.   Any unauthorized Disclosure of this Private Transaction,
parties  to,  or other material fact of,  shall subject the violator(s) to
Criminal Prosecution.

HAVING SAID THAT,   I  have  obtained  a  limited release to protect the
AmeriTrust Corporation, Inc.  and its Corporate Officers named above,  as
    this particular USA Corporation -  with  other  USG  corporations to  be
    named  later  -  was duly organized under U.S.C.A. Title 18, Section 6,
    which  reads:-

USCA  Title 18° Sec 6 -  Department and Agency defined
includes any department, independent establishment, commission,
administration,  authority,  board or bureau of the United States or any
corporation in which United States has a proprietary interest, Ö..
June 25, 1948, c. 645, 62 Stat 685)

      11) [ the phrase  " corporation" in which the United States has a
     proprietary interest is intended to include those governmental
     corporations in which stock is not actually issued,  as well as
     those in which stock is owned by the United States.]

   5.  Defenses
if a department or agency has colorable authority to do what
      it is doing, constitutionality of statute or order requiring keeping of
      records, furnishing of information ---------- (Humble Oil & Refinery
      Co. vs SCA NM 1952, 198F 2d 753,  certiorari denied 73 Sct 328,
      344 US 909,  97  Ed 701)

   2/20



Per my original United States Government directives and Oath ÖÖ.

  We must learn to subvert,  sabotage,  and destroy our enemies
  by more sophisticated,  and more effective methods than those
  used against us ÖÖÖ.

  As we are facing an implacable enemy whose avowed objective
  is world domination by whatever means and at whatever cost Ö

Points of truthful information :

The  USGovernment  and  AmeriTrust Corporation, Inc.   entered  into  a
Buy/Sell  Contract  with  Humewood  Enterprises  of  London  and  Dublin  to
facilitate  the  bank  to  bank  delivery  of Credit-Worthy Bank Guarantees with
Rothschild Bank,  Banque Paribas,  Lloyds Bank,  et al with USG / AmeriTrust
retaining Credit Suisse Bank Senior Management and FGI Fiduciarie-conseil of
Lasaunne as the corporate fiduciary agent with Credit Suisse Groupe, on behalf
of  AmeriTrust;  and per Vincent Foster,  Jr.,  Deputy  White House Counsel to
corporately  organize  the  Suisse  Holding  Groupe  -  registered  AmeriTrust
(Suisse)  Societe,   Geneve,  Switzerland  and  our  Suisse  residency  per USG
directives, and we can not assist your court with highly confidential data relative to Attorney Foster's Irrevocable Bank Payment Orders in the aggregate USDollar
amount of US$250,000,000.00,  and issued in favour of The Children's Defense
Fund, Washington, DC, USA -  as  We,  AmeriTrust,  have no working  and/or
personal knowledge of any Money Laundering schemes, as falsely alleged - but,
We  can  advise  this  Suisse  Judicial  Court  that  under  a  certain Commercial
Contract,   L H Finance  (Mossah)  agreed  to  issue  a  Surety  Bond  for
US$250,000.00 as a condition of said contract; and then advised AmeriTrust that
they would release US$375,000.00  as a Cash Deposit Performance Guarantee,
allowing  US$125,000.00  to  cover  Introduction Fees  to  Deputy White House
Counsel Vince Foster,  Jr.,  but  only  through the Suisse Fiduciary Agent - Ms
Elaine Guiraud,  at the Union Bank of Switzerland,  Account No. 320.904.60W
on or  about June 22, 1993  prior to Mr Foster's scheduled arrival at Hotel de la
Paix,  Geneve  on  July 7, 1993  per  previous  financial  arrangements.

As the monetary disbursal was arranged through a Ms Lorrayne Fine, Principal of
L H Finance,   as the required Performance Bond was submitted in the event of their
Non-Performance per the Commercial Contract, prepared with Mr Foster - and
presently in the Court's possession -  allowing due to their non-performance the
USDollar amounts to be disbursed as follows:

   Mr Vincent Foster,  Jr., Esq.  USDollars 125,000.00
   AmeriTrust Corporation, Inc. USDollars  250,000.00

   3/20



As the USDollar  funding was obtained through L H Finance in conjunction with our
corporate fiduciary agent, Ms Elaine Guiraud of Lausanne,  I would have no idea the
original origin of the Cash Performance Bond funding,  as  we  were advised it was
certified by Union de Banques Suisses as good, clean, clear, freely-transferable and
of non-criminal origin.   It was at the insistence of Credit Suisse Banque that AmeriTrust Corporation, Inc.  retain FGI Fiduciaire-conseil and Ms Millie Ferrus,  as our AmeriTrust Corporation Suisse Counsel,  to meet the Suisse banking requirements
which  was  subsequently authorized  and approved by the USGovernment authorities.
Why at this late date  [ since I have been vigorously complaining since my False Arrest on July 7, 1993 enroute to meet Counsel Foster in Geneve ]  is the Suisse Government investigating the alleged Murder of Vince Foster and inquiring of the contracted origin of the USDollar transfers,  and now  causing lawless court action and  potential RICO substantial  recovery  damages,  as well as Civil damages in favour of AmeriTrust,   its Corporate Officers and the American People;  whereby  USDollar  Seventy Billion (US$70,000,000,000.00)   was  illegally  diverted from  the  United  States Treasury  during  my  HOSTAGE  STAY  in Switzerland  and  the  State  of Wisconsin, USA ;   from  the  retained / contracted earnings obtainable through the AmeriTrust/Humewood Contract,  et al. [ see exhibit "Power of Attorney"]
As your advocacy office is fully aware,  based on the illegally seized USGovn and
Somali documents that National Security violations were unlawfully discussed and copied in the present of by the Suisse and State of Wisconsin - Department of Revenue
provocateurs, and in direct violation of the Vienna Convention as listed:-

Article 29 - Personal Inviolability
The person of a diplomatic agent shall be inviolable. He shall not be liable to any form of arrest or detention.  The receiving State shall treat him with due respect and shall take all appropriate steps to prevent any attack on his person,  freedom or dignity.

Article 31 - Immunity from Jurisdiction

      4/20



A diplomatic agent shall enjoy immunity from the criminal jurisdiction of 
the  receiving State.  He shall also enjoy immunity from its civil and 
administrative jurisdiction..  (See Diplomatic papers enclosed)

      Furthermore, Diplomatic personal baggage were unlawfully seized, and never
      returned under  Article 36  of the Vienna Convention.

Article 40 - Duties of Third States

1. If  a  diplomatic  agent  passes through or is in the territory  of  a third  state,
    which has granted  him  a  passport  visa  if  such  visa  was necessary,  while
    proceeding  to take up or to return to his post,  or when returning to his own
    country,  the  third  state  shall  accord  him  inviolability  and  such other
    immunities  as  may  be  required  to  ensure  his  transit  or  return.

    See exhibits, which include the diplomatic correspondence of :-

U. S. President William Jefferson Clinton to Ambassador Leo Wanta, dated
  20 December 20, 1994, U. S. Vice President Albert Gore, Jr.  to Ambassador Leo Wanta,  dated   January 3, 1995, State of Israel, Ministry of Internal Affairs INVITATION dated July 31, 1997 and addressed to The Honorable,  Ambassador Leo E Wanta to discuss Israeli matters  of  State and the Region.

Please take Special Notice Ö..

On November 03, 1993,  the  Prime  Minister  of the State of Israel - The
Honorable, Yitzhak Rabin after several  Israeli  demands  of  the  Suisse
Federation  to release Ambassador Leo Emil Wanta, The Executive
Chairman/Director of AmeriTrust, Inc.
presently occupying Suisse Dungeon Cell No. 130, within Prison du Bois -
Mermet, CH du Bois - Gentil, 1018 Lausanne, Switzerland,  relative to
AmeriTrust to release the negotiated deposits to the Prime Minister's Bureau,
 Jerusalem,  Israel, as USG authorizations for the existing Israeli / Palestinian Peace Programme Funding  and Development Projects,  in the  Suisse Court's  possession and / or concealment.

It is interesting to note that the very day the Israeli Government sends me a
coded message on 16 November 1993; I am immediately taken by Suisse
gunpoint  and physical body restraints  to Swiss Air  for immediate
extradition departure to New York, yet another U. S. Federal and
International violation in your court records.

JUST  HOW  MANY INNOCENT HUMAN LIVES  MUST  BE  SACRIFICED  FOR THE PERSONAL,
MONETARY AND POLITICAL GAINS  AND INTERNATIONAL POWER PLAYS AGAINST GLOBAL
HUMANITY  WITH TOTAL FREEDOM AND LIBERTY BY

5/20



INTERNATIONAL  BIRTHRIGHT. YOUR SUISSE COURT'S INTEGRITY TO MEET THE
PROVOCATEURS   "HEAD ON"   IS  NECESSARY  TO ESTABLISH  EQUALITY  AND
INTERNATIONAL  JUSTICE   BASED  ON  SEEKING THE WHOLE TRUTH  NOWÖ.

The  United States  Internal  Revenue  Service  addresses  me  for  Corporate
Income Tax purposes,   as "Attn: Ambassador L Wanta"  no legitimate Court
has ever lawfully revoked my Diplomatic status, nor as the Somali Democratic
Government - Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

In my personal case - I was unlawfully arrested for failure to pay Wisconsin
"non-residency taxes" while working as the Ambassador to Switzerland and
Chairman-designate to the Somali Central Bank, while in the Sovereign Country
of Switzerland, unlawfully detained in a Suisse dungeon - for 134 days
without a U.S. Constitutional "SPEEDY TRIAL", forcibly drugged which
developed into a serious HEART condition diagnosed as RBBB - Right Bundle
Branch (Electrical) Block, as the State of Wisconsin refuses to release
certain illegally seized USDollar corporate funds to obtain a very needed
Pacemaker and imprisoned me to unlawfully pay under state extortion and
intimidation with CIA/Corporate funding for the third time, a State of
Wisconsin civil tax assessment for 1982 and non-residency year of 1988, [see
Original Certificate of Divorce or Annulment, Court Case No. 95FA445,
adjudicating that my last day of legal residence in the Sovereign State of
Wisconsin  was prior to July, 1988]  -  as the alleged state civil tax
assessments  were legally paid and settled in full satisfaction TWICE in 1992
for USDollar 14,129.00 each, as a Central Intelligence Agency/Corporate
nuisance tax assessment, resulting I personally believe in the Murder of
White House Deputy Counsel Vince Foster and Freddie Woodruff, a CIA Case
Officer involved with AmeriTrust and New Republic/USA Financial Group,
Gessellschaft Ltd, Wien, Austria and with full working knowledge of certain
Intel operations/surveillance funded by AmeriTrust, Aneko Credit Pte Limited,
Asian-Europa Development Group, Ltd, and other USCA 18 / Sec 6 USG operations:

USG sanctioned interference in the  "Domestic Affairs"  of  the  former Soviet
Union (USSR) ruble (SUR) currency,  Gold currency certificates  and delivery
of 2,000 metric tonnes of Soviet gold bullion  via USSR Central Bank directly
to New Republic/USA Financial Group Ltd Ges.m.b.H.  for smelting to 12.5 kgs
Gold bars in order to:-

De-stabilize the USSR Military Establishment,  KGB/Stasi operations
      and  the  Soviet  Union  economy,  in  favour of Boris Yeltsin Groupe,

Control and identify the  Soviet Union FUSION BOMB  development,

  6/20



3.   AFGHAN / USSR  traffic  of  General Dynamics  "Surface to Air"
      Stinger Missiles with Soviet / CIA  International sales  and delivery
      activities,  via our USGovn  targets John Taylor and Scott Partridge,

USG  sanctioned  Intel findings  by New Republic/USA  (Austria)  of
Iraqi  purchases  and deliveries of USSR/Bulgaria  RED MERCURY (RM 2020)
through T. A. Trace Lab Analysis of Morges, Switzerland
coordinated by Suisse Dr. John Lutz,  et al;  and  in conjunction  with
USSR Envoy Millie Ferrus of Lausanne, Switzerland, resulting in Suisse
Cooperation and funding  AGAINST THE AMERICAN / FOREIGN COALITION  involved
in the Iraq / Kuwait conflict,  inter alia,

Meccanotechnia Industries (Singapore) of Fiat-Valsella ( Italia ) military
Production of LANDMINES, delivered to the Iraqi Military for defense against
the American Coalition Armed Forces, as discovered by INTEL operations of
Aneko Credit Pte Limited (Singapore)/USCA18 / 6 ops.,

USG Intel.ops  discovering  "BLUE  MOON" operation,  under  Blue
       Moon Bags of Thailand  and  approval for our INTEL.ops to target for
       Full field investigation  [ but later to learn that their drug operation was
       Known  and  protected  by  U. S. Customs Attache  assigned  to  U.S.
       Embassy in the Republic of Singapore - working in association with
       our previous U. S Treasury / U. S. Customs Internal Affairs  target
       within the  Little  Rock / Mena  Night  Flight  operations]  -  as  to
       illegal  distribution of controlled substances of Heroin and Cocaine,
       etc.  VIA Burma, Thailand,  Malaysia,  Singapura  railway  operations
       with  Blue Moon operatives / mules;  for covert international delivery
       to Europa /   North American distribution.  This  INTEL.ops  was
       coordinated  by U. S. Treasury Department  INTEL Field  Operatives -

 a.  Frank  B Ingram, SA32NV;
 b.  Rick Reynolds,    SA233MS;
 c.  Lee E  Wanta,      Falconbird / Stillpoint

with  assistance  of  Sector V Operations  and  Internal Affairs  under
S - 31 -  IANO  USGovernment  authority  and  control,
Unlawful  U. S.  Treasury Certificate  traffic investigation in South East
Asia, coordinated by SA233MS and SA32NV, with U. S. Secret Service Agents Bob
Twohig   and  Rick Zainos, et al -  in Bangkok, Thailand,
USG Intel.ops coordinated by New Republic/USA (Austria) expose of
Italia/Soviet Mafiosa, thwarted by Austrian/Singapura INTEL.ops,  as
listed in Thieves World,  Simon & Schuster (1994) demonstrating  the

    7/20



AmeriTrust/New Republic surveillance operations to force out  known
crime enterprises with our working association with a Italia Chief Judge
listed  in  book,   as  well  as  "illegal money laundering  operations"  of
COMEXPO   s.r.l.  Import-Export  Consulting & Promotion - situated in Verona,
 Italia  and  under our authorized  U.S. Treasury / Customs case number
w/exhibits readily available..   We  have  never  laundered any money, since
we are authorized to receive ten (10%)  percent of any and  all  USGovernment
 lawful  seizures  under our United States Agreements,  as  we  are
definitely  not  the  alleged criminals as falsely stated  by  unknown  State
 and  Suisse  provocateurs  in  some shadow,  without truthful facts and
Counter-Intelligence knowledge  and  related USG responsibilities;  my
partner and brother Kok Howe Kwong,  and my  associates,  like  Freddie
Woodruff,  Francois  de  Grosseurve  and Vince  Foster  died  strangely  for
their  personal  belief  in  our  Great Nation,  by  BETRAYAL  of  others
with  falsehoods  and  malice,

USG "Security Code - NEW REPUBLIC" of USCA 18 / 6  Jackson,
Mississippi,   INTEL.ops   legally  organized  as  New Republic / USA
Financial  Group,  Ltd.   to  coordinate  U. S.  Vice  President  George
Herbert  Walker  Bush  implementation  of:-

Contra funding  v  Boland Amendment,  with  canal  barge  deliveries;
POM (Arkansas)  sub-assemblies  and  covert  production  and  related
parts  to  COLAS  (Honduras)  final  assembly  operations;   Arkansas
Development  Finance  Authority  (ADFA)  with  Chairman Bob Nash
under  Operation:  DEALROOM  with  Bank  of  China  FOREX  of
Japanese Yen and USDollars with  Arkansas  Pension  Funding to  the
People's  Republic  of  China  (PRC.ops),  with  US  Attorney  General
Bill Barr / CIA.ops / DOD.ops  (see field reports of RAC Wm Lecates
and  Frank B Ingram  (Sector 5),   as  copied  to  USSS  Director  John Magaw
 and  SAC Glen Speedy,  et al, ;  including the Browning Arms Sale  and
Delivery  of  certain  weapons  through  Arab Associates and Ronald Arab,
Vancouver,  British  Columbia,   Canada to the Panama Groupe  protected  by
then Vice President  Bush,  per USGovernment  STING operation headed  and
coordinated by  USG INTEL operative Leo Wanta   and  SA32NV -  Frank B Ingram
 via Corpus Christi U. S. Customs Operations,   under USGovn Case numbers
relative to Boland Amendment  and other U. S.  Federal  arms  and  smuggling
violations; ref:  USGovn case numbers in Wanta/Ingram/Lecates USGovernment
authorized Field reports,   and  U. S.  Federal Court  records in Corpus
Christi,  Texas  Region.

MX  Mobile  Missile  mobilization / deployment  activities  of  New
 Republic/USA (Mississippi.ops)  to purchase the Santa Fe / Southern

     8/20



 Pacific Railroad  in U. S. Bankruptcy proceedings  with  BLACK.ops/
 New Republic/USA funding  as  authorized ( documents  available )..

New Republic/USA   purchase  of  USSR  Mig 29  FULCRUM
 maintenance manuals for U. S. Air Force OSI operations,  like a true
 copy,  certainly qualified this  writer as an  American operative  once
 again,   as  well  as  the  Soviet  HIND  aircraft  recovery  operations,

 Aneko  Credit  Pte  Ltd  covert  investigation  of  Motorola  SECTEL
 Sales and delivery to Iran Security Operations via Singapura/Malaysia,

 Yongbyon, North Korea "nuclear chip" manufacturing,  developed by
       Singapore Technologies for sister plants in North Korea  &  Singapura,
       as  financed  by VIOLA TRADING LIMITED,  Andras  Szasz  and
       George Soros Groupe of Sovereign House, Station Road, St John, Isle
       of Man - Registration No. 41992, Isle of Man, as well as diesel oil and
       other  procurement  of  previously  EMBARGOED  commodities.

 Kuwait Dinar FOREX as sanctioned by USGovernment programmes
Utilizing the INSLAW, Inc.  PROMIS  software,  inter alia,  and much
 much  more  for  absolute  proof  that,   We,   AmeriTrust  and  our
 corporate  officers  are  real  victims of Criminal Conspiracy by others,
 enjoying  their  current  freedom  at our  expense and displeasure,  but
 certainly  for  their  PERSONAL GAIN and Abuse / Misuse of Power
 without  merit,

 Recovery of stolen / cancelled  Chase Manhattan Bank  and  Citibank  Bank
Guarantees  by unknown persons  being  negotiated  within  the Suisse Banking Community,  and  AmeriTrust finder's fee for recovery   of said Bank Instruments and lawful prosecution of the alleged criminal  perpetrators  under  USGovernment  Security code :   Chaselet.

    Based on my diplomatic situation,  I  was  kidnapped  in
Switzerland and taken to New York at gunpoint,  and appeared in the United
States District Court, Eastern District of New York, USA, Docket No.
93-M-2072;  whereas the Court dismissed any and  all  unlawful / alleged
complaints of  the  State of  Wisconsin,  based  on USGovernment  Motion  as
to  Ambassador Leo Emil Wanta - whereas the State of Wisconsin - Department
of Revenue  DEFIED  said  U. S.  Federal Order  and   had  me  re-arrested  in New York City  with only  my  Diplomatic  Entry / VISA without any valid ARREST WARRANT,  for  continuous  REFUSAL  to  pay  a WISCONSIN  CIVIL TAX  ASSESSMENT  of  a  STATE  NON-RESIDENT.
 ( see enclosed New York exhibits for verification of diplomatic status)

    However,  the State of  New  York  unlawfully  held  me
incognito  within  their Department  of  Corrections,  and  listed
immediately  as  an  AMBASSADOR after United States Secret
Service notification and confirmation.

    9/20



[  see  United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit, No.
   97-3888, USA v Elton Howard Silkman, filed September 16, 1998]

The State of Wisconsin clearly violated 26 U.S.C. , Sec 7201 as to illegally
extraditing Ambassador Wanta, to his "non-resident" State of Wisconsin, USA -
since June 30, 1988 - for alleged civil state tax deficiencies for 1982 and
1988, per the defective Arrest Warrant served in Switzerland by the U.S.
State Department Vice Consul Carlos Medina, Berne, contrary to the Suisse/USA
Treaty provisions, among other things,  which include:-

Excluded court evidence in favour of Ambassador Wanta
Excluded evidence of USGovernment liability
Excluded proof that a legitimate tax deficiency lawfully existed
No exclusive proof that a real tax crime ever existed

Please note : An American taxpayer-defendant has a right to establish as a
defense that he owed no tax in addition to what he had paid, (see
United States v Moody, 339 F.2d 161, 162  (6th Cir. 1964).

Quote - The government has no authority for its startling contention that an
IRS assessment is conclusive proof in a criminal trial that taxes were in
fact owing.

As the Supreme Court said in United States Martin Linen Supply Co., 430 U.S.
564, 572-733 1977), the jury's   overriding responsibility is to stand
between the accused and a potentially arbitrary or abusive government that is
in command of the criminal sanction. For this reason, a trial judge is
prohibited from entering a judgment of conviction or directing a jury to
come  forward  with  such  a  verdict, regardless of how overwhelming the evidence may point in that direction.

This conclusion is consistent with United States v England, where the
government conceded that proof of a valid assessment was essential to its
evasion case, an he court held it was in error to instruct the jury the
assessment was valid as a matter of law. 347 F. 2d at 430.  England was
followed in United States v Goetz, 746 F. 2d 705, 708-10 (11th Cir. 1984).
[The Court's] Our conclusion is also consistent with decisions that the
taxpayer may defend a charge of willfully evading the assessment of taxes by
proving there was no tax due and owing,  for example, by evidence of
unclaimed deductions and expenses. See, e.. Clark v United States, 211 F 2d
100, 13 (8th Cir. 1954), ÖÖ But conclusive presumptions are invalid in
criminal cases because they "conflict with the overriding presumption of
innocence with which extends to every element of the crime, and would invade

   10/20



the factfinding function which in a criminal case the law assigns solely to the jury." Sandstrom v Montana, 442 U.S. 510, 523 (1979) Ö. It is not rational to make
the assessment conclusive proof of the deficiency, particularly because in the
absence of a tax return an assessment is based upon a "substitute" return
prepared by the IRS without the benefit of factual input from the taxpayer.

For the foregoing reasons, [the court] we conclude that one accused of tax
evasion must have the opportunity to prove, however unlikely the proposition
may be, that an administratively final tax assessment does not accurately
reflect the existence of a tax deficiency. Therefore, [defendant] is entitled
to a new trial at which he may introduce evidence relevant to whether there
was in fact a tax deficiency in one or more of the tax years in question.

However, [the court] we agree with cases holding that, while an assessment
may be used to prove a tax deficiency in a payment evasion case, an
assessment is nota necessary element of a payment evasion charge. See Hogan,
861 F. 2d at 315-16; Dack, 47 F 2d at 1174, Voorhies, 658 F 2d at 714-15.

Therefore, it can be readily established that the Suisse Judicial authorities
were lawlessly mislead by the Suisse,  United States  and  State of
Wisconsin provocateurs to unconstitutionally deny me,  my personal freedom
and liberty by American Birthright,  as well as the Vienna Convention
Articles, inter alia.

Please note:  The State of Wisconsin of the United States of America admits
they "uttered/altered" the civil NON-RESIDENCY state tax returns in favor of
the Department of  Revenue, in order to seek the fraudulent state arrest
warrant by illegally manipulating the Suisse Federation,  Suisse Surete  and
their Judicial System, U.S. State Department and the U.S. Federal Bureau of
Investigation, et al;  contrary to U.S.C.A. Title 18,

Section 4 - Misprision of Felony
Whoever, having knowledge of the actual commission of a felony cognizable by
a court of the United States, conceals and does not as soon as possible make
known the same to some judge or other person in civil or military authority
under the United States, shall be fined not more than $500 or imprisoned not
more than three years, or both.  (June 25, 1948, c. 645, 62  Stat 684)

Elements of offense - Generally
    Ö.  are concealment of something,  such as suppression of the evidence or other
     positive act, and failure to disclose (Neal v U. S., cc A Minn, 1939, 102F 2d 643)

Knowledge of commission of felony
 Ö. it is immaterial whether government did or did not know of crime or who
the perpetrator was  ( Lacey v U. S. C. A. Cal 1966, 356F 2d 07, certiorari
denied 87 Sct 234, 385 US 922, 172 Ed 2d145)

    11/20



Concealment
Ö.. such as suppression of evidence, harboring a criminal, intimidation of
witnesses, or other positive act designed to conceal from authorities
commission of the felony. (Bratton V USCCA Okl, 1934, 73  2d 795)

Indictment or Information
Indictment alleging that specified person committed offense cognizable by
courts of United States,  that defendant had knowledge of actual commission
of such offense,  that defendant willfully concealed crime, and that
defendant did not as soon as possible make known commission of crime to
authorities was sufficient to charge offense of misprision of a felony
notwithstanding failure to allege evidentiary details of concealment. (US v
Sullivan, DC Okl 1968, 284  Supp 574)

Venue
 Ö.. was place where report of felony should have been made (Bratton v USCCA
Okl, 1934,  73 F 2d 795)

Evidence
 Ö. Evidence in prosecution for misprision of a felony must establish
affirmative act of concealment, and mere silence without some affirmative act
is insufficient to authorize conviction.  (US v Sullivan, DC Okl 1968, 284 F
Supp 579)

Please note : The necessary evidence is now established by this current
Suisse Court Action for the State of Wisconsin - Department of Revenue
suggested to the Suisse authorities that the  STATE  is willing to disburse
certain corporate funds to the Suisse counterparts for their participation in
this absolute Fraud on the U. S. Federal Courts, The Suisse Courts and
Wisconsin non-jurisdictional subject matter courts of record,  among other
lawless activities by others, as demonstrated by the U. S. Federal Bureau of
Investigation DISCLAIMERS of their official role at the behest of the State
of Wisconsin - to falsely accuse this American citizen and International
Diplomat in the court records In Wisconsin,
as well as the Suisse and United States District Courts,  and Media
Journalists.

Section 10  -  Interstate Commerce and Foreign Commerce defined

Section  11 -  Foreign Government defined
My lawless Suisse Extradition is in direct violation of my issued Somali
Diplomatic Credentials which have not been revoked by any Government,
among other things.

The term " FOREIGN GOVERNMENT",  as used in this title,  includes any
government, faction, or body of insurgents within a country with which the
United States is at peace,  irrespective of recognition by the United States.
(June 25, 1948, c 645, 63 Stat 686)

  12/20



Therefore, the sudden and lawless notice of the State of Wisconsin
and the Suisse Federation to revoke my Diplomatic Status and Diplomatic
Passports No. 04362 and 12535 has no LEGAL STANDING,  as a matter of law  -
and I respectfully Demand the immediate return of the illegally seized
Diplomatic Passports and related documentation forthwith, as well as all
other USGovernment and Corporate documents seized under a false color of law..

Section  35 -  Imparting or conveying false information
Whoever imparts or conveys or cause to be imparted or conveyed false
information, knowing the information to be false, concerning an attempt or
alleged attempt being made, to do any act which would be a crime prohibited
by this chapterÖ..

Whoever willfully and maliciously, or with reckless disregard for the safety

of human life, imparts or conveys or causes to be imparted or conveyed false
information, knowing the information to be false, concerning an attempt or
alleged attempt being made or to be made to do any act which would be a crime
prohibited.. ( Added July 14, 156, c 595, Sec 1, 70 Stat 540, and amended Oct
3, 1961, Pub L. 87-338,  75 Stat 75;  July 7, 1965,  Pub. L 89-64, 79 Stat 210 )

Constitutionality
This section making criminal imparting of information known to be false
concerning attempt or alleged attempt to do act which would be crime
prohibited by this chapter was not unconstitutionally vague where it clearly
applies to facts of facts of particular case. (US v Rutherford, CA,NY, 1964,
332 F2d 444, certiorari denied 84 Sct 1922,  377 US 994, 12 L Ed 2d1046)

Statements within Section
Ficticious as well as false reports were intended to be covered by this section.
(U. S.  v  Allen,  C. A.  Conn, 1963, 317 F 2d 777)

3. Sufficiency
Evidence sustained conviction for violation of this section proscribing,
imparting or conveying false information. (US v  Rutherford, CA NY 1964,  332
F 2d 444, certiorari denied 845 ct 1922,  377 US 994, 12 L Ed 2d 1046)

Section 241 -  Conspiracy against rights of citizens
If two or more persons conspire to injure, oppress, threaten, or intimidate
any citizen in the free exercise or enjoyment of any right or privilege
secured to him by the Constitution or laws of the United States or because of
his having so exercised the same;

Constitutionality
This section pertaining to conspiracy against rights of citizens encompasses
due process and equal protection clauses of USCA Const Amend 14 and is not

         13/20



unconstitutional vague. (US v Guest, Ga, 1966, 86 Sct 1170,  383 US
745,  16 L Ed 2d 239)

CONGRESS HAS THE POWER TO PROTECT THE CITIZEN IN THE EXERCISE OF  RIGHTS
CONFERRED  BY  THE  CONSTITUTION.
     (Ex parte Yarborough,  Ga 1884, 4 Sct 152,  110 US 651,  28 L Ed 274)

The word "conspire", as found in this section, making conspiracy against the
rights of citizens a crime,  is equivalent to the word "willfully", and thus
this section is not unconstitutional for being vague or failing to state as ascertainable standard of guilt,  nor is an indictment thereunder charging that persons did conspire for such purpose defective, on theory that it does not allege an
intent to commit offense. Id.

Rationale behind creation of crime of conspiracy to violate State and Federal
laws was belief by Congress that mere agreement among members of persons to
commit an offense was itself a danger to society demanding classification of
a crime,  and although an overt act is necessary for conviction, it is not
necessary to prove that conspiracy was successful. (U. S. v  Bonanno, DC  NY
1960, 180 F Supp 71)

Title 18, United States Code - Section 1201 (Chapter 55) - Kidnapping
Whoever unlawfully seizes, confines, inveigles, decoys, kidnaps, abducts, or
carries away and holds for ransom or reward or otherwise any person, except 
in the case of a minor by the parent thereof, when:

the person is willfully transported in interstate or foreign commerce;
any such act against the person is done within the special maritime and
territorial jurisdiction of the United States; any such act against the person is done within the special aircraft jurisdiction of the United States as defined in Section 101 (36) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958,  as amended ( 49 USC 1301 (36));  or the person is a foreign official,  an internationally protected person,  or an official guest as those terms are defined in section 1116 (b) of this
title,  shall be punished by imprisonment for any term of years or for life.

With respect to subsection (a) (1), above, the failure to release the victim
      within twenty-four hours after he shall have been unlawfully seized, confined,
      inveigled, decoyed, kidnapped, abducted, or carried away shall create a
      rebuttable  presumption that such person has been transported in interstate or
      foreign commerce.

If two or more persons conspire to violate this section and one or more such
      persons do any overt act to effect the object of the conspiracy,  each shall be
      punished by imprisonment for any term of years or for life.

  14/20



Whoever attempts to violate subsection (a) (4) shall be punished by
      imprisonment for not more than twenty years,

If the victim of  an offense under subsection (a) is an internationally protected
Person, the United States may exercise jurisdiction over the offense if the
alleged offender is present within the United States, irrespective of the
place where the offense was committed or the nationality of the victim or the
alleged offender. [ See Federal Aviation Act of 1958 as to Gunpoint
Extradition on Swiss Air Commercial aircraft in United States air/marine
territory. ]

Common Law - At common law, "kidnap" meant to take any act to carry
a person by force and against his will.
Constitutionality - Terms "kidnap" and "holds for ransom or reward"  or
 otherwise in this section proscribing kidnapping of a foreign official or
 internationally protected persons,  did not render this section
 unconstitutionally vague.

   This section making interstate kidnapping a crime f victim is held for ransom
   or reward " or otherwise" was intended to reach abductions not motivated by
   ransom or reward and its provisions not unconstitutionally vagueÖ..
   situations lacking the involuntariness of seizure and detention which is the
   essence of the crime of kidnappingÖ

Word "kidnap" has a technical meaning, is derived from the common law,  and
must be interpreted in light of its technical meaning at common law, and,
both under the common law and under this section, unless clearly modified
means to take and carry away any person by unlawful force or by fraud and
against his will.

This title/section adequately expressed intention of Congress to prevent
transportation in interstate or foreign commerce of persons who were
unlawfully restrained in order that captor might secure some benefit to
himself.

Ö. was to extend federal jurisdiction under such former section to persons
who have been kidnapped and held,  not only for reward, but for any other
reason,

Ö. was designed to punish one guilty of the transportation of a kidnapped
person in interstate commerce where the kidnapping was done for ransom or
otherwise.

OBJECT OF THIS SECTION AND SECTION 1202 OF  THIS  TITLE PROHIBITING
KIDNAPPING IS TO SECURE CITIZEN'S PERSONAL LIBERTY AND TO SECURE TO THEM THE
ASSISTANCE OF THE  LAW  NECESSARY  TO  RELEASE THEM  FROM UNLAWFUL RESTRAINT.

  15/20



Elements  of  offense  -  Generally
To prove guilt under this section, prosecution must establish transportation
in interstate commerce of an unconsenting person who was held for ransom or
reward or otherwise, such acts being done knowingly and willfully.

Elements to be established in Federal Kidnapping charge are: (1) the
transportation in interstate commerce, (2) of an unconsented person who is
(3) held for ransom or reward, or otherwise and (4) doing such acts knowingly
and willfully.

This section prohibits transportation in interstate commerce of persons who
were being unlawfully restrained in order that captor might secure some
benefit to himself.

While "kidnapping" at common law  means to forcibly abduct a person and to
carry him from one state into another state, term involves element of seizing
victim by force or fraud and against his will.

Purpose of kidnapping need not be for reward or pecuniary gain.

(42) A state may not lawfully try, convict and punish person brought within
its territorial confines by force and violence exercised by its officers in violation of
this  section.  (Collins v Frisbie, C. A., Mich 1951)

ÖÖ. was not so uncertain that those accused thereunder would not know that
the charges constituted an offense. (US v Wilson, DC Mo 1947, 72 F Supp 812,
affirmed 176 F 2d 184,  certiorari denied 70 Sct 145, 2 mems, 338 US 870,  94
L Ed 533)

See,  CIVIL  RIGHTS  ACT,  USCA  42,  SECTION 1981

See,   ARTICLE III OF U. S. CONTITUTION

See,  VIENNA CONVENTION ON DIPLOMATIC RELATIONS (1961)

See,  1900 USA/SUISSE FEDERAL EXTRADICTION TREATY; ARTICLES I THROUGH XIV

See,  TITLE 18,  USCA SECTION 1073  AS TO STATE OF WISCONSIN FEDERAL  VIOLATIONS  AND THEIR  OUTRIGHT   PERJURY

See,  TITLE 28  ( HOBBS ANTI-RACKETEERING ACT)

   16/20



Per Wisconsin Statutes :-

s. 976.03,  Note 21 - Foreign Countries
International extradition was based on treaties only, and thus any offense
which was not made extraditable by treaty between the nations involved was
not an extraditable offense. (14 Op.Atty.Gen 189 (1925))

The matter of extradition {of actual State of Wisconsin Non-residents} of
fugitives from {Wisconsin non-jurisdictional subject matter} justice who have
taken refuge in a foreign country is governed wholly by treaties between the
United States and such country.  ( 3 Op.Atty.Gen  830 (1914))

s. 976.03, Note 25  -  Fugitive  from  Justice  -  In  general
Person should be fugitive from justice in order to be extradited. (10
Op.Atty.Gen 831 (1921))  See U. S. Federal Court Dismissal of  fraudulently
obtained Fugitive Warrant,  manipulated and issued under State of Wisconsin
as authorized by the future  U. S. Presidential Candidate -  Wisconsin
Governor Tommy Thompson, Subterfuge and Perjury.

Section 242  -  Deprivation of rights under Color of Law
Whoever,  under color of any law,  statute, ordinance, regulation, or custom,
willfully subjects any inhabitant of any state,  territory or District to the
deprivation of any rights, privileges, or immunities secured or protected by
the Constitution or Laws of the United States.

Section 371  -  Conspiracy to commit offense of  to defraud United States

Extortion
An agreement between state law enforcement officers and others to extort
money from inhabitants of the United States by causing their arrest and
imprisonment, without justification by such officers, and under color of
state law, constituted a "CONSPIRACY"  to commit an offense against the
United States in violation of this section of which Federal District Court
has jurisdiction. (Culp v USCA Ark 1942, 131 F 2 d 93).

As the American Populace fully aware of continuing "misconduct" in State and
Federal Government - as well as Foreign Nations, the following must apply:-

Title 18, United States Code - Section 1116  Murder or manslaughter of
foreign officials, official guests, or internationally protected persons.

As noted above, the State of Wisconsin refused this writer Medical Care for
my Heart* condition, that they created under the color of law and perjury,
and continuing to seize/freeze corporate and

 17/20



personal assets to financially refuse medical surgery options for the
immediate hospitalization for surgical installation of the needed PACEMAKER.

Whoever kills or attempts to kill a foreign official, official guest, or
internationally protected person shall be punished as provided under section
      1111,  1112,  and 1113 of this title, and any such person who is guilty of
       attempted murder shall be punished for not more than twenty years.

For the purposes of this section:
"Foreign government"  means the government of a foreign country,
       irrespective of recognition by the United States.
"Foreign official" means -
A Chief of State or the political equivalent, President, Vice President,
      Prime Minister, Ambassador,  Foreign Minister, or other officer of
      Cabinet rank or above of a foreign government or the chief executive
      officer of an international organization,  or any person who has
      previously served in such capacity, and any member of his family,
      while in the United States;  and,
" Internationally protected person" means-
A Chief of State or the political equivalent, head of government, or Foreign
Minister whenever such person is in a country other than his own and any
member of his family accompanying him; or
Any other representative, officer, employee, or agent of the USG,  a foreign
government, or international organization who at the time and place concerned
is entitled pursuant to international law to special protection against
attack upon his person, freedom, or dignity,  and any member of his family
then forming part of his household.
If the victim of an offense under subsection (a) is an internationally
protected person,  the United States may exercise jurisdiction over the
offense if the alleged offender is present within the United States,
irrespective of the place where the offense was committed or the nationality
of the victim or the alleged offender.
In the course of enforcement of this section and any other sections
prohibiting a conspiracy or attempt to violate this section, the Attorney
General may request assistance from any Federal, State, or local agency,
including the Army, Navy, and Air Force, any statute, rule, or regulation to
the contrary notwithstanding.

Purpose - Intention of this section was to implement fulfillment of
obligations of United States under two treaties,  and to do so completely.

4.  Conspiracy - In prosecution for conspiracy to seize and confine a foreign
      official, government was not required to prove either that all the potential
      victims were foreign officials or that defendants had the specific intention of
      seizing foreign  officials.

       18/20



5.   NOTIFICATION OF OFFICIALS
       Although regulation requires the Chief of Protocol of the State Department
       to maintain roster of names of persons who have been duly notified to the
       United States as officers or employees of foreign governments,  the
       maintenance of such roster is not a condition precedent to effective
       notification of foreign official to the United States, for purposes of
this section.

As before your good offices is authorized to DEBIT our Suisse Corporate
Account No. 70849  at Banque SCS Alliance, Geneve, Switzerland for Suisse
francs 10,000 and CREDIT  per original bank instructions,  Deputy White House
Counsel Vincent Foster,  Jr.  fiduciary account at Credit Suisse Banque for
the amount of USDollars 125,000.00,  under Ms Elaine Guiraud fiduciary
signatory control on behalf of the Suisse controlled - FGI Fiduciarie-conseil
operations,  Lausanne.

Please prepare the suggested proxy to commence Legal Action against the
Canton of Vaud,  Switzerand.  Please notify the Police de Surete of the unreturned  6'940
franc suisses, as well as other personal belongings and corporate/USGovernment
documentation.

All of my USGovernment actions,  including the U.S.S.R. ruble currency affair
were carried out with the full knowledge of my superiors.  I  personally do
not intend to be fraudulently used as a Human Sacrifice to deny  and cover-up
the working knowledge and shared responsibility of others.  Now without any
doubt, we have a conscious USGovernment policy of ignoring reality.

The American Public needs to learn what is really happening in the United
States and the Sovereign State of Wisconsin, so that Civil Tax Laws can be
accountable to a large and informed public,  and not just generated lawlessly
by delusional tax agents,  whose judgments are colored by their personal
needs and biases,  under the color of law.  To forcibly DRUG and IMPRISON  me
 to  collect  unknown  corporate and  personal non-residency income taxes  is
grossly CRIMINAL,   as well as a direct violation of my United States
Constitutional, Civil and Diplomatic Rights.

Once upon a time,  " a decision which has long been regarded as the special
province of the Executive Branch" -  charged by the U. S. Constitution to
  " TAKE CARE THAT THE LAWS BE FAITHFLLY EXECUTED."

  19/20



[U. S. Const.,  Art II, Sec 3,  Id at 832,  105 S ct at 1656.  See also
Powell  v Katzenbach,  359 F 2d 234 (1965)  cert denied 384  U. S. 906,  86 S
ct 1341, 16 L Ed 2d 359 (1966)]

The overall cost of  closing your eyes to the State of Wisconsin's Corruption
and Tax Conspiracy by acts of kidnapping/abduction on foreign sovereign soil
is beyond American traditions of Due Process and Equal Protection under our
United States Constitution, certainly exposing the Clinton Administration
complicity and open endorsement.

I was led to believe that at one time,  our United States of America
President William Jefferson Clinton had both the moral standing and the Presidential
means to " back up"  our U.  S. Constitution,  our Civil Rights,  and Guarded
Privileges,  under his personal World Leadership,  based on our USG
sanctioned " De-stabilization  of  the  Evil Empire."

May God save our Great Nation from inner destruction and Misuse and Abuse
of Power,  contrary to our Democratic Rule of Law and the U. S.  Constitution.

Respectfully yours,

AmeriTrust  Corporation,  Inc.

By: _______________________________________________
       Leo Emil Wanta,  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

LEW:wien.ops/M418.end  







Excerpted:

STATE OF WISCONSIN

TAX APPEALS COMMISSION

LEO E. WANTA DOCKET NO. 96-I-888

13093 77th Avenue

Chippewa Falls, WI 54729,

Petitioner,

vs. RULING AND ORDER

WISCONSIN DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE

P.O. Box 8907

Madison, WI 53708-8907,

Respondent.

DON M. MILLIS, COMMISSION CHAIRPERSON:

This matter comes before the Commission on each party’s motion for

summary judgment. Each party has submitted briefs and supporting papers with respect

to the motions. Petitioner is currently represented by Attorney Thomas E. Henry of

Omaha, Nebraska, and Attorney Jan Morton Heger of Laguna Niguel, California.1

Respondent is represented by its Deputy Chief Counsel, Robert J. Hackman.2

Based on the submissions of the parties and the entire record in this matter,

the Commission hereby finds, concludes, rules, and orders as follows:

1 Petitioner was initially represented by Attorney Patricia Cameron of Laguna Hills, California,

who drafted petitioner’s motion for summary judgment.

2 Respondent was initially represented by Attorney Neal E. Schmidt, who drafted respondent’s

motion for summary judgment.

2

UNDISPUTED MATERIAL FACTS

Criminal Prosecution

1. Under the date of December 24, 1990, respondent issued an income

tax assessment against petitioner in the principal amount of $10,027. The assessment was

an estimate of amounts due from petitioner for the years 1986 through 1989, years for

which petitioner did not file Wisconsin income tax returns.3

2. Respondent subsequently investigated petitioner and his income.

Respondent failed to find any Wisconsin income for 1986 and 1987. However, respondent

determined that petitioner was a Wisconsin resident for all of 1988 and 1989, and that he

had Wisconsin income for 1988 and 1989.

3. On June 11, 1991, petitioner and his wife filed Wisconsin income tax

returns for 1986 through 1989. On each return, petitioner and his wife reported no

Wisconsin income.

4. On May 8, 1992, the Wisconsin Department of Justice filed a criminal

complaint ("Complaint") against petitioner in Dane County Circuit Court in the name of

the State of Wisconsin. The Complaint alleged two felony counts of falsely or fraudulently

filing an income tax return, contrary to section 71.83(2)(b)1 of the Statutes, and four felony

counts of tax evasion, contrary to section 71.83(2)(b)3 of the Statutes.

3 This assessment is not at issue in this proceeding. While it is not clear from the record, it appears

that petitioner did not file a petition for redetermination with respondent, and the assessment

became final and conclusive. However, because this assessment was an estimated or doomage

assessment, and because petitioner subsequently filed income tax returns for the years at issue, it is

likely that respondent withdrew this assessment in favor of the assessment it issued on January 29,

1996—the assessment at issue in this case—which was based, in part, on amended income tax

returns petitioner subsequently filed for 1988 and 1989 in June of 1995


More at:
STATE OF WISCONSIN TAX APPEALS COMMISSION LEO E. WANTA DOCKET NO. 96-I-888 13093 77 (PDF)

... tax return, contrary to section 71.83(2)(b)1 of the Statutes, and four felony ... "Frank B. Ingram", which is apparently an alias used by petitioner. 5 ...
www.wisbar.org/res/txap/p2004/96i888.pdf          Date: Wed, 28 Aug 2002 06:30:25 -0700 (PDT)

___________________________________________________________________________



                               From: Ambassador Leo E Wanta

                               To: Sander Hicks

                               Vince  (Vincent Foster) was in Geneve.. Rec'd USD250,000,000.00 in
                               "set-aside allocations" in favour of the Children's
                               Defense Fund.... We were booked at the Hotel de la
                               Paix/Geneve and lodging guaranteed by his AMEX
                               card, etc.. per their request for confidentiality and
                               meetings w/Credit Suisse Banque Officer Marcel
                               Godal, et al.. incl Chrm Guy Studor, et al; Millie
                               Ferrus/Elaine Guiraud of FGI Fiduciarie-conseil,
                               Lausanne....... Brgds, lee

http://saba.fateback.com/leowanta2.html


_____________________________________________________________________________________

NEXT ARTICLE


Lo strano caso di Leo Emil Wanta, ambasciatore somalo ed agente USA che doveva arrestare il cittadino svizzero-israeliano Marc Rich... ed invece si ritrova in carcere, negli USA, da 12 anni, condannato a 22 anni per "reati fiscali". Riportiamo due sue lettere: una del gennaio 2001 ed una del gennaio 2004. Marc Rich venne graziato dal presidente Clinton pochi minuti prima della fine del suo mandato. Vedi anche: "Operazione Fenice Pallida".

Aggiornamento giugno 2004: lettera di Wanta all'avvocato svizzero Paschoud dove tra l'altro si accusa la Fiat-Valsella di aver venduto mine antiuomo a Saddam.



16 January 2004

The Honourable, George W Bush       The Honourable, Richard Cheney
Office of the President                    Office of the Vice President
Telefax: (omissis)                          Telefax: (omissis)

The Honourable, John Ashcroft        The Honourable, John Snow
Office of the Attorney General         Office of the Secretary
U S Department of Justice              U S Department of the Treasury
Telefax: (omissis)                         Telefax: (omissis)

Distribution: The Congress of the United States of America, WSHdc.ops, et al

In the matter of: Recently released subpoena documents seized in Cantonal du
Lausanne, Switzerland from SDR Diplomatic Pouch, on 7 July 1993;
a clear Obstruction of Justice by state agent provocateurs to
prevent the lawful process of Arrest Warrant for Marc Rich/Reich
on a Lake Geneve/France ferry trip, with federal agents aboard.

Please Note, the enclosed sensitive USGovernment documents/exhibits hidden by the
state of Wisconsin, USA from 07 July 1993 through JAN-7-2004 ......

p. 1 of 7 : 26 January 1992, Singapore filing from Rick Reynolds [SA233MS] to US
Secret Service Agent Rick Zainos, WH Vice President Dan Quayle, CIA ops, L E Wanta.
GAO / Sector V New Orleans ops. et al

p. 2 of 7 : Subject matter of p. 1 of 7, but destroyed/altered "by others" - see taping of
subject investigation exhibit of USDollars One Billion (US$1,000,000,000.00) in
Republic of Singapura

p. 3 of 7 : U S INTEL ops FIELD NOTES seized in Diplomatic Pouch by state of
Wisconsin agents, beyond their International Jurisdiction, in the Cantonal du Lausanne,
Switzerland, pls note -

 White House - Vince Foster, 2024566605 - and - VP Al Gore
 U.S. Treasury - US Customs Service [CRAY 92 Super CPU to PRC/China]
 FBI (SA32NV), RAC Bill Lecates, USSS SAC Glen Speedy, et al
 UN Groupe: Sec Gen Boutros Boutros Ghali (PRO - 13 programme)
 Other U S Administration Officials, et al: including NSA, DEA, CIA, FBI,
 US treasury, etc >> My Controller AMB/General Vern Walters  <<

p. 4,5 of 7 : As stated previously, 16th May 1992, Singapura letter to my wife's local
counsel Thomas A Wilson, former USG analyst from our federal target V
Ramakrishnan, noting: page 2, para 2: "RELATING TO LEO AND ONE OF THEM
IS CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED TO REAGAN/GEORGE BUSH
CONSPIRACY REGARDING THE CONTRA WAR WHERE OUR CLIENT ALSO

(Page 2)

KNOWN AS FRANK INGRAM (FBI) PARTICIPATING AS AN UNDERCOVER
DEPARTMENT AND THE UNITED STATES SECRET SERVICES TO PREVENT
THE DISCLOSURE OF THE UNAUTHORIZED US$ FUNDING OF THE CONTRA
WAR AS DIRECTED BY THE THEN VICE PRESIDENT GEORGE BUSH."

PLS NOTE : THE AUTHOR WAS UNDER FEDERAL INVESTIGATION WITH
USGovn CASE NUMBERS ASSIGNED.

p. 6  of 7 : Proof of second civil tax assessment payment as a CORPORATE NUISANCE
TAX issued in Singapore, and duly deposited in the state of Wisconsin - Department of
Revenue, 13 June 1992: but hidden from the COUNTY COURT JURY, but finally
FILED in November, 1995 after May, 1995 non-jurisdicional/non-subject matter/non-
residency country trial with lawless sentencing of 22 years to Wisconsin Prison System.

p. 7 pf 7 : Continuation copy - dated 05 January 2004 - that our USGovernment Officials
continues to illegally DISAVOUW the sanctioned INTEL Operations of:

Frank B Ingram  SA32NV
Leo E Wanta  S-31-IANO, Sector V
Rick Reynolds  SA233MS
Lee E Wanta  Stillpoint / Galloping Ghost Ltd (HK)

We are very ready to execute the original 1995 - GAG ORDER, in good faith and in good
order to end this USGovn nonsense forthwith; when will our USGovernment be ready?

Thank you for everyone's kind consideration and assistance to approve this timely
request. My family and grandchildren have better things for me to do than plead this
wrongdoing "by others." There mis-deeds are no longer of interest to me !!!!! I am 63
now, and have physically  and emotionally lost 12 years of my family life for serving
OUR GREAT COUNTRY with Honor and Dignity with American Integrity.

Sincerely yours with humility and heavy heart

(signed) Ambassador Leo E Wanta et al - 16 Jan 04

End - with 7 pages enclosed



[Notes in brackets are from S. Skolnick. Scanned doc.]

22nd day of January, 2001 A.D.

FROM
Ambassador Leo E. Wanta/Stillpoint.ops
Diplomatic Passport No. 04362 & 12535 Ministry of Foreign Affairs

To
U.S. President George W. Bush
U.S. Vice President Richard (Dick) Cheney
U.S. Attorney General Janet Reno
U.S. Deputy Attorney General Eric Holder
U.S. Federal Judge David L. Russell
U.S. White House Counsel Bernie Nausbaum [Clinton White House]
Estate/U.S. W/H Deputy Counsel Vince Foster, Jr.
U.S. DoJ Attorney- John Russell
S.E.C. Chairman, Arthur Levitt
Dresdner Banque, COB, Bernhard Walter
Deutsche Banque AG, COB, Rolf-Ernst Brewer Georgio Bomio,
Esquire Central Authority for U.S. Requests Division of International Legal Assistance
Federal Office For Police Matters Bundesrain 20, 3003 Bern, Switzerland
Credit Suisse, COB Guy Studor, et al
Former Director/FBI William Sessions [who was sacked on flimsy grounds the day before Foster was murdered] SAC Bill Lecates - SAC Glen Speedy - SAC Jeb McGruder - SAC Gary Small [followed by bracket, identifying them] Section V [asterisk after Speedy identifying him as] U.S. Secret Service, Nashville, TN, USA
U.S. DoJ C.L. Ford, Esq.
cc Frank B. Ingram (FBI SA 32 NY) U.S. Dept. of the Treasury/U.S. Custom Service Rick Reynolds (S.E. Asia ops SA 233 MS) U.S. Dept. of the Treasury/U.S. Customs Service *** [name left out]/ (S-31-IANO) U.S. Dept. of the Treasury Office of Internal Affairs/Sector V-New Orleans

IN THE MATTER OF (A) MARC RICH- Visit in Lausanne, Switzerland at Hotel Au Lac with Ms Lorrayne Fine (1) of L.H. Financial (Tel Aviv & Johannesburg, SA); (2) of AmeriTrust Corporation (USA) as Corporate Secretary & Account Signatorie at Credit Suisse, Lausanne, Switzerland; (3) of AmeriTrust (Suisse) Societe as Director and Corporate Co-Ordinator with Suisse Banque- as to Private Contract between Humewood Enterprises (London & Dublin) and AmeriTrust Corporation (USA) for Prime Banque Guarantees (PABag/icc 400/500/600)- Aggregate Amount of US Dollars Five Trillion with rollovers and extensions - as authorized by U.S. Government entities - and International Banking Groups, et al.--

Marc Rich at Hotel Au Lac Lausanne further discussed the scheduled meeting with Deputy White House Counsel Vincent Foster, Jr. on 07 July 1993, as to

(1) Children's Defense Fund "set-aside" allocations of US Dollars Two Hundred and Fifty Million (US $ 250,000,000.00), through Credit Suisse Banque, Agent for AmeriTrust Corporation (USA);

(2) Suisse newly-organized "AmeriTrust (Suisse) Societe" to meet Suisse Tax Regulations, as to PBG [Primary Bank Guarantees] transactions as authorized under Title 18 USA Sec.6/USG Proprietary Corporations- and endorsed through US Govt. entities.

(3) New lodging at Hotel de la Paix, Geneva for (07 July 1993)
    (A) Vince Foster Groupe
    (B) Frank B. Ingram (SA 32 NV)
    (C) Rick Reynolds (SA 233 MS)
    (D) Consul General Giovanni Ferro
    (E) Italia Judge Pierre Liugi [si tratta forse di Pier Luigi VIGNA?]
    (F) Italia Secret Police Erika Ruffo
    (G) Somalia President Haji Mohammed Hashi Haile of Mogedishij, et al
    (H) Ms Lorrayne Fine (Mossad) and her daughter from Johannesburg SA
    (I) Banque Paribas Vice Chairman, Antonio Salvatorie, et al.

When U.S. Treasury Rick Reynolds observed Marc Rich on Lorrayne's Hotel Patio; no one was certain that Lorrayne had advised him of Reynolds/Ingram/Wanta planned attempts to travel by Lausanne boat ferry across to French Casino, 45 minutes across Lake- with L. Fine, G. Ferro, Fine's daughter, L. Wanta, et al.

Please Note FBI Director William Sessions had authorized this groupe to take Marc Rich, if and when, he was out of Switzerland for "tax evasion". Bill Lecates also authorized F.B. Ingram to take down Marc Rich if the opportunity came available.

[Editorial note: President Clinton by unceremoniously sacking Sessions, the day before the later Foster murder, put a stop to FBI Director William Sessions' elite unit investigating high criminal offenses by both Clinton, former President George Herbert Walker Bush and his sons Neil, Jeb, and George W., little-known business cronies of Clinton, as well as other top-level criminals jointly with Bush/Clinton gang. The gang included Clinton White House Senior Advisor Rahm Emanuel, who is also reportedly Acting Deputy Station Chief for North America of Israeli Intelligence, The Mossad, of which Ms Fine ostensibly was an operative. Rahm, now a Managing Director in Chicago of reputed worldwide money laundry operation Wasserstein Perella & Co., specializing in laundering huge funds through the Chicago markets for the Red Chinese and the Red Chinese Secret Police.]

Our U.S. Groupe (Intel) was also involved in the T.A. Trace Analysis Lab in Morges, Switzerland (Dr. John Lutz) as to Bulgaria delivery of Red Mercury 20/20 to Iraq via Trieste Port

[Israeli Zvi Margelit, et al., were also delivering RM 2020 to Iraqi Military via this travel plan & Andras Szasze et al. (See: Thieves World, by Claire Sterling, Simon & Shuster, NY-1994 release) ]

[Editorial note: Sterling, a (Roma) CIA front operative, unfairly condemns Leo E. Wanta in her book, yet Wanta played a key role in wrecking the Soviet government in the Soviet Ruble caper of 1990 which is highly detailed in that book. Also note Red Mercury is the ingredient in "suitcase" nuclear devices that can be carried around by terrorists. ABC Network high-paid propagandist, Barbara Walters, has reportedly been a sizeable stockholder in Israeli weapons manufacturers that apparently sell diabolical weapons to all comers, Red Chinese, terrorist organizations, and such. As we have pointed out in some of our website stories, ABC News has received the CIA subsidy, since 1988-89, once had by CBS News, for ABC News to run their foreign bureaus as a vacuum pump of intelligence data for the American CIA.]

It was not known in July, 1993, that Suisse Surete, Interpol, et al., was aware of our intel to take down Marc Rich - until Suisse Surete arrested Somali Ambassador Leo Wanta for failure to pay alleged, and bogus, Wisconsin Tax Assessments for 1982 and 1988 - thus the Sessions arrest warrants for Marc Rich were illegally discovered - and I believe resolved in the murder of
(1) Vincent Foster (Washington, DC, USA)
(2) Freddie Woodruff (Tbilisi, Georgia) [An American CIA official]
(3) J.J. Smith (Mexico City)
(4) Lino Burys (Hong Kong)
(5) etc., etc.

(AA) Further, Ms.Fine was aware of the oil activities of Commerce Secretary Ron Brown, Energy Secretary Hazel O'Leary, Somali Ambassador Wanta as to Operation Restore Hope, 90 Million Barrels of Saudi light crude oil as bid contracted to Marvelous Investments Limited Hong Kong - as assigned to - White Cloud Petroleum Corporation (Delaware) c/o Bank of New York for Delivery to Houston, Texas, USA [White Cloud was/is reportedly owned by the George Herbert Walker Bush Family]
(BB) Purchase of Ciga Hotels and properties,
(CC) Purchase of Credito Italiano Bank et al.,
(DD) Rome American Hospital (Roma) facilities,
(EE) U.S. Treasury Note Procurement/delivery via London Treaty Provisions in favour of AmeriTrust Corporation (USA), Marvelous Investments, Ltd. (HK/BVI), New Republic/USA Financial Group, Ltd. Gesellschaft of Wien, Austria-Europa [Vienna, Austria]
(FF) Certain forex currency transactions as authorized under 18 USC Sec. 6 et al.
(GG) Certain Suisse & European Property purchases, as well as other European trade companies/societies-

Our intel and related corporate documentary evidence and exhibits are readily available to interested parties; on a "need to know basis", due to the sensitivity involved.

Respectfully submitted under penalty of perjury,
Ambassador Leo E. Wanta DPP #04362 & 12535 22 Jan 2001 AD.
Approved by /s/ Rick Reynolds, Rick Reynolds (SA 233 MS) U.S. Dept. of the Treasury/s/ Frank B. Ingram Frank B. Ingram (SA 32 NV) U.S. Dept. of the Treasury.



[Editorial notes: The exposure widely of the details in this letter would tend to expose the Bank of England together with a Wall Street cabal including Goldman Sachs & Co., implicated in forcing down the price of Gold so as to attempt to save certain huge hedge funds borrowing hundreds of billions of dollars on what is known as "gold carry" or "gold carriage" arrangements. That is, a low price of gold, below the cost of production of the most efficient mines, enables certain huge speculators to borrow tremendous funds for as a little as one per cent. A party to this huge Price-Fixing Fraud has been Alan Greenspan as the head of the conspiratorial Federal Reserve masquerading as a "U.S. Government" entity when it is a private-owned, private run group of alleged banks issuing paper money masquerading as the "U.S. Dollar".

As to the contents of the letter and what is involved, both Time Magazine and Newsweek Magazine are aware of it as is ABC and CBS News. ABC and CBS have a severe hang-up conflict of interest because of the Israeli-"Red Mercury" nuclear suitcase bomb matters involved. Newsweek is owned and operated by the British who have a substantial interest in covering up these matters to protect huge British interests, including the Bank of England and others. Newsweek's Michael Isikoff who is reportedly aware of the letter is a reputed asset of The Mossad, Israeli Intelligence, going back to the time he helped kill stories reportedly, as part of Newsweek's sister publication the Washington Post. ABC is a proprietary operation linked to the American CIA which subsidizes, for intelligence gathering and spying, ABC News' foreign bureaus. ABC as earlier mentioned has Barbara Walters with a substantial interest to reportedly kill any story about the letter because of her reputed financial linkage with sizeable Israeli weapons manufacturers and "Red Mercury". As we have discussed in other items on our website, Foster ran a secretive "Gold Bank" in the Caribbean for intelligence agencies and together with his sidekick, Hillary Rodham Clinton, worked worldwide money laundry deals based on smuggled gold bullion. Any mass media admission that they lied to us about the death of Foster, earlier claiming it was "suicide" when they knew all along it was murder, would inevitably bring up the smuggled gold matter as well as the gold Price-Fixing matter. See our website item about the Roger D'Onofrio Affair, as discussed by foreign wire service bureaus, early December, 1995; involved jointly criminal activities of the Vatican Bank once headed by Bishop Paul Marcinkus originally from the Chicago-area mafia enclave of Cicero and their First National Bank of Cicero, later re-named several times. See our website story about the Giannini Family.

To silence Wanta, he was framed with the connivance of Tommy Thompson when he was Governor of Wisconsin and part of the CIA's reputed operation Children's Defense Fund. See our website story, Old/New White House Gang. Tommy Thompson is now part of the cabinet of alleged "President" George W. Bush, who some consider to be an "imposter" President. The oil-soaked, spy-riddled monopoly press has a lot to lose by dealing with the different situations in the letter.]

http://jove.prohosting.com/marcosab/leowanta.html
___________________________________________________________________________





Ambassador Leo Emil Wanta: Diplomatic Passport Numbers 04362 & 12535 a.k.a. Frank B. Ingram [FBI] (Sector V) SA32NV; and a.k.a. Rick Reynolds, SA233MS. AmeriTrust Groupe, Inc: Federal EIN Number 20-3866855; Virginia State Corporation Identification Number: 0617454-4; Virginia State Department of Taxation Identification Number: 30203866855F001

More at:http://www.saag.org/bb/view.asp?msgID=27553
___________________________________________________________________________

APFN

UPDATE: 8.30pm London time 02 February 2007: We have just been informed by ... We were also informed by the same Treasury sources that Henry M. Paulson is ...
disc.server.com/discussion.cgi?disc=149495;article=108960;title=APFN - 21k
http://disc.server.com/discussion.cgi?disc=149495;article=108960;title=APFN

___________________________________________________________________________

SARAH McCLENDON'S WASHINGTON REPORT

3133 Connecticut Avenue

Suite 215

Washington, D.C. 20008

By Sarah McClendon

Washington , D.C. --- Leo Wanta, whose purchase of huge sums in Russian

rubles is credited with bringing down the Soviet Union in the Cold

War, will be put through a third party lunacy test in Madison,

Wisconsin circuit court on Tuesday. He has successfully been declared

of sound mind in two previous lunacy tests under the Wisconsin state

attorney general's office. His own attorney, James Shellow of Madison,

Wis., is instituting this test. Shellow says that under the rules for

attorneys in Wisconsin he has to notify the court that he thinks the

lunacy test should be given. Shellow admits to being a former attorney

for a deceased Mafia chief in Wisconsin named Belistiari. Shellow

thinks Wanta will be declared sane in the upcoming hearing on Tuesday,

but Shellow claims to know nothing as to how Wisconsin was able to

extradite Wanta in chains and shackles from Switzerland, where he was

doing business with Swiss banks after having given up his citizenship

in Wisconsin. Wanta claims that he had just been made ambassador to

Switzerland and Canada when Wisconsin state officials seized him

bodily in Switzerland. Wanta claims that they took his briefcase from

him at that time which contained billions in Treasury bills and

Promise software technical equipment which the U.S. was using to get

inside information about foreign treasuries.

Although the briefcase was taken by Wisconsin authorities in 1993, it

has never been returned to Wanta nor has he any knowledge of what

happened to its contents.

The charge is that he owed Wisconsin originally approximately $14,000.

He claims to have paid back that amount in 1992. The state attorney

general's office seized his house worth $120,000 and sold it for

$60,000, but there is no record of this in the Department of Revenue

in Wisconsin nor is there any trace of the proceeds from the sale.

Wanta was buying rubles from Russia at the request of the President,

Ronald Reagan. Wanta had worked at the White House, the National

Security Council, the Central Intelligence Agency and six other

government agencies during his career.

He and President George Bush set up the Ameritrust account in the

Credite Suisse bank for the U.S. government to use in case it needed

to counter terrorists from overseas, according to Pat Cameron, Los

Angeles attorney for Wanta. Wanta says that when former president

George Bush sought to withdraw funds from the $210 billion on deposit

that Wanta, a co-signer of the account, refused to give his signature

for the withdrawal because the funds, he said, belonged to the U.S.

government, not to an individual.

From Sarah McClendon 9-7-97

Tel. 1-202-483-3791

Fax 1-202-328-1818

By Sara McClendon

Washington , D.C. --- Mystery increases as to how state officials

of Wisconsin can abduct a man no longer a resident, charge him with

state income tax evasion, shackle him in arm and leg irons, and

bring him back into this country and hold him in an arrest for four

years. Leo Wanta did not have an American passport as he had

surrendered that when he was named briefly ambassador to Canada

and Switzerland.

Wanta had lived in Austria since 1988 but was charged by

Wisconsin Attorney General with not having paid $14,000 in state

income taxes in 1989.

[Wanta] says he cannot get the Civil Rights Commission to

take any interest in his case. Wanta thinks now that only

President Clinton and Vice President Al Gore could free him.

He says he has paid Wisconsin the $14,000 twice but can

get no receipt. In the meantime he says he had billions of dollars

in U.S. Treasury certificates in his briefcase when taken and no

report on what state officials did with its contents.

Why does he not simply walk away from the imprisonment

which he describes as illegal?

"They would charege me with walking away without bail when

I want clearance", he said.

"But what I wonder--if state officials can do this to one

citizen, could not other citizens be in danger of a similar action

from some other state officials seeking to claim back taxes"?

The case involves why the U.S. State Department is not

seemingly interested in protecting an ambassador who alleges that

he still holds that rand and why is not the Justice Department not

interested in protecting the civil rights of this man?

Wanta refuses to buy his way out with the state officials.

He says he has billions on deposit in various companies in banks

in foreign countries but he does not wish to pay any sums to

Wisconsin authorities.

His attorney, Pat Cameron of Los Angeles, has not been

able to get any information about his repayment of taxes to the

department of revenue of Wisconsin. When the $14,000 was first

levied against him, he was sentenced to 18 years in state court

for not having paid, a sentence which Cameron described as

"unconscionable".

It looks as if this house arrest of Wanta and his refusal

to assign any of his fortune in the billions to Wisconsin as a

citizen will go on forever. He claims that he once owned a house

worth about $120,000 which the state sold for $60,000 without

giving him any return or receipt.

Wanta served nine different government agencies in the

past including the Central Intelligence Agency and the White

House.

'DELUSIONAL' CON MAN GETS EIGHT-YEAR TERM

BY MIKE MILLER THE CAPITAL TIMES

Leo Wanta, the Appleton man who claimed to be an international businessman

with connections to government agencies but was portrayed by prosecutors as

an international con artist, will be spending the next few years in

Wisconsin prisons.

Wanta, 55, who was convicted in May of tax evasion, was given an eight-year

prison term Monday by Dane County Circuit Judge Michael Torphy, who also

ordered a six-year probation to follow.

For his part, Wanta -- described as delusional by his own attorney --

continued his scam to the end, claiming the court had no jurisdiction over

him, that he was a victim of a vicious Department of Revenue and state

Justice Department.

''I know there is a conspiracy and subterfuge here,'' Wanta said when given

a chance to speak.

At various times he has claimed to be a CIA agent, an ambassador from

Somalia, a close friend of former Presidents Ronald Reagan and George Bush,

and an international businessman.

Assistant Attorney General Douglas Haag, who prosecuted the case, and

attorney Steven Epstein, who represented Wanta, disagreed mightily over who

Wanta was and what he should get for a sentence.

''As tax fraud cases go, this one is big-time,'' said Haag, who established

during the trial that Wanta made $ ?166,000 in 1988 and claimed to have

made nothing, and made $ ?63,000 in 1989 and claimed zero on his taxes.

Haag said that money came from a $ ?500,000 scam in which Wanta got people

to invest in a currency exchange deal.

''Mr. Wanta is in fact a con man, nothing more and nothing less,'' he said.

''He is a con man who cons con men.''

Haag said Wanta was arrested in Switzerland in 1993 for attempting an $ ?81

million bank fraud. Wanta claimed diplomatic immunity in that case,

contending he was the Somalian ambassador to Canada. The Swiss deported him

to the United States, where he was arrested in New York on the Wisconsin

tax fraud charge.

Wanta is also described in the book, ''A Thieve's World,'' as being

involved in an attempted scam involving Russian rubles.

''He is a world class con man,'' said Haag. ''A snake oil salesman. But he

was unable to sell that snake oil to the jury.''

Haag asked for a sentence of 13 years in prison and another 12 on

probation.

Epstein, on the other hand, said Wanta clearly is delusional.

He called Haag's allegations ''a lot of shadows and smoke and allegations

of wrong doing around the world,'' but pointed out Wanta has never before

been convicted of a crime.

''The portrait that has been painted by Doug Haag is not the real Leo

Wanta,'' said Epstein.

''He exists in a different world,'' Epstein said of his client. ''The fact

of the matter is he is in a different orbit,'' Epstein said, adding that

Wanta actually believes the stories he tells.

Epstein, who said the tax evasion sentences of Leona Helmsley, Michael

Milken and even the notorious Al Capone were less than Haag's

recommendation, asked Torphy to let Wanta go for the 444 days he has spent

in jail since he was arrested.

Wanta, a portly, gray-haired man, then arose and began an extended speech

in which he blamed his woes on others, cutting short his remarks only when

Torphy reminded him that the case had already been tried.

''I just want to be left alone,'' Wanta said, adding that if that was done,

''I won't sue them for false arrest.''

Torphy said he was sentencing Wanta only on the tax matter.

''I don't purport to sentence him as a con man,'' the judge said. ''I don't

purport to sentence him as a swindler.''

But he said the tax evasion was serious enough to warrant prison time and

as deterrent both to Wanta and to others.

LEO WANTA INTERVIEW: HE BLOWS THE LID

Facsimile Transmission

9-21-97 Tom of Venice

TOM: Are you under house arrest in Wisconsin?

WANTA: Yes. It's illegal.

T: When did you go to work for the U.S. government?

W: September 20, 1963.

T: In what capacity were you hired?

W: DEA and CIA with Senator Alexander Wiley(R-WI) as my sponsor.

T: What were your overall project jobs?

W: Aerospace, munitions, and currency.

T: When did you go to work for the Republican Party?

W: 1965.

T: Did you work for the Nixon campaign in 1968?

W: Yes, with Ray Fleming in communications.

T: Did you play a role in the Indochina conflict?

W: Yes, in tank projects and "B" bombers.

T: What was your capacity or role with the president?

W: I worked in the Department of Defense.

T: Did this role continue in the Carter Administration?

W: Yes. It was non-political. My skills were in demand.

T: In 1980 when President Reagan was elected, did your role in government

expand?

W: Yes, I went to work for Jim Baker who helped me get work with Bill Casey

in the CIA special operations branch -- Black Ops.

T: What role did Vice President George Bush play?

W: He was the Supervisor of Record.

T: Please explain your operation in the old Soviet Union.

W: We dealt with the fusion bomb and the destabilization of the Soviet

economy. My partner was Kok Howie Kwong of the Chinese Secret Service.

T: The Chinese worked with the United States in the ruble destabilization?

W: You bet!

T: You were detained in Switzerland on July 7, 1993?

W: Yes. The Swiss police arrested me on Wisconsin State tax charges.

T: What happened next?

W: I spent 130 days in a dungeon.

T: What happened next?

W: Prime Minister Rabin of Israel wrote a letter to the Swiss demanding my

release, given I was chairman of the AmeriTrust account.

T: What happened next?

W: The Swiss government released me and I was sent to New York state.

T: What happened next?

W: The federal judge in New York state released me, but I was arrested by

the state of Wisconsin on the steps of the federal courthouse as I left the building.

T: This is while you were still Somalian Ambassador to Switzerland?

W: Yes, of course. I had previously been Ambassador to Canada.

T: You were in Switzerland to execute a 70 billion dollar credit for the U.S. Treasury?

W: Yes. Along with Vince Foster and Geneva Farrell. We were to meet at the

Hotel Dekpix in Switzerland.

T: What was the role of George Bush in the AmeriTrust account?

W: Bush felt he could never lose the election and would be able to grab(??)

all the money himself.

T: Of course, Clinton won the election.

W: Yes. And Vince Foster and Mickey Lee Cantor called me and drew up an

instrument for $250,000,000 for the credit of the Children's Defense Fund.

T: What about the rest of the fund?

W: There was $210 billion in the account, $250 million to the Children's

Defense Fund, $70 billion was to be assigned to the White House, and some

to be directed to foreign nations.

T: Why was Vince Foster silenced?

W: He was upset about me and felt the AmeriTrust funds were being misdirected.

T: What was Foster's role with Bill Casey?

W: The Contra/arms laundering in Arkansas.

T: What is your understanding of the role of Ken Starr?

W: Protect the Clintons.

T: Explain to us your meeting with John Brown of Little Rock, Arkansas.

W: Mr. Brown drove up to Lacrosse, Wisconsin and said he was a Registered

Agent of Ken Starr. He demanded that I give him documents in my possession.

T: Did you give him the documents?

W: Yes. I was under house arrest and felt a great deal of pressure.

T: What were the documents about?

W: They were files relating to Mena, the DEA, Barry Seal, and the Chinese

COLA accounts.

T: What do you know about Mena?

W: It involved the Arkansas Development Finance Authority run by Bob Nash

which used Mitsui Mfg Bank to launder Japanese yen.

T: What else do you know about Mena?

W: It involved Bill Clinton, George Bush, Vince Foster, Bill Hakr and Webb

Hubbell. Japanese yen was laundered through the Bank of China in exchange

for U.S. dollars.

T: What else should we know about Mena?

W: Of course Barry Seal was the pilot bringing in the drugs. He reported to Bill Casey.

T: Did George Bush know about the murder of Barry Seal?

W: You bet!

T: What about the arms operation in Arkansas?

W: Arms were shipped through Honduras through the Chinese COLAs accounts.

My partner was eventually murdered with the help of Chinese Intelligence.

T: That partner was Kwong?

W: Yes.

T: What was the role of Hillary Clinton?

W: She was president of Standard LaFarge and helped launder the arms

profits through its headquarters in Quebec, Canada.

T: There is a hearing due on the 23rd of September, 1997.

W: I am hoping that my attorney's request for a summary judgment will be accepted.

T: That would lead to your release?

W: Yes, I hope.

T: Would you testify before the Senate Intelligence or Banking Committee?

W: Certainly.

T: Thanks for your cooperation.

Topic: White Water

Leo Wanta: Explosive Evidence in Foster Case and Corruption in Washington

CAS Mailing List

07/21/97 Tom from Venice on Putnam & Briem Shows

The Continuing Saga of Leo Wanta

There is an individual who calls in to the Putnam and Briem shows.

He refers to himself as Tom from Venice. [Venice, California] Putnam remarks

from time-to-time about Tom's high level Democrat contacts. Putnam seems to feel

that Tom has a fair amount of credibility. And Tom does seem to get his hands on

timely and not publicly known information.

On August 19 and 20, Tom phoned in to the Putnam program and then

the Briem program, respectively. The following information was offered up

with the report that documents in-hand confirmed it's validity.

I apologize in advance for the hodgepodge posting. I gleaned it from two

different shows. It may be a little jumbled. But it's late, and this will

have to do.

I can neither confirm or dispute the information. It may be very

accurate. Then again, it may not be. I merely present it for your access. Any references

to 'we now know' or similar statements, should be viewed as having been stated by Tom

from Venice.

Documents were provided to Putnam by Tom, that support Tom's

conclusion that there's a potential meltdown on the horizon in Washington, D.C.

Even though our main stream press doesn't want to cover it.

Under house arrest in Switzerland at this time is the former

Somali Ambassador to Switzerland, Leo Wanta. Mr. Wanta is a supposed lifetime operative

of the CIA, and a United States Citizen. Mr. Wanta did work for George Bush and

Republican party partisans. Wanta was appointed Ambassador on behalf of the Somalis

in April of 1993.

Wanta goes back a long time in association with our government.

Before becoming the Somali Ambassador to Switzerland, he was Ambassador to Canada on

behalf of the Somalis. But even before this, he worked his entire life in the

Republican party, supported Ronald Reagan, then was hired by George Bush.

Here we have a United States Citizen who worked for the CIA, the

Department of the Treasury, the US Customs Service, the US State Department, and the

NSA being appointed the Ambassador of a foreign nation.

Tom was in contact with Mr. Wanta's attorney. Documents were

provided to Tom who passed them on to Putnam. Putnam admitted to having received

these documents.

Now Mr. Wanta was in Switzerland one month prior to Vince Foster's

death which was ruled a suicide by Starr, but we have yet to see his

documentation and justifications for his conclusions.

Mr. Wanta has documents showing that Vince Foster made

reservations for him and a Geneva Ferelle at the Hotel De La Pleau in Geneva, Switzerland.

Mr. Ferelle is believed to work for the Italian Secret Police.

Carrying a valise with bearer bonds, Mr. Wanta met with Foster at

the hotel. Bearer bonds are immediately negotiable and could be tendered at a bank

in Switzerland. [most likely any bank in Switzerland]

According to a White House document by FBI Agent Frank B. Ingram,

Attorney Foster, Attorney Marvin Grobmeyer, and Secretary Donna Shalala are

still holding a copy of Foster's letter of intent to meet Wanta, visa vi a

$250,000,000 Ameritrust Corporation withdrawal to be placed in the Children's Defense

Fund.

Tom states that Wanta was essentially mascaradeing as the Somali

Ambassador to Switzerland, while working for the United States Government. He

was doing this with full knowledge that he was helping the government with anational

security situation.

What we now know from the Ingram memo, which is an accurate memo

and not a forgery, specifically referring to paragraph nine at this point,

is that Ingram refers to Mao Palo Limited Investments of Hong Kong, and states that he

believes that MIA funds should be re- allocated to the investigation of the death of

Foster. Ingram further states that, "We now believe that Credit Swiss is either

indirectly or directly connected to Foster's demise.

Tom continues by referencing the Mao Palo Limited [Hong Kong based

Chinese Slush funds] funds as being intelligence community related. And speaks

of documents in his possession that reveal Japanese laundered Yen currency in it's

direction by way of the Arkansas Development Finance Authority. [ADFA] These documents may

implicate Clinton... Bush... and possibly the Secretary of the Treasury at

that time, Mr. Bensen. Tom references a document at this point that shows billions headed

toward Mao Pala.

Specialist in counter-intelligence FBI Agent Frank B. Ingram's signature appears on a

document reportedly confirming that Vince Foster did arrive in Switzerland on July 7,

1993. Foster arrived in Switzerland with an irrevocable bank transfer. This bank

transfer was to facilitate a withdrawal of $250,000,000 from an

Ameritrust Corporation account kept in Switzerland. Which Wanta also had a

controlling interest in, as well as George Bush.

According to this FBI document these funds were withdrawn for the

purpose of being deposited at a later time in the Children's Defense Fund. Of

course the Chairman of the Children's Defense Fund was none other than Hillary Rhodam.

Other documents obtained, show involvement with this account in

some money laundering associated with computer software leading back to

Inslaw.

Vince Foster as you know was very heavily tied to Systematics Inc, Jackson Stevens...

[interrupted here]

Host had a scheduled guest appearing in a couple of minutes, and

had to cut this short. But Tom concluded by stating that he feels that the two NSA

binders removed from Foster's office by Deborah Ghoram, contained information relating

to Promise Software, and a $47,000,000 wire transfer that took place in 1988,

which Tom feels was related to laundered money associated with Systematics and

Steven's Inc.

Regarding Kenneth Starr, evidently Wanta was facing Wisconsin tax charges. He

made contact with Starr for representation. Within a week of Wanta

contacting Starr, Mr. Starr was hired by the Wisconsin Education Department, with

which Donna Shalala is closely connected.

Tom also stated that he didn't get pleasure out of bringing to

light information that might reflect poorly on the intelligence community. He felt those

agencies had been set up to support our nation. But they had been abused by greedy

individuals has subverted those organizations to their own benefit, blackmailing

anyone who could blow the lid off their operation.

Tom wanted people to seriously consider two words.

Washington Mafioso

http://tekgnosis.typepad.com/tekgnosis/2006/10/greg_szymanski_.html

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive
« Previous12Next »